Page 1
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 1/320
THE
NATURE
OF
THE GRAPHIC DESIGN PROCESS
WITHIN
THE
COMMERCIAL
ENVIRONMENT
WITH
PARTICULAR
REGARD
TO
THE
ROLE OF
DRAWING
Pamela Margaret Schenk
A
thesis
suhnitted
to CNAA
in
partial
fulfilment
of
the
requirements
for
the
degree
of
DOCTOR
OF
PHILOSOPHY
Institute
of
Advanced
Studies
MANCHESTEROLYTECHNIC
September 1989
No portion of the work referred to
in
this thesis
has
been
submitted
in
support
of
an
application
for
any other
degree
or
qualification
at
this
or any
other
institute
of
learning
Page 2
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 2/320
ABSTRACT
THE
14MRE
OF
THE (PAPHIC I)ESIGff
PSS WITHIN
THE
COMMERCIAL
MMUMM,, WITH PA riaxm R TO THE RUM OF 1I AWIN
Pamela
Margaret Schenk
This thesis describes
a study
of
the
role of
drawing
in
the
graphic
design
process
within
the
comnercial environment.
Drawing
usage
is
characterised
and
the
drawing
abilities
that
graphic
designers
need
to
acquire
in
order
to
be
able
to
use
drawing
more appropriately
are
examined.
The
conclusions
are set
out
in the
foam
of
a
taxonomy.
While
this
constitutes
the
major part
of
the
study,
consideration
is
also given to a review of current provision for drawing tuition on BA
Graphic
Design
courses and
the
place
of
drawing
in
the
curriculum
is
discussed.
A
sample
of
50
senior,
practising graphic
designers
broadly
representing
all
the
major
types
of work
and
levels
of
seniority
in
the
profession
was selected
for interview.
Observation
was made of
managerial
and
executive
procedures
and
designer s
drawings
were
analysed.
The
views
of
junior
designers,
design
educators
and
students
were
also canvassed, primarily
through
a postal
questionnaire
and
a short
prograrrrne of
interviews.
Conclusions
include:
1)
Many
of
the
essential
tasks
by
which
the
graphic
design
process
is
progressed
are
assisted
by
or
performed
through
the
utilisation
of
drawing.
2)
In
addition
to the
development
of
design
solutions,
drawing
is
used
by designers
to
perform
managerial
tasks
and
to
help
them improve
their
design
skills.
3) The use of drawing is affected by a complex range of
factors
including
the
nature
of
both
the
job
and
of
the
organisation
in
which
designers
work,
their
role
in the
design
team
and
their
individual
predilections.
4)
In
order
to
maximise
their
effective
utilisation
of
drawing,
designers
need
to
develop
both
a
wide
range
of
cognitive
and practical
drawing
abilities
and
appropriate
evaluative
criteria
for
drawings
and
drawing
usage.
5)
Designers
themselves
can
fail
to
realise
the
extent
to
which
they
depend
on
drawing,
dismissing
their
drawing
activities
as
not
being real
drawing.
Page 3
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 3/320
Aclarowle
g Its
I
would
like
to
record my particular
thanks to
Dr
John
Langrish
for
his
unfailing
help
and encouragement
throughout
the
research
programme,
and
to
Michael Yecmans
who
has
given
both
sympathetic
and
expert
guidance.
I
am
also
especially
indebted
to
all
those
designers,
educators
and
students
who
have
helped
me
in
the
collection
of
data
and
visual
material
for
this
study, and
to those
whose
advice
has
helped in
the
organisation
and
conduct
of
the
research, particularly
to
the
advisors
for
the
study,
Dr Mantz York,
who
has
contributed
to
the
development
of
the
methodology,
to
Tony Clayden
for
giving
the
benefit
of
his
considerable
experience of
degree
level
graphic
design
education,
and
to
Richard
Tilley
without whose experience and support much of
the
detailed
verification
of
the
data
would
not
have
been
possible.
Valuable
assistance
has been
received
at
various
times
during
the
conduct of
the
research and
the
preparation of
the
thesis
fron
several
members
of
the
academic
staff
of
Manchester
Polytechnic,
including
Derek
Schofield,
Ken Pearson
and,
in
particular,
Nigel
Barron
without
whose
very
positive assistance
and
support
it
would
not
have been
possible
to
conclude
the
study.
The
professional
and considerate
help
given
by
the
staff of
the
library
of
Manchester
Polytechnic
has
also
been
much
appreciated, as
has been
the
assistance
of
Terry
Waddington
in
photographing the original
drawings.
I
am very
grateful
to
those
who
have
allowed
their
drawings
to
act
as
illustrations
in
the thesis
and
particular
thanks
must
go
to
David
Crow,
Stephen
Raw, Geoffrey Winston
and
to
all
the
staff
of
the
CYB
Design
Consultancy.
Gina
Francis
and
Jane Preston
have
the thesis
but
also with many
organisation
and
presentation.
helped
not
only
with
the
typing
of
of
the
problematic
details
of
Finally my sincere thanks go to my husband Victor and my son Daniel,
who each,
in
his
own way,
helped
me
to
canplete
this
study.
Page 4
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 4/320
List
of
Conb
nts
Page
No.
List
of
Tahles
(Vii)
List
of
Figurm
UX)
T-i
St
Of
A
rx
iOeS
(x;
ii
Intucti
an
1
C1Q JER 1-
The
Baclýgxvýmd
and
Outline
of
the
Study
4
1.1
Introduction
4
1.2
Prelude
to the
study
4
1.3
Evolution
and
outline
of
the
study
6
1.4
The
context
of
the
study
8
1.5
Definition of the terms used in the study 9
U31M 2-
The Context
of
the
Study
12
2.1
Introduction
12
2.2
Graphic
design
and
the
role of
the
practitioner
12
2.3
The functional
aspects
of
drawing
20
2.4 The role of drawing in creative processes 27
2.5
The
use
of
drawing
in design
processes
33
2.6
The
historical
background
to
graphic
design
education
40
and
the
role
of
drawing
tuition
QJ
M3-
Methodology
51
3.1
Introduction
51
3.2
The
pilot
study
52
3.3
The
conduct
of
the
research
into
graphic
designers'
57
use
of
drawing
3.4
The
conduct
of
the
research
into drawing
tuition
69
Page 5
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 5/320
3.5
Consultation
and corroboration
73
QR4-
Graphic Designers Use of Drawing
74
4.1
Introduction
74
4.2
The
preparatory
phase
including
the
procedures
of
77
briefing
and collecting
reference
material
4.3
The
use
of
drawing
in
the
main
creative
phase
of
92
the
graphic
design
process
4.4
The
use
of
drawing
in
the
production
phase ,
153
including
the procedures of cam issioning and
preparing
for
production
4.5
Factors
that
modify
the
use
of
drawing in
the
graphic
166
design
process
4.6
Changes
in
the
use
of
drawing
187
CHU3JER
5-
The
Required
Drawing Abilities
and
the
189
Developmmt
of a
Taxczuny
on
the
Use
of
Drawing
5.1
Introduction
189
5.2
The
required
drawing
abilities of
graphic
designers
189
5.3
Evaluative
criteria
200
5.4
The
develognent
of a
taxonomy
on
the
use of
drawing
204
CHM3
Z6-
The
Oýanisati
on
and
Content
of
Drawing
223
MlitiCn in BA Level Graphic Design Hclucatian
6.1
Introduction
223
6.2
The
drawing
abilities
of
graphic
design
students
and
224
graduates
6.3
The
provision
of
drawing
tuition
on
BA
Graphic Design
227
Courses
6.4
Discussion
of
issues
raised
246
CHAPTM 7-
Discussion,
Qonclusicns
and
Six
stirns
for 251
Ftrtur
e
Work
7.1
Introduction
251
Page 6
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 6/320
7.2
The
nature
of
the
graphic
design
process
251
7.3
The
role
of
drawing
in
the
graphic
design
process
255
7.4
The
range and
develognent
of the required
drawing
260
abilities
7.5
Reccmnendations
for
curriculum
planning with
regard
263
to
drawing
tuition
7.6
Suggestions
for
future
work
267
1
fers
ices
270
following
page
278
Page 7
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 7/320
List
of
Tables
Table
Page
No.
No.
1
Use
of
drawing
while
accepting
briefing
80
2
Respondents'
methods
of
collecting reference
85
material
3
Methods described
for
the
development
of
visual
87
literacy
4
The
use
of
drawing
in
analysis
and
idea
generation
96
5
The
use of specific techniques in the procedures of
97
the
main
creative
phase
6
The
use
of specific media
in
the
procedures
of
the
98
main
creative phase
7
Specific
uses
of
drawing in
the
procedures
of
111
synthesis
and
development
8
The
re-use
and
use
of
drawings
for
the
purpose
of
125
evaluation
9
The
uses
of
drawing
in
the
procedures
of
130
presentation
10
The
uses of
drawing
in
the
procedures
of
production
161
11
Respondents'
use
of
drawing in
design
procedures
174
according
to
level
of seniority
12(a)
Rating
of
the
importance
of
drawing
ability
and
of
190
the importance
of
having
a
broad
appreciation
of
drawing to practising graphic designers
12(b)
Volunteered
descriptions
of
drawing
abilities
192
required
for
the
graphic
design
process
13
Responses
to the
question
Do
you
think
it
is
193
important
a graphic
designer has the
following
drawing
abilities?
14
Responses
to the
question
Do
you
think
it
is
194
important
a
graphic
designer has the
following
drawing
skills?
15
The
required
drawing
abilities
of graphic
designers
197
16
Problems
caused
by
a
lack
of
drawing
ability
199
17
Taxonomy
of
the
uses
drawing,
types
of
drawing
206
Page 8
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 8/320
produced
and
the
drawing
abilities
required
for
the
graphic
design
process
18
Drawing
activities
and
types
of
drawing
produced
216
19
Succinct
terms
employed
to
describe drawing
221
ability
in
the taxonany
20
The
drawing
abilities
of students
and new
graduates
225
21
The drawing
ability
designers
found difficult
to
226
acquire
22
Rating
of
the
importance
of
drawing
ability
to
229
practising
graphic
designers
23
Rating
of
the importance
of
drawing
ability
in
231
students
selected
onto
BA
graphic
design
courses
24
Yes
responses
to
the
need
for
breadth
in
aspects
231
of
drawing
ability
and
tuition
for
students
25
Purpose for drawing
tuition
ranked
first
232
26
Tuition for
subject
ranked most
important
233
27
Students views on the development of their
drawing
234
ability
and
the
need
for
further
drawing
tuition
28
Those
responsible
for
the
planning and
conduct
of
236
drawing
tuition
29
Scheduling
of
drawing
tuition in
1st,
2nd
and
3rd 237
years
of courses
30
Yes
response
given
when
questioned
on
what
238
methods
of
teaching
and
learning
about
drawing
are or should be used
31
Yes
response
to the
question
is
or
should
help
be
240
given
in developing
understanding
of
drawings
32
Yes
response
given
when asked
the
question
are or
241
should
students
be
encouraged
to
acquire
the
ability
to judge drawings
33
Yes
response
given
when
questioned
whether
242
tuition
is
or
should
be
given
to
develop
specific
skills/abilities
34
Yes
response
when
questioned on
how drawing
243
tuition
should
be
arranged
35
Yes
response
when
questioned
whether
specific
244
classes
are
or
should
be
organised
Page 9
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 9/320
List
Of
Figures
Figure
Page
No.
No.
la
Drawings
from
An
Introduction
to
Graphic
Design
21
(Bridgewater,
1987),
reproduced
same
size
lb
Drawings fron
Over
My
Shoulder
(Games
1960,22
p61),
reproduced
same size
2
Drawings
used
to
record
information
during
82
briefing (CYB
1989),
pencil,
reproduced
same size
3
Drawings produced to check understanding of the 83
brief
with
the
client
(CYB
1989), ink,
reproduced
same
size
4
Drawing
produced
to
pass
on
the
briefing
to
the 84
design
team
(CYB
1989),
pencil,
reproduced
with
50%
reduction
5
Drawings
used
to
collect
visual
reference
material
88
(CYB
1984-88),
pencil,
reproduced with
50%
reduction
6
Analysis
of
visual
reference
material
(CYB
1984- 89
88), ink
and
pencil, reproduced with
50%
reduction
7a
-
7b
Drawings
used
to
record visual
information
90/1
(Stephen
Raw
1988-89),
pencil,
reproduced
same
size
8
Worksheet
showing
development
of
ideas
(CYB
1989), 100
ink,
reproduced
with
75%
reduction
9a Ideas drawn on a C6 envelope (Geoffrey Winston 101
1984),
ink
9b
Ideas
drawn
in
notebook
(CYB
1984-88),
pencil,
102
reproduced
same
size
10
Early
idea
sheet
(CYB
1984-88),
pencil and
spirit
103
marker,
reproduced
with
50%
reduction
11
Double
spread
from
notebook
(David
Craw
1988),
104
ink,
reproduced
with
50%
reduction
12
Adaptations
and
revisions
to
drawings
(David
Crow
105
1988),
coloured
ink
and
marker,
reproduced
with
50%
reduction
13
Records
of
ideas
for future
reference
(Stephen 106
Raw 1989),
pencil,
reproduced
size
1
Page 10
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 10/320
14
Use
of
small
scale
drawings
for
early
ideas
(CYB
107
1989),
ink,
reproduced
with
50
reduction
15
Develorcnents
in
canposition and
form
(CYB
1984- 10888),
pencil
and
coloured
marker,
reproduced with
50
reduction
16
Drawing from
photostats
for
magazine
design
(A
la
114
carte,
1984),
ink,
reproduced
with
50
reduction
17a
-
17c
The
development
stages
of a magazine
spread
115/7
(Which?
1985),
17a
in
ink,
17b
in
pencil,
17c in
ink,
reproduced
with
a
50
reduction
18
Examples
of
the
means
by
which
the
x
height
is
118indicated
on
page
designs
(CYB
1984-88),
coloured
marker,
reproduced
with
50
reduction
19a
Indications
of
text typography
(CYB
1989),
marker
119
(
reversed)
,
reproduced
same
size
19b
Indications
of
display
typography
(CYB
1984-88),
120
coloured
ink, label
Tan
x
9an
20
Resolving letterform
through
the
use of many
121
drawings (David
Crow
1988),
ink,
reproduced same
size
21
Modifications
to
established
letterform
(CYB
1984-
122
88),
pencil,
reproduced
with
50
reduction
22a
-
22b
Freely
drawn
letterfonn (CYB
1984-88),
coloured
123/4
ink,
labels
7cm
x
Tan
23a
-
23b
progressive
refinement
in
presentation
drawings
135/6
(CYB
1984-88),
coloured
marker
and gouache
24
Client
presentation
drawings
with
revisions
(CYB,
137
1984-88),
coloured
marker
and gouache, reproduced
with
50
reduction
25a
-
25b
Sheets
of
drawings
produced
by
the
designer
138/9
evaluating
his
design
solutions,
ink,
reproduced
with
50
reduction
26
Drawing
produced
to
present
a
design
solution
to
a
140
magazine
editor
(Which?
1985),
coloured
pencil,
reproduced with 50 reduction.
27
The
final
design
solution
(Which?
1985), 141
photograph,
reproduced
with
50
reduction.
Page 11
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 11/320
28
Drawings
produced
for
in-house
presentations
(CYB
1984-88),
colour
ink
and
marker,
reproduced
with
50
reduction
29a
Drawing
used
for
client
presentation
early
in
the
progression
of
a
design
solution
(CYB
1984-88),
pencil
and
coloured
marker,
reproduced
with
50
reduction
29b
Drawing
used
for
client
presentation
at
a
later
stage
of
a
design
solution
(CYB
1984-88),
coloured
ink
and
gouache,
reproduced
with
50
reduction
30a
-
30b
Designers'
drawings
imitating
various
illustrative
styles
(CYB
1984-88),
coloured
marker
and
gouache,
10an
x
28cm
31a
-
31b
Drawings for
client
presentation
(CYB
1984-88),
coloured
ink,
reproduced
with
50
reduction
32
Drawings for
client presentation
(CYB
1984-88),
coloured
marker,
reproduced
with
50
reduction
33a
-
33b
Drawing
for
client
presentation
showing
the
implementation
of a
design
solution
(CYB
1984-88),
coloured
ink
and
marker,
reproduced
with
50
reduction
34
Drawing
for
client presentation
(Stephen
Raw
1988),
marker,
reproduced
same
size
35
Drawing
produced
to
cannission
illustrator
with
visual
reference
material
attached
(CYB
1989),
ink,
reproduced
with
50
reduction
36
Specification drawing
(Stephen
Raw
1988),
pencil
and
coloured
marker, reproduced
with
50
reduction
37a
Sheet
of
letterforms
from
which artwork
has
been
cut
(Stephen
Raw
1987), ink,
reproduced
same size
37b
Artwork
(Stephen
Raw
1987),
ink,
reproduced
same
size
37c
Printed design
(Stephen
Raw
1987),
print,
reproduced
with
50
reduction
37d
Artwork
(Stephen
Raw
1987),
ink
and
gouache,
reproduced same size
38a
-
38b
Examples
of
spatial
conventions
that
graphic
designers
employ,
ink
and
coloured marker,
reproduced
with
50
reduction
142
143
144
145/6
147/8
149
150/1
152
157
158
162
163
164
165
179/80
Page 12
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 12/320
39
Initial ideas for
the
design
of a
logo
type
(David
181
Crow 1988),
ink,
reproduced
with
50%
reduction
40a
Drawings
produced
for
client presentation
to
182
demonstrate
the
implementation
of a
corporate
identity
progranine
(CYB
1984-88), ink
and
coloured
marker,
reproduced
with
50%
reduction
40b
Drawings
produced
for
client presentation
to 183
demonstrate
the
implementation
of
a
corporate
identity
programme
(CYB
1984-88), ink
and
coloured
marker,
reproduced
with
50%
reduction
41a
-
41c
Part
of
a range
of
drawings
produced
in
184/6
conjunction with an academic
(Open
University
1984-86),
41a
in
pencil,
41b in
ink,
41c
in
coloured
marker
and photostats,
reproduced
with
50%
reduction
42
Graphic
designers
use
of
drawing in the
257
procedures of
the
graphic
design
process
[Note
:
sane
of
the
drawings
have
had
to
be
rotated
in
order
to
retain
as
much
of
the
quality
and
to
show
as
much
of
the
original
as
possible.
]
Page 13
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 13/320
LIST OF
APPENDICES
Appendix
I:
Interviews
and
Questiannaizm
a)
Interview
Structure
for
Use
with
Practising
Graphic
Designers
b)
Questionnaire
into
the
Attitudes to
and
the
provision
of
drawing
tuition
on
Graphic
Design
courses
c)
Questionnaire
for
Graphic
Design
Students about
the
provision
of
drawing
tuition
on
Graphic Design
courses
d)
Questionnaire
for
Graphic
Design Students
to
be
Conducted
with
Final
Version
of
Folder
Appendix
II
:
Main
i I.
Groups
a)
Practising
Graphic
Designers
b)
Educators
c)
Students
Appendix
III:
Individmls
Interviewed
or
moulted
Appendix
IV:
Venues
for
Case
Study
and
Visits
a)
Design
Consultancy
b)
Educational
Establishments
Page 14
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 14/320
This
study
is
essentially
about
designerly
practice
but in
addition
it
also
looks
at
aspects
of educational
preparation
for this
practice.
The
main
emphasis
of
the
work
is
an
investigation
of
the
ways
in
which
practising
graphic
designers
use
drawing
in
all
the
phases
of
the
design
process.
However
consideration
has
also
been
given
to
the
role
of
drawing
tuition
on
BA
Graphic
Design
courses
such
curriculum
implications
being
the
ultimate
object
of
this
analysis.
The main intention of the study has been to form a basis on which the
use
of
drawing
can
be
characterised
and
the
required
drawing
abilities
of
graphic
designers
may
be
established
by
undertaking
a
detailed
investigation
of
the
role
of
drawing
in
a
wide range
of graphic
design
activities.
However the
study also
raises
issues
about
the
development
of
these
abilities
on
graphic
design
courses
and
begins
to
develop
a
theoretical
approach
from
which educational
practice
may
be
considered.
The
intention
has
at no
point
been
to
provide
either
a
fonmla
for
a
core
curriculum
or
to
recaffnend a slavish
emulation
of
camnercial
values
as
a
basis
of educational practice;
rather
to
indicate
that
not
only
is
the
use of
drawing
intrinsic
to the
graphic
design
process
but
also
that
it
has
a
hitherto largely
unrecognised
specificity
and
complexity
in
the
professional
work
of
graphic
designers
and
that
an
appraisal
and categorisation
of
these
particularities
would
improve
the
intellectual
grounding
on
which
educational
practice
must
be
based.
Therefore
the
main
aims
of
the
study
can
be
summarised
as
follows:
-
1.
To
study
the
ways
in
which professional
graphic
designers
use
drawing
2.
To
identify
and
characterise
the different
kinds
of
drawing that
are
used
in
the
various
activities
of
the
graphic
design
process
Page 15
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 15/320
3.
To
identify
the
range
of
drawing
abilities
required
by
graphic
designers
to
enable
them
to
engage
in
all
the
activities
of
the
graphic
design
process
Given
that
the
ultimate
goal of
the
study
is
to
provide
a
basis for
the
re-evaluation
of
the
provision
of
drawing
tuition
in
degree
level
graphic
design
education,
the
following
aims
have
also
influenced
the
study:
-
4.
To
consider
if
there
are any ways
in
which
UK
degree level
graphic design education may not be providing adequate tuition
for
the
develognent
of
the
various
drawing
abilities
identified
under
3
5.
To
make
suggestions
for improvements
in
curriculum
planning with
respect
to
drawing
tuition
for
graphic
design
students
based
on
the
results
of
the
study
The
study
has
therefore
been,
of necessity,
broad in
scope and
essentially
qualitative, rather
than
quantitative,
raising
issues
about
both
professional
practice and educational
practice.
Every
effort
has
been
made
to
investigate
all
the
major
orientations
and
working
practices
within
the
graphic
design
profession.
The
use
of
drawing
has
been
observed
in
a wide range of
designerly
activity
over
a
four
year
period.
Over
two
hundred
drawings
have
been
collected
and
analysed,
and
many
more
have
been
seen.
Canpleted
postal
questionnaires
have
been
obtained
from
over
50
of
the
degree level
graphic
design
courses
in
the UK,
and
a
short
series
of
formal
interviews
with
design
educators and
questionnaires
with
students
has
been
supplemented
with many
useful
discussions
with
colleagues
and
students
over
the
period
of
the
research.
A
conscious
decision
was
made
to
limit
the
scope
of
the
study
to
graphic
designers
with
broadly-based
experience.
That
is to
say,
the
sample
has
not
included
certain
specialists
who
could,
taking
the
broadest
definition
of
graphic
design,
be included
in
the
profession,
Page 16
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 16/320
workers
have
not
been
included
as
such
in
the
sample,
although
designers
whose
work
extends
in
these
directions have.
The
study
has
concentrated
on
those
practitioners
who are responsible
for
the
management
and
conduct of
design
solutions
and
who
are
involved in
all
the
phases
of
the
graphic
design
process,
although
because
of
their
position
in
the
organisation
or
the
particular
orientation
of
their
work,
their involvement
may not
be
equally
spread
throughout
these
phases.
The
educational aspects
of
the
study
were
similarly
aimed at
investigating
areas of
educational
provision
aimed
at
generalists
(graphic
design
students) rather
than
specialists
(advertising,
typography, illustration students, etc. )
At
an
early
stage
in
the
research
programme
it
was apparent
that
the
drawing
abilities
of graphic
designers
included
the
capacity
to
appreciate
and understand
drawings
and
the
capacity
to
conceptualise
and
commission
drawn
images.
Therefore,
the
need
for,
and
the
development
of,
such
cognitive as
well
as
practical
drawing
abilities
has
also
been
considered.
The thesis
describes
the
development
of
a
research
project
that
was
conducted
over a
four
year period.
Chapter
1
explains
in
more
detail
why
the
study was undertaken
and
outlines
its
evolution
and conduct.
In
Chapter 2
the
study
is
placed
in the
context
of
relevant
established
knowledge,
and
the
methodology
of
the
research
is
explained
in
Chapter
3.
The
findings
made
on
the
use
of
drawing in
all
the
aspects
of
the
graphic
design
process
are
presented
in
chapter
4,
and
the
various
factors
that
influence
a
graphic
designer s
use
of
drawing
identified.
In Chapter
5
findings
about
the
required
drawing
abilities
of
graphic
designers,
together
with
the
evaluative
criteria
they
employ
for
their
use
of
drawing,
are
described,
together
with
the
construction
of a
taxonomy
that
sets
out
the
conclusions
of
the
study
into
graphic
designers
use
of
drawing.
Current
educational
provision
for
drawing
tuition
on
BA
graphic
design
courses
is
considered
in
Chapter
6.
Chapter
7
presents
the
conclusions
of
the
study,
discusses
the
main
issues
raised
and
presents
sane
ideas
for future
work.
Page 17
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 17/320
CHAPTER
1
The Backgroýmd
and
outLfne
of
the
Study
1.1
Introduction
In
this
chapter
the
background
to
and
motives
for the
study are
described,
and
the
link between
professional practice
and
educational
provision
is
clarified.
The
evolution of
the
research
program
e,
,
the
methodology
employed, and
the
broad
context
in
which
the
study
is
set
are all outlined.
1.2
Prelude to the
study
In
order
to
appreciate
the
underlying
structure
of
this
study
it is
important
to
note
that,
although
there
has been
same
shift
of
emphasis
in
the
focus
of observation,
the
original
motivation
for
the
study
has
continued to exert an influence. That
is to
say, while a concern
for
the
development
of
drawing
tuition
in
BA
level
graphic
design
education
originally
prompted
the
study,
at
an
early
stage
in
the
research
programme
it
became
apparent
that
it
was
essential
to
characterise
the
drawing
activity
of practising
graphic
designers
before
a
basis for
educational
practice
could
be
considered.
Nevertheless,
the
initial
objective,
namely
to
try
to
improve
drawing
provision
in
the
light
of
the
demands
of professional
practice,
has
continued
to
exert
a considerable
influence,
and
the
system
developed
to
categorise
graphic
designers
drawing
activity,
which
is
fully
described
in
Chapter
5,
has been devised
with
the
ultimate
intention
of providing
a
basis
from
which
suggestions
for
the
planning
of
drawing
tuition
may
be
considered.
Over
a period
of several years,
the
author s
experience
in teaching
both drawing
and
design
to
BA
graphic
design
students
led
to
a growing
concern
about
the
role and
nature
of
drawing
tuition.
Frequently,
it
was
found
that
apparent
improvements
in drawing
ability
during
drawing
classes
were
not
consistently
matched
with
the
students
use
of
Page 18
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 18/320
colleagues
in
other
institutions
tended to
confirm
that,
although
there
remained
a
firm
belief
in
the importance
of
drawing
in
the
curriculum
of
BA
courses,
there
was
no
general consensus
as
to the
nature
and
role
of
drawing tuition. Nor
was
there
any
agreement
on
the
way
drawing
abilities
should
be
developed in
preparation
for
professional
practice.
In
fact, it
became
clear
that
the
planning and
conduct
of
drawing
tuition
was
often an area of
conflict
and
disagreement.
Drawing
was
found
to
be
a
topic
on which
many
academics
expressed
strong
opinions
but
on
which
no
underlying
principles
could
be
agreed.
Discussions
with
ex-students and students returning
fron industrial
placement
provided
further
examples of confusion and
dissatisfaction.
Many
expressed
a
lack
of confidence
in
their
drawing
abilities
when
faced
with
working
in
a ccn nercial
environment.
They
had
found
that
they
were
not quick enough, nor accurate
enough.
Moreover,
they
found
it
very
difficult
to
carmunicate
their
ideas.
Camnents
fran
employers
of
graduates
also
directly
or
indirectly
referred
to
the
effects of
deficiencies
in
drawing
ability along similar
lines.
Therefore,
before formally
embarking
on
this
study,
various
specific
areas
of
concern
had
already
been
identified. The
conflicting
requirements
of other subjects were
seen
to
present
a challenge
to the
place
of
drawing
on
the
curriculum.
It
was
difficult
to
reach
agreement
about
the
content of
drawing
progranms,
or
on
the
required
drawing
ability
of
applicants and
when
students
work
was
impaired
because
of
a
lack
of
drawing
ability
it
was
difficult to
decide
on
the
best
ways
to
help
them.
These
areas
of concern may
be
sunnarised as
follows:
-
a)
Concern
about
the
place of
drawing
tuition
in
overall
curriculum
planning
b)
Confusion
about
the
content
and
range
of specific
syllabus
in
drawing
tuition
Page 19
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 19/320
c
Unresolved
establishment
of
criteria
for
recruitment
with regard
to drawing
ability
d
Uncertainty
about
how
to
direct
remedial
tuition
for inadequate
draughtsmanship
Therefore
,
there
was
a
gradual
realisation
that
conventional
approaches
to
drawing
tuition
on
BA
Graphic Design
courses
were
not
entirely
adequate
for
fostering
appropriate uses
of
drawing in
the
practice
of
graphic
design
disciplines
and
a
decision
was
made
to
undertake a formal research programme.
1.3
Evoluti
cn and
outline
of
the
study
Thus,
based
on
this initial
hypothesis
that
drawing
tuition
on
BA
graphic
design
courses
was
inadequate in
that
it did
not
entirely
meet
the
requirements
of professional
practice,
the
initial
aims of
the
study were mainly concerned with investigating the range of
drawing
abilities
that
graphic
design
students
will
require
for
professional
practice
and
exploring
other
possible approaches
to
drawing
tuition
for
degree
level
graphic
design
courses.
11
A
pilot
study was undertaken,
and
through the
preliminary
findings
gained
in
a
series
of
trial interviews
conducted
with
practitioners,
educators
and
students,
it became
evident
that
an enquiry
of a more
fundamental
nature
was required.
Fran
the
results
of
an
extensive
literature
search,
it
also
became
apparent
that the
way graphic
designers
use
drawing
in
practice
has
hitherto
not
been
sufficiently
well
explored
or articulated
to
allow
for the
construction
of a
theoretical
and
intellectual
framework
commensurate
with
the
needs of
degree
level
students.
Hence,
the
main
focus
of
attention
of
the
study was changed
to
an
investigation
and
exploration
of
the
ways
in
which practising
graphic
designers
use
drawing.
The
main
objective
became
to
characterise
fully
their
use
of
drawing
and
the
drawing
activities
that
they
Page 20
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 20/320
the
research,
consideration
has
also
been
given
to the
curriculum
implications
of
the
findings.
The
revised aims of
the
study are
described
in
the
Introduction.
Thus,
as
stated
above,
early
in
the
pilot
study
stage
(which
is
described
in
more
detail
in
Chapter
3,
Section
3.2.
),
the
need
for
a
major
change
of
emphasis was
identified.
Other
important
developments
also
stem
fron
this
period,
when
a number
of methods
of collecting
information
were
evaluated
and
many consultations with
key individuals
took
place.
A
decision
was made
to
conduct
a
two-part
research
prograrme to consider both the professional and educational aspects of
the
study.
The
variables
that
can
influence
a
professional
graphic
designer s
use
of
drawing
were
identified,
as were
various
key
issues
that
later
served
as a
basis
for
both
structured
and
focused
interview
programmes
and
for
co-ordinating
sane of
the
findings.
The two
investigations
were
conducted
together
over
a
four
year
period. A series of 50 structured interviews was conducted with
practising
designers
representing all
the
major
orientations
and
levels
of
seniority
in
the
profession,
and
representing
in
their
mode
or
place
of
employment
a wide cross-section
of
design
organisations.
In
addition,
a series of
20
more
informal
but
focused interviews
was
conducted
with
junior
designers,
and
3
with
marketing
personnel.
A
number
of
these
interviews
were
conducted
with a cross-section
of
personnel
in
one organisation
selected as
the
major
case
study.
This
organisation
was revisited
regularly
so
that
the
long-term
progress of
particular
jobs
and
the
effects of
the
gradual
evolution
of
the
organisation
itself
could
be
studied.
Part
of
the
case study
involved
observation
of work
in
progress,
attendance
at client
and
in-house
meetings,
and
the
analysis
of
job
bags
(folders
of
designers
drawings
relating
to the
progression
of
individual
jobs
or projects).
The
investigation
of
educational
practice was
based
mainly
on
a postal
questionnaire
but
also
included
several
visits
to
BA
graphic
design
courses
and
a short
programme
of
interviews
and
questionnaires
conducted
with
educators
and
students.
Page 21
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 21/320
1.4
The
context
of
the
study
With
the
growing appreciation
of
the
potential
for
wealth creation
through design,
increasingly
greater
emphasis
is
being
placed on
exploring
means
for
the
development
of
professional
and
business
skills
in
student
designers.
Exploration
of
the
central
role
of
drawing
in
the
graphic
designer's
professional
life,
including
not
only
the
activities
involved directly
in
design
and
innovation
but
also
those involved
in
design
management,
is
therefore
of
vital
importance
in
terms
of
the
student
designer
achieving
a
realistic
professional approach to the use of drawing. It is also becaning more
apparent
that
the
ability
to
use and
commission
drawings
must
be
considered
as part of
the
range of
business
skills
a
professional
catty
nication
designer
requires.
How, therefore,
may
a study
of
these
practical
and cognitive abilities
fit
into
the
broad
context
of
art
and
design
studies?
In
general, it is true to say that the consideration of
functional
aspects
is
well established
as an
approach
to
the
study
of
drawing
and
drawing
systems.
However,
the
part played
by
the
drawing
activities
of
graphic
designers in
the
varied
activities
that
they
perform
has
not
hitherto
been
fully
clarified.
The
role
of
drawing
in
the
developnent
of an
individual's
capacity
to
work
creatively
also
requires
due
consideration
in
any
study of
design
practice
and
an
investigation
of
its
part
in
the
development
of
visual
literacy
is
particularly
relevant
for
graphic
designers.
The
growing
appreciation
of
the
ways
of working
and
achieving
understanding
that
are
specifically
designerly,
and
the
function
of
drawing
as
a visual
'code'
or
'problem-solving
language',
equivalent
to
the
numerical
or
verbal
'codes'
of
other
problem
solving
disciplines
must
also
to
be
taken
into
account.
Moreover,
consideration
of
the
historical
develogTent
of
the
provision
for
drawing
tuition
on
graphic
design
courses
is
relevant
in
that it
aids
understanding
of
current
educational
practice.
All
these
issues have
been
addressed
in
this
present
study,
particularly
in
the
review
of
relevant
previous
work
in
Chapter
2.
Page 22
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 22/320
1.5
Definition
of
the
terns
used
in
the
study
Semantic
issues
have
caused
some
difficulties
and,
in
part,
have
influenced
the
approach
to
the
research.
Neither
the
representatives
of
the
academic
nor
of
the
commercial
environments
consulted
were
found
to
employ
broadly
agreed
terminology,
even
within
their
cn
respective
spheres.
Indeed,
part
of
the
field
work
within
the
commercial
environment
was
devoted
to the
identification
and
classification
of
ter inology
in
carmon use among graphic
designers.
This
is discussed
fully
in
Chapter
5.
The
problem
has
been further
compounded
by the
vocabulary
in
the
literature
which
tends to be
specific
to
particular
paradigms
or
disciplines,
or even
to
individual
authors.
Hence,
only
limited
use
could
be
made
of
research
methodologies
that
would
not
allow
for
a
checking
of
understanding
in
respondents.
Thus,
although
a postal
questionnaire
was
used as
an
efficient
way
of collecting
data from
respondents
in
widely spread
geographical
locations,
its
efficacy
was consequently
limited
and
the
scope of questions had to be restricted.
During
the
pilot study much
thought
was
given
to
whether
the
use
of
the
terns
drawing
was
most
appropriate
as
a general
term
for
the
activities
being
investigated.
Consideration
was also
given
to the
use
of
terms
like
rough
or
visual
known
to
be in
use
in
the
profession,
but
in
that these
terms
have
rather
specific
connotations
they were rejected for this purpose. Eventually the decision was made
to
use
the
generic
terns
drawing
because
it
was
the
only
one
that
encanpassed
the
full
range
of
activities under
consideration,
and
because
it
was
likely
to
have
a
broadly
equivalent
meaning
to
all
potential
respondents.
In the
event
it
proved
not
only
an effective
but
a useful
choice,
the
initial
reaction of
respondents
frequently
providing
an
early
insight
into
key
attitudes.
Care
has
been
taken in
presenting
the findings
to
distinguish,
where
appropriate,
between
the
act
of
drawing
itself
and
the
products
of
drawing.
The term
drawing
activity
has
been
used
as
a
general
term
to
refer
to
the
act
of
drawing
and
the
term
drawing
produced
(along
Page 23
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 23/320
products
of
drawing
activity.
The
term
graphic
designer
has
been
employed
in the
slightly
restricted
sense
described
in
the
Introduction,
to
refer
to
those
practitioners
who
are
involved
in
all
the
phases of
the
graphic
design
process,
but
not
to
specialists
like
illustrators
or
typographers.
The
tern
process
is
used
in
the
sense of a series
of
actions
broadly
directed
to
the
achievement
of an appropriate result.
The
graphic
design
process
is
described
as comprising
a
series
of
phases,
rather
than stages, to emphasise that it is linear
only
in very broad terms
and
includes
many
feedback
loops.
Within
these
phases
various
procedures
or courses
of action can
be
identified. The
term
task
is
used
to
denote
a piece
of
work,
a specific
undertaking
to
be
carried
out,
generally
forming
part
of
a
procedure
within
the
design
process.
Generally agreed terminology is available for specific procedures.
Fror
example,
terms
such
as
briefing
,
collection
of
reference
material ,
analysis , synthesis , evaluation ,
presentation ,
carnissioning ,
specification
and
art-work have
been
found
to
have
generally
agreed
meanings.
Designerly
tasks
are categorised
under
the
headings
Managerial ,
Executive
and
Self-Development .
The terns
Managerial is
used
when
tasks have
broadly
organisational
intentions.
Executive
is
used
to
denote
those tasks
that
are
instrumental
in
the
develognent
of
design
solutions.
The
term
Self-Developnent describes those
tasks
that
designers
engage
in
to
bring
about
improvements
in their
an
individual
abilities.
The terns
orientation
has
been
used
to
describe
the
particular
type
of
job in
which
the
designer
is
engaged,
that
is
whether
it
is,
for
example,
packaging
or
magazine
design,
etc.
The
term
job
has been
used
in
the
way
generally
accepted
in
the
profession
to
mean
a
specific
design
problem.
Page 24
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 24/320
The
terms
cognitive
and
practical
are
used
to
denote
different
types
of
drawing
ability.
The
teen
cognitive
is
used
to
denote
conceptual
and
intellectual
abilities
and
the
awareness
of
the
appropriate
use
of
drawing
in
the
design
process.
Cognitive
ability
also
includes
the
ability
to
appreciate
and
judge
the
quality
of
drawn
imagery,
whereas
the
term
practical
is
used
for
the
more
evident
abilities
like
manipulative
skills,
fluidity
and
media
handling,
and
technical
canpetence
in
the
use
of specific
equipment,
etc.
I
Page 25
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 25/320
(I P1
ER
2
'Ibe OQltext of the study
2.1
Introduction
As
explained
in
Chapter
1,
this
study
is
concerned with a number
of
related
topics,
namely
the
use
of
drawing
in
the
graphic
design
process,
the
drawing
abilities
graphic
designers
require
to
use
drawing
effectively,
and
the
means of
developing
these
abilities
within
BA
level
graphic
design
education.
In the
present
chapter
consideration
is
given
to
the
background
issues
on which
the
investigation
is based
and
areas of
established
knowledge
relevant
to
these
topics
are
examined.
Initially,
in
Section
2.2,
the
wide-ranging
responsibilities
of
graphic
designers
are
discussed
and various
accounts of
the
use
of
drawing
in
the
graphic
design
process are
considered.
In Section
2.3
sane
previous
studies
on
the
functional
aspects
of
drawing
are
examined,
and
in
Section 2.4
caranentaries
that
discuss
the
role
of
drawing
in
creative
processes
are
considered.
Section
2.5
deals
with
speculation
about
the
nature
of
design
processes,
together
with
the
'designer
codes'
that
include
drawing
and with
the
use
of
drawing
as a
problem-solving
language.
Finally,
in
Section
2.6, the
historical
background
to
the
development
of
drawing
tuition
on
graphic
design
courses
and
same proposals
for
alternative
approaches
to
current
art
and
design
educational
provision
are
discussed,
insofar
as
they
relate
to
the
present
study.
2.2
Graphic design
and
the
role
of
the
practiti,
aýer
The
difficulty
in defining
the
graphic
design
discipline is
noted
by
one
of
its
significant
theorists
and
practitioners,
Paul
Rand
(1985),
who
has
stated
that
the
'expression
graphic design is
rich
in
meaning
but
difficult
to
pin
down.
'
Nevertheless,
essentially
it is
Page 26
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 26/320
and
fit
this
material
together
-
and
make
it interesting.
'
As Ashwin
(1982)
indicates,
it
is
only
in
the
course
of
the
last
two to three
decades
that
the
teen
graphic
design
has replaced the expression
cannercial
art
but,
in
spite
of
being
in
caption usage,
it
cannot
be
seen
to have
'a
stable or
permanent
meaning.
'
Rawson's (1987)
definition
of
graphic
design
is
of
'the
arrangement
Of
flat
layouts
of
text
and/or
images
.....
and a
host
of
[other]
products
for
printing
processes'
and
Topalian
(1980)
is
similarly
pragmatic
with
his
description
of
two
dimensional design,
design
for
print
or,
more
globally,
communications
design .
Therefore,
the
role
of
the
graphic
designer
may
be
said
to
involve
the
manipulation
of
arrangements
of words
and
imagery
as part of
his
or
her
responsibility
for
the
expression
of
meaning
through
visual
relationships.
In
the
19th
Century
during,
a
'welter
of
invention,
innovation,
adaptation
and
experiment,
there
was
rarely
if
ever
one controlling
hand
or
intellect,
one
graphic
designer
at
the
centre'
(Ashwin,
1983)
and
it
was
only
during
the
early
years
of
this
century
that
the
importance
of
the
individual
designer
in
the
co-ordination
of pieces
of
graphic
cannunication
was
established.
The
range
of
work
with
which
graphic
designers
cane
into
contact
has
continued
to
grow over
recent
years.
In
1973,
Hofuran
(1973)
noted
that:
Whereas
a
few
years
ago
the
activities of
the
graphic
designer
were
mainly
restricted
to
the
creation of
posters,
advertisements,
packaging,
signs,
etc.,
his
work
has
now
expanded
to
embrace virtually
every
field
of
representation
and
design. (p38)
While
Goslett
(1978)
includes:
typography - book, magazine and newspaper, stationery,
annual
reports,
catalogues,
type faces
etc.
Lettering,
calligraphy.
Publicity
material-
advertisements,
booklets,
folders,
posters,
covers,
point
of
sale,
'stamps
etc.
TV
and
film
graphics,
trade
marks,
symbols,
packaging,
photography'
(p42)
Page 27
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 27/320
Therefore,
it
may
be
said
that
the types
of
design
problems
that
graphic
designers
are
required
to tackle
have becane
increasingly
varied, not only
in
terms
of scale and
format but
in
the
nature of
their
ccnnunication.
With
the
evolution
of
the
design
consultancy, and
the
additional
services
they
offer, a
less
piecemeal
approach
to
graphic
problems
has
developed.
As Steers
(1987)
points
out,
The
first
generation
concept
....
the
simple,
linear
problem-solving
model
does
not
hold
up.
It
is
increasingly
recognised
that
design
activity
is
a
complex
blend
of
logical,
pragmatic
and
intuitive
approaches .
The
graphic
designer,
therefore,
is
not
only required
to
provide
solutions
that
work
on
their
own
terms,
that
take into
account
the
technical
requirements
of
production
methods
and consider
costing
requirements,
but
also
that
relate
to less
clearly
quantifiable
visual or
sociological
contexts.
Cross
[N]
(1984),
in
reviewing
the
emergence
of
systematic
approaches
to
disciplines
like
urban,
architectural,
engineering
and
industrial
design,
cites
increasing
complexity
in
the
designer s task
concanitant
with
increasing
technological
change and
the
requirement
to
reduce
designer
error as generally prevailing
influences.
The
graphic
design
discipline
has
similarly
been
subject
to
growing
ccwplexity,
brought
about
not
only
by
developing
technology
(Craig,
1974; Dalley,
1980)
but
also
by
the
demands
of
a society
utilising
increasingly
sophisticated
ccmnunication
systems
and subject
to
an
increasingly
varied
diet
of
visual
imagery.
The
graphic
designer
may
therefore
be
engaged
in
a
set
of
interrelated
tasks
offering
their
clients
a co-
ordinated
service
tailored
to their
needs
(Olivs,
1985).
There
are
also graphic
designers
working
on
problems
with
a
particular
orientation
like in
packaging
or
editorial
design
who are
,
as
a
result,
subject
to
more
specific
sets of
constraints
(Bridgewater,
1987).
The
nature
of
these
specialist
orientations
must
of
course
be
taken into
account
when
considering
the
range
of responsibilities
of
graphic
designers.
Page 28
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 28/320
totally directed
by
others,
'What
he
has
to
say
-
the
content
of
his
work
-
is
usually
thought
up
by
sanebody
else'
(Guyatt, 1977),
or as
Rawson (1987) indicates in areas of specialisation 'such as book
design,
the
graphic
designer's
task
is
to
package
existing
material.
'
Games
(1960)
describes
the
role
as
one
of
a
co-ordinator:
...
let
me
call
the
graphic
designer
the
middle
man
of
communications.
He
informs
the
public on
behalf
of
his
client.....
[The]
three
vital
factors,
patron,
subject
audience,
are all
determined for him
by
the
man
paying
the
bill.
(p3)
and,
as
Black
(1983)
has
concluded, a
'designer
without
a
client
is
as
impotent
as an actor
declaiming
to
an
empty
theatre.
'
However,
for both
Guyatt
(1977)
and
Games
(1960)
the
process of
designing
can redeem a graphic
designer's
work, provided
he
or she
is
motivated
to
interact
with
the
given
material
of
the
job
and
not
just
to
act upon
it.
He
must
feel
able
to
give
it
the
stamp
of
his
own
authority
and
individuality,
creating
sanething
which
without
him
could
never
be.
By
investing
it
with
his
personality
and
outlook
he
can give
it
a
deeper
significance
than
is
possible
otherwise....
Personal
involvement
of
the
designer,
his
belief
in
what
he
is
doing,
is
to
my
mind
of
paramount
importance.
At
this
stage
he
stands
at
the
frontier
between
man and
man.
(Games
op.
cit.
p4)
Black
(1983)
stresses
the
contribution
of
the
individual
designer
to
an even
greater extent,
expressing
a
belief
that
even
those
designers
who
explore
the
solution of
design
problems
in
experimental,
even
irrational
ways, make
important
contributions.
'[They]
celebrate
the
unpredictability
of man'
and
thus,
enrich
the
shared
visual
vocabulary
of
the
profession.
Thus,
a
passive
or partially
felt
response,
a
simplistic
manipulation
of
given
elements
is
not
enough.
'[The]
designer's
task
is
to
restate
the
problem'
(Rand,
1985).
However,
this
restatement
needs
to take
place
in
terms
appropriate
to
the
media.
According
to
Dailey
(1980),
Page 29
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 29/320
reproduction,
and
the
social or
economic
constraints
placed
on
the
designer.
'
Part
of
these
constraints
for
many
designers
who
are
currently
in
practice
canes
from
the
requirement
to
work as part
of a
team,
and as
part
of
their
responsibility within
the team
a
designer
may
be
required
to take
on managerial
responsibilities.
In
reviewing
the
role
of a
designer
with
such responsibilities,
the
meaning
of
the
particular
terms
used
in
the
profession
(C.
N. A. A.,
1984)
and
a general
lack
of
definition
of
these
responsibilities poses problems.
The
teen
'design
management',
first
coined
by
Farr
(1966),
has
now
cane
to
have
rather wide
terms
of reference, although
initially
it
was
used
to
describe
a specific
range
of managerial
activities
within
canpanies.
The
application
of
the
definitions
suggested
by
Braidwood
(1987),
namely
that
'when
a minority
of
a manager's
time
is
spent
cannunicating
with
the
designers
for
whose
work
he is
responsible,
we
call
this
job
function
managing
design ;
when
a
majority
of a
specialist
managers
time
is
spent
supervising
designers
we
use
the
term
design
management ',
disregards
the
managerial
aspects
of a
practising
designer's
role.
In
spite
of
their
acceptance
that
'design
projects
involve
the
control
of
the
design
process
as well
as
the
production
of
designs'
(Topalian,
1984),
some
theorists
do
not
regard
designers
as
being
necessarily
the
best
choice
for
design
managers.
Indeed,
they
are
described
as
being
exceptional
among
the
professions
in
being
generally
unprepared
'to
abandon
their
profession
for
leadership
roles'
and
are
not
trained to
have
an
easy relationship
with
management
(Gorb,
1986).
Similarly,
Olins
(1985)
car
lairs
that
although
'some
designers
make good
design
managers
because
they
understand
what
design
can
do.
Most,
however,
don't.
The
disciplines
in
which
they
have been
educated
infrequently
bring
out
management
skills.
'
However,
Black
(1983)
discusses
the
need
to
establish
'a
basis
for
understanding
and
co-operation so
that
business
executives
Page 30
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 30/320
Clearly
practising
designers
are
required
to
function
in
managerial
roles
but
the
nature
of
these
roles
and
specifically,
for
the
purpose
of this study, the role of drawing in the performance of managerial
tasks
is
not
addressed
by
the theorists;
nor
are
more
appropriate
approaches
to its
tuition
as
part of
a
discipline
that
would
bring
out
management
skills.
How
then
may
the
day-to-day
working
practices
of
the
graphic
designer
be
assessed
within
the
context
of
the
complexity
and
variety
that
can
be
found
to
exist within the graphic design profession? Certainly
he
or
she
should
not
be
thought
of merely
as
a
go-between,
carrying a
message
fron
a
client
to
a customer
or
a
juggler,
demonstrating
his
skills
by
manipulating
various
ingredients
in
a
given
space
(Bridgewater,
1987).
The
role
of
the
graphic
designer
can
be
seen
to
be
varied
and
canplex.
Graphic design
problems
are wide-ranging, requiring
the
manipulation
of
words
and
images
in
two
or
three
dimensions, in
unitary
or
sequential
formats,
or
in
time-based
media.
Frequently
the
solution
of
these
problems
needs
to
be
considered
in
the
wider
context
of a
client s
business
and cannunication
requirements.
A
designer
may need
to
develop
a
specialist range
of
skills
for
particular
orientations
of
work,
or
conversely,
may
have
to
be
able
to
co-ordinate
a set
of
design
solutions
across a
range of
formats
or
media,
developing
the
requisite
specialised
or
broadly-based
technical
understanding
to
design
and
specify
for
the
relevant
production methods.
In
sate cases
their
responsibilities
may also
extend
beyond
the
executive
aspects of
their
role
to
take
in
managerial
responsibilities.
Essentially,
the
graphic
designer s
responsibility
may
be
seen
to
include
the
requirement
to
bring
his
or
her
own
individual
capacity
to
bear
on
the
development
of
design
solutions,
yet
to
do
this
within
the
relevant
constraints.
Let
us
now
consider
the
use
of
drawing
in this
canplex
role.
Guyatt
(1977)
indicates
that
central
to this
role
is the
designer s
capacity
Page 31
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 31/320
Clearly
a
designer....
helps
the
wheels
of
industry
go
round.
But
what
is
more significant
and particular
is that
he
is
able
to
do
this
through
his
response and
sensitivity
to
the
world
around
him......
This
in
a
designer,
can
trigger
off
the in¢naterial level
of
ideas
and
understanding,
enriching
him
and
his
work.
This
is
his hall-mark
and
his
peculiar
talent, that
the
look
of
things
turn him
on ,
be
they
man-made
or natural,
and
this
enables
him
to talk
their
language
and
understand
them.
(p8)
Unfortunately,
when
one starts
to
look for
examples
of
the
way
in
which
drawing
is
used
to
support
the
designer in this
'talking
the
language
of visual things' they are very
difficult
to
find.
Examples
of
graphic
design
in
production
are widely available
through
the
many
books
and
journals
that
deal
with
the
subject,
but
examples
of
the
preparatory
stages of
these
solutions are
very rarely
seen.
Although
the
complexity
of
design
procedures
and problem solving
is
generally
clearly
discussed
and
illustrated,
even
specialist
manuals
do
not,
for
the
most
part,
try
to
present an
analysis of
the
use
of
drawing
in
all
the
activities
in
which
graphic
designers
engage.
Games
(1960)
writes;
For
many years
I
have
made
a practice
of
keeping
all
progressive
sketches which go
to the
making
of
a
final
design.
Occasionally they
leave
their
portfolio
for
an
airing
at
lectures, but
mostly
remain
hidden fron
view
like
the
bulk
of an
iceberg,
while
the
final
design,
like
the
peak,
is displayed for
all
to
see.
(p8)
It
is
the
purpose
of
this
study
to
explore
the
bulk
of
this
'iceberg'
of
designerly
activity.
Descriptions
of
graphic
design
activity
are
often
found to
define
the
operations
of graphic
designers by
a
linear
model
of
the
graphic
design
process.
For
example,
Garland
(1966),
provides
a
map of
a
'Typical
sequence
in
production
of printed
matter'
which,
although
arranged
to indicate
stages
or
phases
of
developnent,
consists
essentially
of
descriptions
of
procedures,
eg
'specifying'
and
'ccmnissioning'.
In
a
few
sources
descriptions
of
the
graphic
design
Page 32
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 32/320
sketch ,
roughs ,
and
comprehensives
(Barker,
1959). Cabibi
(1973)
uses
descriptions
of
thumbnail
sketches ,
the
rough
or
visual ,
the
comprehensive and the mechanical or camera-ready copy , and
Ballinger
(1956)
describes
a
designer s
progress
through
the
process
in
terms
of
making
his
cam rough
sketches,
which
may
be
used
in
conferring ,
preparing
more complete
roughs
for
presentation
purposes,
procuring
or
preparing artwork and
preparing
the
final
mechanical
art
required
for
printing.
However,
these
descriptions
of
drawing
activities are rarely
considered
in detail.
It
is
only
in those texts
specifically
dedicated
to teaching
drawing
techniques
that
the
purpose and
utilisation
of
drawing
is
explored.
Even
here,
with
few
exceptions,
for
example
the
depiction
of
the
use
of
drawing for
planning
layouts
(Donahue,
1978),
presentation, specification
and production
techniques
tend
to
be
the
main uses
of
drawing
exemplified
(Lewis,
1978;
Twyford,
1981;
Kemnitzer,
1983;
Bridgewater,
1987;
Mulhern,
1988).
Indeed,
if
the
various
key
reference
books
and manuals
about
graphic
design
are
consulted,
it
soon
becomes
apparent
that
while
in
other
respects
they
provide
balanced
introductions to the
discipline,
they
give
little
information
on
the
specific
use
of
drawing,
if
they
mention
it
at all
(Garland,
1966;
Croy,
1972;
Craig,
1974; Dailey,
1980).
Disciplines that
are
specific
to
graphic
design,
like
typography
and production
methods,
receive
most attention,
thereby
perhaps
implying
that
the
acquisition
of specific
drawing
abilities
is
not
as
important.
Descriptions
of
the
production
of
presentations
roughs
rarely
discuss
in
any
detail
the
prerequisite
drawing
skills
for
their
production.
Dailey
(1980),
for
example,
gives
explicit
instruction
on
techniques
such
as
preparing artwork,
but
does
not
deal
with
the
problems
of visualising
ideas.
Where
attention
is
focused
on
exploring
basic
design
concepts,
the
rough,
free drawing
that
is
invariably
used
for
exploring
initial
concepts
is
neither
illustrated
nor
described (Mulvey,
1969;
Hofuran,
1973).
It
is
generally
only
among
descriptions
of
drawing
activities
for
the
advertising
Page 33
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 33/320
On
the
rare
occasions
where
descriptions
of
drawing
activity
are
to
be
found
the accanpanying images are clearly specially produced
illustrations
and are not
original
designer s drawings
(see
Fig.
1(a)),
thereby
creating
erroneous
impressions
of
the
ways
in
which
drawing
is
actually
used.
Thus, the
design
process
can
be
artificially
made
to
seem
systematic
and
linear
in
progression.
Games
(1960)
provides
rare examples
of
a graphic
designer s
drawing
activity.
(See
Fig.
1(b).
)
Therefore,
it
may
be
said
that,
although
many of
the
publications
dedicated
to
the
description
of graphic
design
practice
give
clear
indication
of
the
tasks
that
a graphic
designer
performs
in
the
development
of
design
solutions,
they
either
pay cursory
attention
to
the
use
of
drawing,
or
they
stage
a rather
inaccurate
depiction
of
its
use.
An
investigative
approach exploring
practice
fron
the
point
of view
of
the
practitioner
has
not
hitherto been
attempted.
In
addition,
while
there
are
numerous
manuals
supporting
the
development
of
specific
drawing
skills
and
techniques,
these
generally
concentrate
on
the
requirements
of
the
later
phases
of
the
graphic
design
process.
2.3
The
fimctir
7
aspects
of
drawing
One
of
the
important
elements
of
this
study
is
the
consideration
of
the
various
functions
that
drawing
performs
in
the
graphic
design
process
and
the
nature of
the
drawing
techniques
that
have
evolved
for
the
performance
of
these
functions.
Although,
as
stated
above,
specific
reference
to
graphic
designers
use
of
drawing
is
limited,
discussion
of
the
functional
aspects of
drawing
is
well
represented
in
the
literature
devoted
to
the
nature of
drawing
itself.
Caentary
about
the
nature
of
drawing
can
be
found
in
a
wide
variety
of
both
contemporary
and
historical
sources,
Hotter
(1968),
Rawson
(1969),
Ashwin
(1982),
Lambert
(1984)
and
Strauss
and
Felker
(1987)
represent
an
excellent
cross-section
of
different
approaches,
and
Page 34
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 34/320
1
ý =,
,
Ifý-4r
ýN
..
3
4
.
ý`ý
ýý
ý9
ý
/ýýý_ý
ý
\
/,
ýýCyý-
Page 35
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 35/320
S
l
i
i
Iý
r;
j
.
19
le,
\'
'.
ýýý r
.
ýf
'
_.
,
",
ýýý
%/
cam:ý'!
"ýL
"
1.
16
9
ý'
LCJJI
"ILL,
r
"ý
ja
',
J.
it
'J4i
e"ýP"
"
"'ýý"'.
y*.
i. '
.,,
1
"{.
I"
li.
%+ýd.
sir!,
_"",
".
%
'
ý'
^l"
,
CRY
tt
'
,:
i.
s
.v..
_ 'ý
?
'Yý;
"r=fir"
"+fý'
t,
ANA
-.
"ji
N
fw
I.
__
,
."
1,
ý,,
,
y
".
".
".
I
Figure
1b:
Drawings
fron
"Over
My
Shoulder"
(Games
1960
p61),
reproduced
same
size
-
22
-
Page 36
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 36/320
drawing
is limited
in
canparison
to that
of artists,
the
functional
aspects
of
drawing
both
in
the
development
and production
of
visual
solutions
are well
represented.
For
example,
Strauss
devotes
a chapter
to Function , Rutter one to The Functional Drawing and Lambert one
to
Drawing
for
Utility .
The
link
between
function
or application and
the
development
of
an
appropriate
technique
has
been
adopted
by
some
educationalists,
historians
and
theorists
as an approach
to the
categorisation
of
drawings
in
their
analytical
studies.
Saxton
(1982),
Baynes
and
Pugh
(1981)
and
Lambert
(1984)
provide
examples
of
systems of
categorisation
that
are
based
on
technique
related
to
function.
Rawson
(1969),
Watrous
(1975)
and
Goldstein
(1977)
concentrate
on
technical
aspects, while
it is
the
executive
strategies
of
production
that
specifically
interest
Van Sommers
(1984).
Drawing
manuals,
such
as
those
of
Blake
(1951),
Gettings
(1969),
Nicolaides
(1972),
Hogarth
(1974),
Oliver
(1979),
Raynes
(1982),
Porter
and
Goodman
(1982),
Rawson
(1983)
and
Wright
(1983),
concentrate
on
technique,
generally
confining
discussion
of
function
to
different
treatments
of
subject
matter,
which may,
in
fact,
be
better termed
applications
rather
than
functions
of
drawing.
Sane
drawing
manuals,
eg
Probyn
(1970)
and
Mendelowitz
(1967),
concentrate
on
drawing
procedures
rather
than
on specific
techniques,
but deal
only
with
the
work of
artists
or
illustrators.
However,
some specialised
texts
on
drawing
related
to
specific
disciplines,
particularly
architecture,
eg
those
of
Laseau
(1975),
Ching
(1979),
Laseau
(1980),
Kirby
Lockard
(1982),
and Crowe and Laseau (1984), explore the link between function and
technique
very
effectively.
Therefore,
although
a
concern
with
the
function
of
drawings
and
its
relationship
to
technique
does
not
always
predaninate
in
the
literature,
it is
nevertheless
well
represented,
and although
the
use
of
drawing by
graphic
designers
has
not
been
investigated
in
detail,
that
made
by
architects
has
been
subject
to
thorough
evaluation.
Descriptions
of
the
historical
developaent
of
drawing
techniques
in
relation
to
particular
functions
emphasise
the
important
role
that
drawing
can
play.
Baynes
(1984 [a])
describes
how
the
18th Century
-
23
-
Page 37
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 37/320
saw
the
development
of a wide range
of objective
drawing techniques
as
part
of
the
attempts
to
catalogue,
quantify
and
thus
understand
the
natural
and
the
man-made world.
He
also
indicates
the
profound
effects of the use of drawing when, in the development of
industrialisation,
'Drawings
became
one of
the
ways
in
which
the
change
could
be
brought
about.
They
were
the
portable
concepts ,
the
easily
transmitted instructions,
through
which
designers
and
managers
controlled
the
production process.
'
Booker
(1979)
and
Baynes
and
Pugh
(1981)
provide
detailed,
historical
accounts
of
the
origin and
developments
of engineering
drawing.
Gaspard
Monge's
'Geometrie
descriptive'
in 1795
provides,
in
Booker's
terms,
'one
of
the
most
intriguing books
in
the
history
of
technical
drawing'. By
bringing
together
a variety
of
'ad
hoc'
techniques
which
had
been
in
use among
masons
and
woodworkers,
and applying
his
principles
of
descriptive
geanetry,
many
rote
techniques
were
replaced
with
generalised
methods.
Baynes
and
Pugh
(1981)
also provide
a systematic
characterisation
of
the
categories
of engineering
drawing
according
to
use,
namely
Designer's
Drawings,
Project
Drawings,
Production
Drawings,
Presentation
and
Maintenance
Drawings
and
Technical
Illustrations
(pp14-15),
each
type
of
drawing
having developed
a
particular
range of
production
techniques to
suit
its
particular
purpose.
In
his
review
of current
practice
in
computer aided
vehicle
styling,
Tovey
(1989)
describes
the
interrelationship
and relative
merits
of
sketching
and
CAD
systems
and
the
different
types
of
drawing
produced
through
each
method.
To some degree or other all artistic and designerly activity is
associated
with
the
production of
drawings.
'Drawing
is
one
of
the
fundamentals
perhaps even
the
basis
-
of
all
creative
work.
It
is the
direct
way
to
make a conceived
form,
a
vision
visible.
A
thought
takes
a material
form,
an
idea
becanes
ca
iunicable.
'
(Wirth
1976).
However,
for
the
purpose
of
this
study,
it
is
important
to
consider
to
what
extent
there
are
fundamental
differences
in
the
ways
in
which
artists
and
designers
use
drawing
and
in
the
range of
techniques
that
they
both
employ.
Blake
(1951),
in
the
preface
of
his
influential
book
'The
art
and
-
24
-
Page 38
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 38/320
craft
of
drawing',
is
at pains
to
call attention
to
what
he
believes
is
'the
fundamental
homogeneity
of
artistic
expression'
through
the
act
of
drawing.
Again,
in
what
she
terms
'the
false
dichotany'
between the fine
and applied
arts,
Dondis (1973) discusses the
relationship
of
aesthetic and
functional
criteria.
applied
art should
be functional
and
fine
art
without
utility.
This
snobbish attitude
influences
many
artists
on
both
sides of
the
fence
and creates
an
atmosphere
of
alienation
and confusion.
(p6)
In
cannon
with
designers,
artists
have
specific
tasks
to
conduct
through drawing.
Simpson
(1987)
recognises
this
specificity
in
stating
that
drawing
'for
my
purpose
....
is
translating,
directly
from
observation,
three-dimensional
information
into
marks
on a
two
dimensional
surface.
'
For Raynes
(1982)
'[looking]
is
the
most
important
thing
.....
The
first
requirement
is to
be
able
to
put
down
on
paper,
from
observation,
the
observed shapes.
'
Berger
(1979)
claims
that
for
'artists
drawing
is
discovery....
It
is
the actual act of drawing that forces the artist to look at the object
in
front
of
him,
to
dissect
it
in his
mind's
eye
and
to
put
it
together
again;
or
if
he
is
drawing
fran
memory,
that
forces
him
to
dredge
his
own
mind,
to
discover
the
content
of
his
cam
store
of
past
observations.
'
For Bailey
(1982)
'the
draftsman
is
a
phenanenologist.
He
seeks
routes
for
the
interrogation
of
how
things
are.
'
Drawing
is
seen
as
'a
direct
means
of actualising
visual
experience.
',
or as
Berger
believes
'drawings
are
an autobiographical
record
of one's
discovery
of
an event
-
seen,
remembered
or
imagined.
'
Drawing
must,
therefore,
be
seen
to
have
more
than
a
problem-solving
capacity,
or a
representational
function,
if,
for
the
artist
it
beccmes
an
embodiment
of experience;
'it
casts
'reality'
...
into
a
form
that
we
came
to
recognise
as
drawing....
Drawing
is
therefore
not only
a
means
to the
articulation
of experience;
...
it
beccmes
experience.
'
(Bailey, 1982).
Many camnentators, take the view that the
disciplines
of
Design
and
Fine Art
require a very
different
use
of
drawing
from
each
other.
Lloyd Jones
(1984)
makes
the
distinction
between
using
drawing
for
depiction
and
for
designing,
pointing out
that
when
artists
like
-
25
-
Page 39
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 39/320
Leonardo,
Raphael
and
Michelangelo
started
to
design they
instantly
fell
into
another
convention
of
depiction
different
from
picture
making.
As
Arnheim
(1970)
concludes
of
Leonardo
he
saw
every
part
of
the human body as a contraption designed by
a
fellow inventor... and
represented
it
as a
tool.
Crowe
and
Laseau
(1984) describe
Corbusier s
travel
notes
as
drawings
that
are
not
in themselves
beautiful.
They
are
notes,
not
intended
to
impress
or
entertain .
According
to
Washburn
(1983),
artist s
drawings
do
not exhibit
the
same
adherence
to
a system
of
generalised
methods
as
those
of
designers
because
they
have been
subject
to
different
systems and
cultural
influences.
Kirby
Lockard
(1982)
describes
the
function
of
designerly
drawing
thus;
Design
drawings
represent
successive attempts
at
drawing
a
congruence
between
the
design
problem
and
its
solution.
The
drawings
themselves
are not
the
congruence,
but
are
simply
representative
transparencies
through
which
the
real
congruence
can
be
judged.
The
importance
of
the
transparency
of
design
drawings
cannot
be
overemphasised.
(p30)
However,
Lambert
(1984)
quotes
the
artist
Henry Moore
in
making an
equally
pragmatic
definition.
Drawing
is
a
means of
finding
your way
about
things,
and a way
of
experiencing
....
certain
tryouts
and
attempts ,
and
Ashwin
(1982)
describes
the
various
ways
in
which
painters
make use
of
drawing
from
gathering
information,
to
working
drawings
and
squaring
up
(pp158-163).
Therefore,
it
must
be
recognised
that
drawing has
a range
of
functions,
for
artists
as
well
as
for
designers
and
,
as
Rutter
(1968)
indicates,
Attempts
have
frequently
been
made
to
break down
drawings
into
clearly
defined
categories,
but
any such
attempt
is
bound
to
be
somewhat
arbitrary.
The
frontiers
are
almost
always
blurred
and
the
outward appearance
of
a
drawing
is
often
no clear
guide
to its
original
purpose.
(p30)
However, it
must equally
be
realised that this range of
functions
is
different
for
the two
types
of
practitioners
and,
therefore,
the
range
of
techniques
that
designers
need
to
develop
will,
by
the
same
token,
also
be
different.
The
adaptability
of
drawing
activity
to
4b
26
Page 40
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 40/320
circumstance
is
a vital
aspect of
its
usefulness.
Laseau
(1980)
describes
drawings
in
Leonardo
da
Vinci s
note
book
as
a
marvellous
example
of
a
mind
in
ferment,
using
drawings
as a
means
of
discovery
rather than a way to impress
other
people .
Thus,
it
can
be
seen
that
the
concept
of
function
linked
to
technique
is
relevant
to
the
drawing
activity of
both
artists and
designer s,
but
that
their
use of
drawing differs,
and
therefore,
the
range
of
techniques
and
drawing
abilities
that
they
must
develop
will
be
different.
It
is
not
the
intention
of
this
study
to
look
at
drawings
fron
the
point
of view of
their
expressive,
commmicative,
interpretive
even
inventive
qualities,
other
than
that
these
qualities
affect
function.
Further
there
is
no
intention to
judge
drawings
from
the
point
of view of
their
aesthetic quality
or
skilfulness
in
rendition,
other
than
that these
qualities
also
affect
function.
However,
the
study will
investigate
closely
the
link
between
the
various
functions
that
drawing
is
found
to
perform
in the
graphic
design
process
and
the
developnent
of
those
drawing
techniques
and
abilities
that
are required
for
these
functions.
2.4
The
role
of
drawing
in
creative
pmcesses
The
link
between
the
use
of
drawing
and
the
fostering
of
creativity
is
well-established
and
forms
an
important
part
of
the
background
to this
.
study.
In
his
review of
the
literature
on
structured
aids
to
creative
behaviour
Rickards
(1980)
expresses
the
view
that
creativity
is
part
of the design process and design is part of the creative process .
Certainly
difficulties
arise
in
any
attempt
to
separate
and
distinguish
design
and creative
processes
in
action.
Similarly,
in
the
literature, confusion
arises
because
of
the
different
viewpoints
of
interest
groups
(Rickards,
1985),
which
includes
those
of
psychologists
and educationalists
as
well as
professional
managers
and
designers.
Although,
as
Rogers
(1970)
points
out,
there
are
cannon
features
to
creative activity
wherever
it
occurs.
It
is
worth,
at
this
point,
reviewing
theories
on
the
nature
of
the
creative
process
insofar
as
they
are
relevant
to
the
graphic
design
-
27
-
Page 41
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 41/320
process.
It
is
also
important
to
consider
the
broader
issues
of
the
relationship
between
drawing
activity
and
the
fostering
and
maintenance
of
creative
behaviour
in designers,
both
at
an
individual
and
a
group
level,
and
the
contribution
of
drawing to the development
of
a creative
climate
in
which
they
may work.
As
Kneller
(1965)
indicates,
since
Wallas
analysis
of
the
ideas
of
Helmholtz,
it
has been
widely
held
that
the
creative
process
has
four
recognisable
phases,
generally
known
as
preparation,
incubation,
illumination,
and verification ,
to
which
Kneller
adds
first
insight
-
the
apprehension
of an
idea
to
be
realised
or
a
problem
to
be
solved.
However,
as
Kneller
acknowledges,
even
though
the
creative
cycle
can
with
rough
justice be
sliced
into
these
phases......
Whether
it
should
be
so sliced
is
another matter , and
he
cites
Harrison
and
Gough to
present
the
argument
that
the
various
processes
involved
in
creation
are
so
complex
and so
interfused
that
it is
unrealistic
to
freeze
them into
a single
sequence.
In
support
of
the
view
that
creativity
should
be
seen
holistically ,
Rickards
(1985)
cites
MacKinnon:
It
is
misleading
to
refer
to the
creative
process
as
though
it
were
a single unitary
process.
The
terns
should
be
thought
of as no more
than
a convenient
summary
label
for
a
complex
set of cognitive
and motivational
processes,
and
emotional
processes
too,
that
are
involved
in
perceiving,
remembering,
imagining,
appreciating,
thinking,
planning,
deciding,
and
the
like.
(p36)
What
are
termed
the
Whole
Brain
theories
of creative
activity
are
also
relevant
to this
present
study.
it
has been
}mown
for
many
years
that....
the
right
side
of
the
brain
has
control
over
visualisation
....
spatial
and
conceptual relationships,
and
assists
in
intuitive
problem
solving.
(Rickards
1985).
Edwards,
(1982)
has
developed
what
she calls
a
cognitive
shift
model
of
teaching
drawing
by
enabling
individuals
to
develop
the
ability
to
shift
to
a
different-fran-ordinary
way
of processing
visual
information
....
by
tapping the special functions of the right hemisphere . However,
although
the
methods
she
describes
may
be
relevant
to
learner
drawers,
especially
when working
from
visual
reference,
they
do
not appear
to
be
appropriate
to
graphic
designers
who
need
to
maintain
an
awareness
28
Page 42
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 42/320
of
a wide
range
of
non-visual
criteria.
Rickards
(1985)
cites
Torrence,
Taggart
and
Taggart to
describe
the
importance
of
both
right
and
left
modes
of
information
processing
for
creative
behaviour,
indicating that;
[creativity]
is
traditionally
associated
with
right
hemisphere
behaviour.
This
is
a
limited
view.
Accomplishing
work
requires
non-confoEning
individuals
inventing
something
new
combined
with
conforming people
with
an
eye
towards improving
something.
Indeed
there
is
a
left
dominant
mode
of creativity
as
well as a right
duninant
mode.
The
person
who
has
developed
a
flexible
processing
style
exhibits
the
characteristics
of
what
have
been
referred
to
as
innovators (right
daninant)
and
adapters
(left daninant). (p43)
Creativity,
therefore,
particularly
the
creativity
of graphic
designers
who
operate
within
the
commercial envirormnent,
where
it is
required
that
a
design
not
only
be
innovative
but
also
appropriate and
relevant,
must
incorporate
both
right
and
left
brain
contributions
and
so,
in
terms
of
the
current
discussion,
the
creativity
of graphic
designers
would
appear
to
be
a
whole
brain
activity.
Indeed,
the
holistic
nature
of
the
creative
process
and
of creative
behaviour
needs
to
be
considered
as
a
background
to
their
work
when
the
role
of
drawing
in
the
stimulation
and maintenance of
creativity
is
investigated.
Everybody
has
ideas.
Essentially
the
designer s job
is
about
generating
bright
ideas
and
then
implementing these
in
some
form
of
physical
manifestation
acceptable
to
others.
(Davies
and
Talbot 1987).
Equally
relevant
theoretical definitions
of
the
creative
process
for
designers
working
in
visual
terms
are
those
concerned
with
the
use of
analogy
and
synthesis.
For Broadbent
(1973)
the
central
mechanism....
in
translating
analysis
to
synthesis.
..
Undoubtedly
is
analogy.
He
cites
Koestler
to
describe
the
bisociation
between
two
matrices
or
frames
of
reference.
Rickards
(1985) describes
the
theories
of
the
Associationism
school
of
thought, that
believed
that
productive
thinking
was
related
to
an
ability
to
make
connections
or
associative
bonds
between
clusters
of
memory
traces.
Rawlinson
(1981)
also
defines
creative
thinking
as
the
relating
of
things
or
ideas
which
were
previously
unrelated....
creative
thinking
uses
Page 43
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 43/320
things
or
ideas
which
are already
in
existence,
that
is
in
the
minds
of
those
taking
part
in
the
creative
session.
'
In
his
description
of
the
creative
process
Samuels
(1975)
writes;
The
word
imagination
contains within
it
the
word
image,
image
meaning a mental
picture.
Most
current
theories
of
creative
imagination hold
that
images
exist and
are
stored
in
the
unconscious
mind, and
that the
conscious
mind
can
became
aware of
them.
It
is
believed
that
within
the
unconscious
images
can
become
associated
to
fonu
streams
of
images,
that they
can
juxtapose
to
form
combination
images,
or
coalesce
and
recombine
to
form
entirely
new
images......
New
images
cane
to
awareness
as
novel
ideas,
illuminations
or
flashes
in
ordinary
consciousness.
(p240)
The
importance
of
the
use
of
drawing
is
recognised
for
both
the
establishment
of
this
fund
of memory
or
'stored
analogy',
and
also
as
an
aid
in
processing
the
synthesis of
new concepts
(Broadbent
1973,
McKim
1980).
The
stimulation
of creative
behaviour
is
generally
held
to
be
associated
with
fostering
the
appropriate
climate
of
relaxed
attention
to
encourage
this
'juxtaposition'
and
'coalescence'
of
existing
images,
concepts
or
'memory
traces' to
produce
new
ideas
or
images.
Broadbent
(1973)
claims
that
'if
the
design
process
contained
a
vigorous
evaluation
stage,
then
one can
be
wild and
free,
indeed
ought
to
be
as wild
and
free
as possible
at
the
mannt
of
synthesis.
'
and so
it is
worth
considering
the
relationship of
drawing
activity
to the
fostering
of
a
creative
climate
within which
the
'innovator'
or
'adapter' can operate effectively or indeed be 'wild and free'.
Rickards
(1985,
p35-36)
when
listing
several
definitions
indicating
the
variety
of approaches
to
the
analysis
of creative
behaviour,
describes
creativity as
being
'
far
more
than
problem
solving;
there
is
no
warmth
in
problem
solving',
thereby
acknowledging
the
emotional
implications
attendant
on creative
activity
and
its
unpredictable
and
fugitive
nature.
The
concern,
therefore,
of
many
theorists
to
devise
ways
of
'bringing
about
in
a
structured
way,
creative
behaviour,
'
and
the
'purposive
attempts
for
enhancing
the
creative
process'
(Rickards
1985)
is
based
not
simply
on
the
carplexity
of
design
problems,
but
on
the
nature
of creativity
itself.
Page 44
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 44/320
Through
an
analysis of
key
texts
fron
the
major schools
of
thought
on
creative
problem
solving,
Rickards
(1980)
identifies
the
four
major
families
of
techniques
as;
brainstorming,
synectics,
morphological
analysis
and
lateral
thinking.
Broadbent
(1973)
describes
brainstorming
and synectics
as
being
the
most
effective
techniques
to
prarote
the
generation of analogies,
and
detailed
descriptions
of
these
techniques
are given
in
Osborn
(1963)
and
De
Bono
(1973).
Rawlinson
(1981)
defines brainstorming
as
a
'means
of
getting
a
large
number
of
ideas from
a group of people
in
a short
time'
and
Broadbent
(1973)
writes
that
'[brainstorming]
particularly
depends
on
the
rapid
firing
of
ideas',
and
describes
it
as
'in
practice....
simply a
technique for
generating
check-lists.
'
Jones
(1980) describes
the
aim
of
brainstorming
as
to
'stimulate
a
group
of
people
to
produce many
ideas
quickly.
'
and
stresses
the
importance
of
'[enforcing] the
rule
that
no
idea
is
to
be
criticised and make
it
clear
that
wild
ideas
are
welcome,
quantity
is
wanted
and
that
participants
should
try to
combine, or to improve upon, the ideas suggested by others. ' Jones
(1979)
also
describes brainstorming
as a
technique
for deliberate,
rational,
stimulation of
the
irrational, the
seemingly
crazy,
the
source
of
insight
and originality.
It
is the
rationale
for
using
the
irrational.
'
While
there is
no
suggestion
as
such
in the
literature
that
graphic
designers
systematically
employ
such
techniques,
sane
of
their
drawing
activity,
particularly
the
early
idea
'doodles'
they
produce,
may
be
seen as a
type
of
check-listing
of
ideas,
with
drawing
being
used
in
a
playful
way
to
aid
the
overcaning
of
'blocks'
to
creativity
and as a means
of
fostering
a
'sympathetic
environment'.
Adams
(1980)
outlines
the
emotional,
cultural,
environmental,
intellectual
and
expressive
blocks
that
can
be
found to
inhibit
creative
behaviour
in
camnercial
environments.
He
describes
'lack
of
challenge'
and
'excessive
zeal'
as
'opposite
villains',
creative
thinking requiring the ability to 'incorporate criticism' in a
positive
way, while
the
designer
must
also
be
able
to
'tolerate
chaos'
and so
free
the
mind
to
'think
intuitively'
and not
be
impeded
by
'mind
set'.
In
his
view
the
pressure
of
deadlines
prompts
creative
solutions
only
if,
after
a
period
of
preparation
or
'charging
up
of
Page 45
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 45/320
the
unconscious
has been
canpleted, sufficient
time
has
been
allowed
for
a period
of
incubation
to
allow
the
unconscious
to
struggle
with
problems .
Adams
also
describes
the
choice of
an appropriate
problem
solving
language
as an
important
aspect of selecting
a
mental
strategy
to
work
on a problem and overcome
blocks
to
creativity.
However,
this
must
be
a
language
in
which
the thinker
is
ccnpetent.
McKim
(1980)
indicates
that
if
visual problem-solvers
suffer
fron the
frustrations
of
being
visual
illiterates
their
creativity
is
impeded.
McKim
describes
the
widespread
use
of
what
he
terms
graphic
languages .
Many
professions
currently
use
graphic
languages:
physicists
draw
diagrams
and graphs,
executives
draw
organisational charts,
and physiologists
draw
cross-
sections.
Indeed
you will
find
graphic
language
expressions
on
the
black boards
of
almost
every
department
of a
university.
(p130)
Davies
and
Talbot
(1987)
in
their
study
of
the
experience
of
designers
when
generating
ideas,
refer
to
designer s
descriptions
of
a
facility
in
using
mental
imagery, for
example
as
a
multi-sensory
and
dynamic,
mental
sketch pad:
using mental
rotation and
scanning
images .
Franck
(1973)
describes
a
non-creative
environment
as
one
that
constantly
bccnbards
us,....
overloads
our
switchboard
with
noise,
yet
busy design
organisations
may
well
be
stressful,
noisy
envirormments,
why
is
it
that
designers
manage
to
be
creative
within
them?
Rickards
(1985) distinguishes between the internal (psychological) climate,
[and]
the
external climate
or
enviroment .
As
part
of
the
developnent
of
the
internal
climate,
Rogers
(1970)
advocates
being
open
to
experience as
a
fundamental
condition
of
creativity,
with
the
source or
locus
of evaluative
judgement
being
internal,
and
describes
the
ability
to
toy
with
elements and
concepts
as
being
important
in
a
description
that
evokes
the
activity
of
drawing;
Associated with the openness and lack of rigidity.... is
the
ability
to
play
spontaneously
with
ideas,
colors,
shapes, relationships...
it
is fran
this
spontaneous
toying
and
exploration
that
there
arises
the
hunch,
the
creative
seeing
of
life
in
a
new
and
significant
way.
(p144)
Page 46
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 46/320
In
order
to
foster
the
external
climate,
Rogers
stresses
the
need
to
accept
the
individual
as
of
unconditional
worth,
with
their
ideas
being
understood
empathically .
Drawing
as an
important
means
of
canmmication for the design team may be seen to play a part in
pranoting
this
empathy .
2.5
The
use
of
drawing
in
design
Processes
In
investigating
the
nature
of
the
design
process
itself
certain
characteristics
have been
identified
by
a number of
theorists
that
are
applicable
across all
the
design disciplines.
Lawson
(1983),
who
is
himself
an
architect,
believes he
is
qualified
to
write
about
design
problems,
and
how
to
understand
them,
and
about
design
processes and
how
to
learn,
develop
and
practise
them
in
a way
that
has
general
relevance
to
designers
and
design
students.
Therefore,
by
studying
caRnentary
on
the
nature
of
design
processes
in
general
and
on
the
use
of
drawing
in
other
types
of
design
processes,
it
has
been
possible
to
acquire
information
relevant
to
this
study
of
the
graphic
design
process.
Jones
(1979)
describes
the
evolution of
design
processes
fron
the
activities
of
craftsmen
responding
to
the trials
and
errors
of
practical
necessity
to
design
by
drawing ,
a
develognent
which
permitted
a
jump
in
scale
in
the
work
produced
and
led
to
the
division
of
labour
where
more
than
one
operative
could
be involved
in
the
manufacture
of
large
canplex
items through
instructions
supplied
in drawings.
A
new
class
of
designers
was
thereby found to
emerge, responsible
for
this
organisation
of
the
works
of
operatives
and
leading
to the
conscious
changing of
the
design
as
a
whole
by
using
a
symbolic
gec etric
model,
the
drawing,
to
permit
experiment
that
is
not
possible
when
changes
are
limited to the
product
itself.
(op.
cit.
).
The
professional
specialised
designer
producing
drawings
from
which
others
build
has
cane
to be
such
a stable
and
familiar
image that we now regard this process as the traditional form of
design.
(Lawson
1983).
Lawson
goes
on
to
indicate
that
a
major
weakness
in
this traditional
system
of
design
by
drawing
was
that
problems
not visually
apparent
tended
not
to
cane
to
the
designer s
Page 47
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 47/320
attention,
and,
therefore,
in
the
early
1960s,
the
systematic
analysis
of
design
processes,
intended
to
bring
about
improvements
in
design
methods,
was
introduced.
Cross
[N]
(1984)
summarises
the
broad
chronological
development
of
the
'design
methods
movement',
as moving
fron
'the development
of
systematic
procedures
for
the
overall
management
of
the
design
process,
and of systematic
techniques
to
be
used
within
such
a
process',
to
the
attempt
to
understand
the
apparent
car
lexity
and
'ill-structuredness
of
design
problems'
through
investigations
of
designer
behaviour
by,
as
Darke
(1979)
describes it,
'asking designers
to
recall
their
own processes'.
As
Cross
[N] (1984)
indicates
during
the
late
1970s
and
early
1980s
various
thinkers,
for
example
Hillier,
Musgrove
and
O'Sullivan,
March, Broadbent
and
Daley,
offered
profound
re-statements
about
the
nature of
design
and
the
role
of
design
research
or
'meta-design',
and encouraged a
freeing
of
design
methodology
from
its
adherence
to the
ideology
of
science.
In
an
explanation
of
how his
thoughts
about
design
methods
have
changed,
Jones
(1977)
indicates his belief that generally 'design seems to
be
becaning
a social art
and
to
do
this
properly
it
seems
we need
to
learn
fron
experimental artists
whose
happenings
and
other
events
are
making
art
a way
of
living'.
The
early
models
devised
to
represent
the
design
process
'contain
three
essential
stages
of
analysis, synthesis
and evaluation.
These
can
be
described
more
simply
as
breaking
the
problem
into
pieces ,
putting the
pieces
together in
a new
way
and
testing to discover
the
consequences
of putting
the
new arrangement
into
practice '
(Jones
1980),
or as
Lawson
(1983)
defines
the
process;
Analysis involves
the
exploration
of
relationships,
looking
for
patterns
in
the information
available,
and
the
classification
of
problem.
Essentially
analysis
is the
ordering
and structuring
of
the
problem.
Synthesis
on
the
other
hand
is
characterised
by
an attempt
to
move
forward
and
create a
response
to the
problem.
Essentially,
synthesis
is the
generating
of solutions.
Appraisal
involves
the
critical
evaluation
of
suggested
solutions
against
the
objectives
identified
in
the
analysis
phases.
(p27)
Page 48
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 48/320
However,
Lawson
(1979)
and
Darke
(1979)
found
that
both
in
controlled
experiments,
and
from
research
based
on
interviews
with
architects,
the tendency
was
that
designers
structured
design
problems
by
exploring aspects of possible solutions, rather than by deferring
creative
interaction
until
analysis
had
been
systematically
canpleted.
As
thinking
about
the
design
process
developed,
researchers,
recognising
its
complexity,
realised
that
the
development
of a
new
model
for
the
design
process
was required.
Hillier
et al
(1972)
provided
the
paradigmatic
shift
of
approach
that
supplied a model
for
the
re-definition
of
design
processes,
replacing
the
analysis
-
synthesis
model
with
one
of
conjecture
-
analysis.
This
model
better
recognised
the
designerly
approach
of
prestructuring
problems either
by
a
knowledge
of
solution
types
or
by
a
knowledge
of
the
latencies
of
the
instrumental
set
in
relation
to
solution
types. By
instrLmental
set
Hillier
et
al
refer
to
both
the
technology
and
to
the
potential
forms
of
design
solutions
available
to the
designer
within
his
or
her
discipline.
The
linking
of
this knowledge about their discipline with the experience
that
permits
the
foreshadowing
of viable
design
solutions,
is
seen
as
the
means
by
which
design
problems
are
initially
made
tractable,
and
are
then
approached
through
a process
of
proposing
and
then
analysing
possible
solutions.
As
Hillier
et al
point out,
a
vast
variety
of
design
decisions
cannot
be
taken.....
before
the
solution
in
principle
is
known....
conjecture
and problem
specification
thus
proceed
side-by-
side
rather
than
in
sequence.
Darke
(1979)
supports
the
use
of
this
model
of
conjecture
-
analysis
and suggests
an
elaboration
to
include
the
notion
of
the
primary
generator
describing
a
particular
stage
in
the
design
process
that
precedes
a
conjecture,
a
way
into the
problem,
ie
a
designer imposed
constraint
that
forms
in
response
to
particular
aspects
of
the
problem,
and
prompts
the
specific
conjectures
for
possible solutions.
How then is the use of drawing thought to support the sort of
design
processes
described
above?
Cross
[N]
(1982)
states
that
the
designerly
mode
of enquiry
-
analogous
to
the
scientific
mode
of
enquiry
-
depends
on modelling
and
simulation
as
equivalents
to
Page 49
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 49/320
analysis
and
experiment
-
as
powerful as scientific
enquiry
but
different.
The
language
of modelling
that
is
at
the
core of
design,
corresponds
to
numeracy,
the
language
of
the
sciences, and
literacy the language of the humanities. The designer learns to
think
in
a sketch-like
form,
in
which
the
abstract
patterns
of user
requirements
are
turned into
the
concrete patterns
of
an actual
object.
While
the
codes
and
languages
used may
differ
in
detail
fron
one
design
discipline
to
another;
they
facilitate
the
constructive, solution-focused
thinking
of
the
designer,
in
the
same way
that
other
(eg
verbal
and
numeric)
codes
facilitate
analytic,
problem
focused
thinking;
they are probably the most effective means of
tackling
the
characteristically
ill-defined
problems
of
planning,
designing
and
inventing
new
things.
(p225)
Archer
(1979)
describes
the
establishment
of
a
theoretical
basis
for
treating
design
as a coherent
discipline
of study
and
the
existence
of
a
designerly
way
of
thinking
and carrnunicating
,
central
to
which
is
the
use
of visual
codes.
He
further
describes
(Archer 1980)
the
role
of
these
visual
codes
as
a
fundamental
capacity
of
mind, equal
in importance
to
the
language
capacity,
that
is
particularly
exploited
by
designers
but is
part
of
everyday
life.
I
call
this
the
capacity
for imaging.
Designers
can
conjure
up
in
the
mind s
eye
an
image
of
sane
thing
or
system,
can
rotate
and
transform
it,
and
make shrewd
judgements
about
its
construction,
practicability
and worth.
(p9)
This
designer s
use
of models
and
codes
relies
heavily
on
graphic
images, ie the drawings, diagrams
and
sketches
that
are
aids to
internal
thinking
as well
as
aides
to
caYmunicating
ideas
and
instructions
to
others
(Cross
N,
1982).
Cross
[A]
(1986)
when
describing
the
use
of codes
and
language
systems
in
design
activity,
writes
that
increasingly
formal
research
has indicated
that
design
canpetence
is
associated
with
the
acquisition
and
manipulation
of
non-
verbal
codes ,
and
advocates
an examination
of
the
relationships
between
designerly
thought and appropriate
language
systems as a way
of
increasing
our understanding
of
learning
in
design. The
c cmplex
camunicational
aspects
of
these
codes
is
widely
discussed
in
the
literature
fron
differing
perspectives.
For
example,
Goodman
(1976,
Page 50
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 50/320
p5)
defines
the
symbolic nature of visual codes
and
their
role
in
denotation 'independent
of resemblence'.
Garland
(1979)
describes
some
of
the
characteristics of
visual
symbol
systems,
Brawn
(1979
p123) the basic value systems that underlie the use of visual codes,
and
Arnheim
(1970
p296)
the
role
of
the
artist
in
'visualizing
complexity'
and
'conceiving
of phenomena and
problems
in
visual
terms.
'
It
is
the
graphic
designer's
capacity
to
produce
and
manipulate
these
codes
through the
use
of
drawing
and
the
role
that
this
use
of
drawn
'language'
has
in
the
graphic
design
process
that
is
the
focus
of
this
present study.
In
his
theory
of
'multiple
intelligences',
Gardner
(1985)
argues
that
'there
is
persuasive
evidence
for
the
existence
of
several
relatively
autonomous
human
intellectual
canpetencies......
that
these
are
relatively
independent
of
one another,
and
that they
can
be
fashioned
and combined
in
a
multiplicity of adaptive
ways
by individuals
and
cultures'.
In
identifying
the
nature of
these
'
canpetencies'
Gardner
defines
six
types
of
intelligence,
of which,
what
he
teens
'spatial
intelligence', 'emerges as an amalgam of abilities' including;
the
capacities
to
perceive
the
world accurately,
to
perform
transformations
and
modifications
upon one's
initial
perceptions,
and
to
be
able
to
re-create
aspects
of
one's
visual
experience, even
in
the
absence
of relevant
visual
stimuli.
(p173)
Gardner's
description
of
the
use
of
this
'spatial
intelligence',
particularly
the
strategic
planning of
chess
games
(p193) has
interesting
implications for
the
strategic planning
of
the
content
and
form
of visual
images
that
are
related
to
other
images,
both
spatially
and sequentially,
as are,
for
example, page
layouts
or
time-based
sequences.
Drawing
strategies
as such
are explored
in
the
work of
Beittel
(1972)
and
Van
Sa
mers
(1984).
Beittel
describes
criteria
or
'strategy
signs' for defining 'Spontaneous' and 'Divergent' drawing strategies
in
student
artists
working
from life (pp67-87)
that,
to
sane
extent,
have
a relevance
to
the drawing
strategies
of graphic
designers
working
in
a
different
context.
Van
Sciraners,
by
assessing
the
results
Page 51
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 51/320
of a
series
of experiments
to
determine
the
specific
effects
of
the
various
factors
that
influence
the
production
of
drawings,
provides an
account
of
the
canplex
factors
influencing
the
way
in
which
drawing
skills are developed. Drawing competence is seen as the ability both
to
use
'learned
drawing
strategies'
effectively
and,
by
the
use
of
the
'reflective'
component within
what
he
terms
'graphic
intelligence',
to
develop
new
strategies when necessary.
Cross
[A]
(1984)
describes
Balchin
and
Coleman's
concept
of
'Graphicy'
as a
basic
human
capacity
to
use visual
codes
to
express
information,
citing
Silver's
many
examples of children's
drawing
to
'show
that the
medium
is instrumental in
gaining
conceptual
understanding'.
Cross
[A]
(1986)
also contends
that
the
act of
drawing
makes
meanings accessible
to
conscious
attention
and
focusing.....
The
manipulation
of
graphic
marks
therefore involves
a
particular
type
of
thinking,
which
may
be
inhibited
by,
and
in
conflict
with, rational
verbal
conceptualisation.
(p18)
She also claims that clarification of the nature of
design
carpetence
must
be
concerned as much with what
people
do
as
with
what
they
]naw ',
designerly
thought
being
'engaged,
externalised,
and
progressed
by
'modelling'
language
systems.
Introducing
the
concept
of
'a
graphic
language',
Laseau
(1980)
raises
the
important
point
that
designers
use
several
different
types
of
drawing
and
that
to
'be
effective,
each
designer
must
be
comfortable
with
his
own
method
of
thinking'.
(p169)
Rawson
(1969)
describes
the
visual
arts
as
a
form
of
language;
one
of
the
important
meanings of
art
is
a
class
teen
resembling
language
and
actually
covering
a
very
broad
field,
embracing
a
wide
variety
of activities,
as
language
does.
All
of
these
activities
share
the
cannon
factor
of
being
conducted
in
verbal
symbols.
....
Language
can
be
used
to
discuss
an
enormous
variety of
topics
in
all
sorts
of
ways,....
All
of
these
activities
support,
articulate,
and enhance our awareness of the world we live in, and its
meanings.
In the
same
way
anything
made
by
the
hands
of
men
conveys
to the
eye
a
similar
but
visual
awareness
of
the
world
we
live
in.
(pp2-3)
Page 52
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 52/320
Boughton
(1986)
reviews
the
literature discussing
important
differences
in
artistic
and
written
language
and points
out
that
the
visual
and
the
verbal
are
fundamentally different in the
qualitative
meanings it is possible to encode within each. (p131). Farther, Van
Sammers
(1984),
while
describing
the
parallels
between the
syntagmatic
and
paradigmatic
structures
of spoken
language
and
drawing
activity,
also warns
against
being
over
literal
in
the
linguist/graphic
analogy
(p260).
Laseau s
(1980)
approach
is
to
canpare
the
syntagmatic
dimension
of spoken
language
with
the
sequence
of
production
of
drawings, [graphic]
language
is
simultaneous,
all
symbols
and
their
relationships
are considered
at
the
same
time,
and
it
is
precisely
this
simultaneity
and
canplex
interrelationship
of
reality
[that]
accounts
for
the
special
strength of
graphic
language
in
addressing
ccxnplex
problems.
This
need
to
see
design
as a
holistic
process
is
also
stressed
by
Morgan
and
Welton
(1987)
who
state
that;
we
need
to
emphasise
those
media
[like
drawing]
that
encourage parallel processing. Problem-solving is rarely
successful
when
approached
in
a purely
serial,
piecemeal
fashion:
solutions
are
more often
the
product of
an
ability
to
hold
in
the
mind
simultaneously
several
dimensions
of
a
question.
(p112)
They then
describe
the
use
of a
wide
range
of
visual
codes
in
this
process.
McKim
(1980)
gives
a
lucid
account
of
both
the
nature
and
form
of
a
wide
range
of
graphic
languages
(pp129-166)
demonstrating
the role of abstract graphic languages in encoding abstract ideas and
in
fostering
fluent
ideation ,
and
the
role of
concrete
graphic
languages,
like
for
example
orthographic and
isometric
projections
in
representing
ideas.
Booker
(1979)
describes
the
historical
developnent
of
the
engineering
drawing
language
claiming
that;
languages....
play
an
inherent
part
in
our
very
thinking,
for
we
tend
to think
in
terms
of
the
languages
we
know.......
he
who
can
draw
can
think
of
,
and
deal
with,
many
things
and
problems which another man cannot. Between thinking and
carrnuniration,
in
the
form
of geometry,
drawing
has
another
function;
it
allows
us
to
predetermine
the
shapes
we require
and
is
therefore
a
primary
tool
of
design.
(pXV)
Page 53
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 53/320
Therefore,
while
drawing
can
be
said
to
act
in
many
respects
as
a
flexible
problem-solving
language,
appropriate
for
block
busting
and
fostering
of creative
thought
for designers,
the
analogy
to
language
should not be allowed to obscure its particular characteristics, for
example
its
capacity
to
support parallel processing,
its
use as
an
aid
in
predetermining
shapes
and
formats
and
its
capacity
for
encoding
imagined
images.
2.6
The
historical II
, -auxd
to
graphic
design
edw
ticn
and
the
role
of
drawing
tuition
In
historical
terms, the
place of
drawing
tuition
on
the
curriculum
of
design
courses and
the
teaching
methods employed
may
be
seen
to
reflect
the
educational
theories
and philosophies
current
at any
particular
time.
Frcm
the
inception
of
design
education
in
the
mid
nineteenth
century
the
role
of
drawing
tuition
has been the
subject of
controversy.
The
conflict
between
William
Dyce
and
Benjamin
Haydon
concerning
the
curriculum
of
the Design Schools
centred
on
the
extent
to
which
life
drawing
could be seen as a
basis for the
training
of
Design
School
pupils.
Dyce,
who
believed
that
the
study
of
drawing
must
in
every
instance
be
conducted
with
reference
to
the
use
to
which
it
is
to
be
applied
(Bell,
1963)
raised
objections
to
the
bias
towards
life drawing
preferred
by
John
Bell
at
the Manchester
School
of
Design,
on
the
grounds
that
it
was
producing
good
draughtsmen
in
the
artistic
sense, whereas
the
copy of patterns
was
more
appropriate
to
the
needs
of artisans
(Macdonald
1970). Ashwin
(1984)
gives
an
account
of
this latter type
of
drawing tuition
as
it
was
more
generally
encouraged
in
the
Design
Schools.
Most
of
the
drawing
which
took
place
in
the
context
of
nineteenth-century
design
education consisted
of
the
pains-
taking imitation
of
approved models,
such
as
casts
of
the
antique
and prints
of
ornamental motifs.
It
was
widely
believed
that
prolonged
and
arduous exposure
to
the
best
models
of
historical
design
would ensure
their
gradual
assimilation
to
the
student s
creative
identity.
(p85)
In
the
subsequent
developient
of
design
education
the
role of
drawing
tuition
has
remained
an
issue,
with
the
emphasis
varying
between
an
artistic
approach and
a very
pragmatic,
practical
one.
Page 54
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 54/320
Northcote
when
defending
the
concentration on
drawing
in
the
curriculum
of
the
Government School
of
Design
in
1849,
expressed
the
belief that 'it is obvious when you begin to educate, the first thing
you
must
have
is
good
drawing'
(Ashwin,
1975).
However,
other
attitudes
gradually came
to
predominate
as
is
clear
from
the
ccnment
in
the
Ministry
of
Education Pamphlet
No.
6,
published
in
1946,
that
an
'easel
and
drawing board
training'
was
inadequate
for
the
designer
for
manufacture
and
that
'the
proof
of
the
success
of
a
design
lay
in
the
making.
'
In the 1950s
and
1960s
belief
in
the
importance
of
a
broad,
fine
art
based
education was
again
predominant and
became
associated
with
an
emphasis
on
drawing
in
the
curricula of
design
courses.
Hudson
(19&7)
reviews
the
new
developnents
in
the 1950s that
led to
changes of
approach
in
art education, particularly
the
establishment
of
the
Coldstream
Committee
to
review
post-secondary
art
education,
and
to
examine
proposals
for
reorganisation and
the
setting
up
of
a new
form
of
basic
course. Then, within a short space of
time,
the
Surn
rson
Committee
was appointed
to
implement
a
completely
new
structure.
During
the
1960s
the
role of
drawing
in
design
courses
was
increasingly
allied
to
the
inclusion
of
fine
art
in
design
course
curricula,
(Ashwin
1975).
As Attfield
(1984)
notes
'In keeping
with
the
liberal
education
considered
appropriate
in
the
1960s,
when
the
Coldstream
report
was
making
its
reccmriendations,
the
link
with
fine
art was
seen
to
give
design
courses prestige
and
respectability
emphasising
the
new philosophy of
broad
context '.
Strand
(1987)
defends
the
recarcrbendation
in
the
report
that
all
students
should
receive
some
fine
art
training
as
a means
of ensuring
they
study
drawing
and
'the
attributes
of
colour,
shape,
texture
and
elementary
semiotics',
or as
the
report
states
the
fundamental
skills
and
disciplines
which
underlie
and
sustain any form of specialisation in art or design and
which
should
be learned
and
practised
by
all
students
throughout
the
course
as an extension
of
the
work
already
done
in
the
pre-diplana
course....
the
fine
art
teaching...
can
serve as we
believe
it
should,
as
a
focal
point
of
Page 55
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 55/320
strength
and
inspiration
for
the
whole
school.
(First
Coldstream Report,
1960,
pars
12)
The
Sunmerson Report
(1964)
was
primarily
concerned
with
the
results
of
a systematic
review of course proposals submitted
by
colleges and
schools
of art
for
the
newly
instituted
Diplama
in
Art
and
Design.
The
only
guide
for
these
institutions
in
the
design
of
their
submissions
was
the
first
Coldstream
Report,
with
whose
general
spirit
and principles
they
were required
to
conform,
and as
indicated
above a
principle
much
emphasised
in
the
Coldstream
Report
was
that Fine Art
should
play
its
part
in
all areas
of
study.
Swmnerson s
findings
includes
the
view
that
any
system which
tended to
restrict
the
influence
of
the
Fine
Art
department from
circulating
freely
throughout
the
college was
to
be
deplored.
Furthernwre,
however the
system
was
arranged,
we
felt
it
to
be
essential
that
the
Fine
Art
department
itself
should on
all
occasions
be
the
effective
source
of
method and
direction.
(para
40)
Of
particular
interest
for
this
current study
are
Sum
erson s
cacments
about graphic design courses.
There
was also
very
often a
failure
to
make
the
Fine
Art
disciplines
effective
in
this
area,
insufficient
time
being
allocated
to
drawing,
and
the
gran= of
design
and
too
much
to the
practice
of ephemeral
techniques.
(para
42)
The
second
report of
the
National Council
for
Diplana
in
Art
and
Design
in
1970
also
expressed
the
concern
that
in
graphic
design
courses
Objective
drawing
... seems
to
be
on
the
decline. Its
pursuance
and study
by
students
in the form
best
adapted
to
individual
propensities
is
regarded
as a
necessity.
However,
in
the
Joint
Ccnmittee
Report
of
the
same year a
break
from
the
previous
emphasis
on
the
importance
of
fine
art
studies was
signalled.
The
First
Report
envisaged
that
students
in
Diplana
courses
would
all continue
to
have
sane
kind
of
fine
art
training....
In
the
meantime
we
believe that
art
and
design
education
has
evolved
in
such a way as
to
make
the
concept
not
universally
appropriate.
We
would
not
noW
regard
the
study
of
fine
art
as
necessarily
central
to
all
studies
in
the
design
field.
(para
42)
Page 56
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 56/320
Strand
(1984)
claims
that this
was
a recognition
of
a
view
long
held
by
designers:
that
fine
art
and
design
are
quite
different
in
attitude,
intention
and
application.
Design
has
a
dynamic
and a
discipline of its own . Gray (1973) describes the beginning of a
growing sense of
difference between
the
disciplines.
A
differentiation
seems
to
have
taken
place
which
may
make
it
necessary
to
consider
Art
and
Design
as
two
irreconcilable
processes
which
may
happen
to
have
had
a
colrrnon origin,
but
which
now need
distinctly
different
types
of provision
within
the
educational
system.
(p101)
Ashwin
(1984)
further
explores
the
fundamental
differences
between
the
disciplines
that
led
to
a
repudiation
by design
courses
of the
principles
and
practice of
the Coldstream
reforms,
and
Peaker
(1984)
claims
the
relationship
between
fine
art
and
design
in the
colleges
has
not
been
resolved,
and
has
been
a
feature
of
much
debate
and
occasioned
student
unrest
over
twenty
years.
Gawans
(1971)
articulates some
of
the
fundamental
concerns
that
underlie
these
differences between
the
disciplines. These
are
based,
to
some
extent, on
changes
in
the
place of
fine
art
in
society
and
the
assumptions made
by
artists,
or
those
connected
with
what
he
terms
the
Fine Art
industry
of
our
time ,
that
the
low,
popular,
commercial or
mass
arts
used
in
everyday
life
are
inferior
to
the Fine
Art
produced
by
serious artists
for
exhibition
....
and
always
dependent
on
it
for
inspiration,
direction
and
character .
This
premise,
he
claims,
cannot
be
proved.
He
also
condemns
the
negative
effects
in that Fine Art dogma demands that all mimetic forms be
condemned , claiming
that
dogma has
torn
what
they
call
Art
out
of
living
history,
and condemns
the
growth of
the
idea
of
Fine
Art
as
a
self
justifying
activity
(p93).
These
views
are
echoed
to
some
extent
by
Arnheim
(1970), Perhaps
the
arts
have
been
prevented
in
our
time
from
fulfilling
their
most
important
function
by
being
honoured
too
much.
Macdonald
(1973)
describes
his
views
that
after
Coldstream
there
was
a
Page 57
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 57/320
swing
away
from
vocational,
useful,
and
specialised
design
education,....
towards
a
liberal
type
of
art
education
dominated
by high
art
and
tall
talk
....
the
non-analytical,
non-intellectual,
non-teaching
approach
has
always
been
uppermost
in
British
fine
art
departments.
(p96)
He
describes
the
belief
cainon
in
art masters
in
the
early
design
schools
'that
fine
art
led design,
'
as
an
'absurd
theory
still
believed
in, incredibly,
by
many
art
educationalists.
'
This
conflict
in
the
development
of
art and
design
education,
can
be
seen
to
be
particularly
relevant
to
this
study
in
that
the
association
of
drawing
with
fine
art practices
was
stressed
by
both
Coldstream
and
Surmerson.
This
association
may well
have
been
instrumental
in
impeding
the
development
of an understanding
of
the
nature of
designerly
use
of
drawing
and
designerly
drawing
practices.
The
approaches
to
drawing
promulgated,
particularly
through
the
influence
of
the
'basic
design'
movement,
were
not
in
many
respects appropriate
for
the
requirements
of
designers
and yet
in
many
institutions
the
planning
and
conduct of
drawing
tuition
for
design
students
has
remained
the
province
of
the
fine
artists.
Hudson
(1987)
indicates
that it
was
the
development
of
the
theories
which
led
to
new
forms
of
foundation,
or
'basic
courses',
that
also
paved
the
way
for
Coldstream.
The
new
form
of
these
courses
was
stimulated
by
reaction
to the
broader
themes
of educational
theory
that
had
been
current
in both
Europe
and
America,
represented
particularly
in
the
influence
of
the
Bauhaus
and
spread
specifically
through its
basic
design
course.
Cross
[A] (1983) discusses
the
educational
theories
indicative
of
the
'more
general
innovatory
movement
inherent
in
the intellectual
climate'
within
Germany.
She
indicates
that
the
intention
to
unite
theoretical
and
practical
educational
experience
was
central
to
the
activities
of
the Bauhaus,
and
that
the
'educational
scheme
was
of an
evolutionary
nature
rather
than
being
wholly
pre-planned
or
designed',
thus
reflecting
the
influence
of
the
educational
ideas
current
at
the
time.
However,
Cross claims, 'many design schools still operate similar basic design
courses,
without understanding the
educational
theories
and
philosophies
on which
the
original
Bauhaus Course
was
built'.
Page 58
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 58/320
Therefore
,
the
belief
that the
various
approaches
that
developed
through
the
basic
design
movement
provide
an appropriate
basis
for
design
education,
although
influential,
must
be
subject
to
question.
De Sausmarez (1964) outlines what he calls five factors of change
indicative
of
the
basic
design
movement
which
must
inevitably
affect
ideas
of
training .
These
factors
emphasised
rejecting
conventions
in favour
of personal
experience
and
preference
and
claimed
literary
or other
associations are
essentially
ancillary ,
thereby defining
criteria
that
are not
truly
supportive
of
designerly
activity.
Yet
these
theories
had
increasing influence
in
the
50s
and
60s, being
put
into
operation
in
various
centres
in
the
U.
K.
(Carlin
1975,
p268-9),
and
still continue
to
have
currency
in
some
educational
establishments,
particularly
the
foundation
courses
where
many
graphic
design
students
begin
their
specialist
education.
The theories
of
the
basic
design
movement can
be
seen
to
have had
specific
influences
on approaches
to the teaching
of
drawing
that
are
camnon
on many
foundation
courses.
Rawson
(1983)
exemplifies
this
approach,
with
his
emphasis on
initiating
learning by
the
exploration
of
abstract
principles
through
exercises
concentrating
on
single
aspects
of visual cognition,
and on
reference
to
artistic
models
for
emulation.
The
approaches
that
design
students
learn
on
these
courses,
particularly with
respect
to the
use
and critical
appraisal
of
drawing,
must continue
to
exert an
influence,
for
as
Ashwin
(1982)
claims
the
way
in
which
we
draw
and
the
way
in
which
we
perceive
drawings
depends,
to
a great
extent, upon
what we
have
been
educated
to
expect
fron
drawing
as
a
means
of
recording
and
carmunicating
information, feelings
and
opinions.
(p7)
Lloyd
Jones
(1984)
claims
that
it
is
now
necessary
to
devise
a
new
foundation
course
in
basic
design,
this
time
not
based
on
the
antique
theories
of
expressionist
painters,
but
put
together
with
today s
intellectual resources .
Moreover,
it
is
not
only
on
foundation
courses
that these
influences
persist.
In
sane
respects,
as
Attfield
(1984)
points out,
Page 59
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 59/320
Our
design
colleges still retain
the
art
school
ethos
which
sees
artists
as
highly
original
individuals
seeking
to
express
themselves through
their
art.
Designers,
however
must
learn
to
mediate,
to
work
in
a
team
and
interpret
the
client's ideas in terms of production and budget
constraints.
Ashwin
(1984)
also claims
that, in
some
respects,
the
'cxcrpetitive
individualism'
encouraged
by
the
art
college system
system
'militates
against
team-work
and
collaboration....
[which
is]
strangely
out of
keeping
with
the
realities of professional
practice.
'
Criticism of existing educational practices has led to suggestions for
a
fundamental
revision
of
the
current
framework
for
design
education.
Baynes
(1984 [b])
indicates
that the
formation
of
connections
with
courses
other
than
fine
art
would
be
feasible if those
changes
were
motivated
by
the
intention
to
provide
'adequate
treatment
of
professional
practice'.
He
advocates
links
'for
example
between
design
and
business
studies,
design
and engineering
or
design
and
information
technology.
'
However, Kennaway
(1988)
describes the
incompatibility
of
'cultures' between designers
and
scientists
as
one
of
the
'formidable
obstacles'
to
such ventures.
A
systematic
approach
to
design
education
'structuring
it
into
three
overlapping
and
interacting
areas
of
......
planning practices,
communication
practices,
and
manufacturing
practices'
has
been
advocated
by
Mergert
(1984),
if
designers
are
going
to
respond
to
the
challenges
of
the
new
aspects
of visual communication
design
stimulated
by
developments
in
technology.
However, it
must
be
said
that
the
retention
of
the
traditional
integration
of
the
art
and
design
disciplines has
also
received
strong
advocacy.
Hudson
(1987)
condemns
the
dichotany
created
when
support
is
only
forthcoming
for
'market-orientated
education',
cannenting
that
'[such]
attitudes...
show
a
failure
to
ccrnprehend
the
interdependence
....
of
the
disciplines
within
art
and
design'. Macdonald
(1984)
puts
the
argument
that
art
and
design
should
be
taught
in
a
related
way,
and
that
'Divisive
policies
for
art
and
design
education
are
harmful
and retrograde',
while
Yeomans
(1984)
makes
the
case
for
Page 60
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 60/320
maintaining
the
balance
of art and
design
education
because
of
their
interrelatedness
particularly
through
'the
use
of
drawing
as part
of
the
visual
thinking
activity'.
Velarde
(1983)
also
expresses
a
desire
to maintain a multi-disciplinary art and design education but within
the
framework
of
a
more structured
theoretical
basis.
In
recent
years
there
has been
considerable
discussion
on
the
best
means
to
move away
fron
an emphasis
on self-expression,
towards the
development
of more systematic methods
for
teaching
specific
abilities
in
art
and
design
education
at
both
higher
and secondary
school
level.
Ashwin
(1979)
and
Goldsmith
(1980)
advocate more systematic
approaches
to the teaching
and specification
of
illustration. Tancik (1982)
suggests
more academic,
university-run
courses
to
encourage
a greater
emphasis
on analytical
and abstract
thought,
with,
for
some
design
students,
a move away
fron drawing
board
skill orientation.
A
more
integrated
role
for historical
studies
is
argued
for
by
Smith
(1979)
and
Collins
(1987).
Morgan
and
Welton
(1987)
believe
'there
is
a
case
for
replacing
the traditional
expressive
function
of
art
education
[in
schools]
with
one
in
which
the
language
of
the
visual
world
is
taught'
and
Proctor
(1984)
describes
the
fundamental
importance
of
the
acquisition
of
'graphicacy'
and
its
development through
art
in
schools
curriculum.
In
response
to
proposed
changes
in
secondary
education,
Taylor
(1987)
describes
the
need
to
define
art
and
design
disciplines
more
precisely
for
an
educational
environment
that
believes
'that
art and
art practice
are
there
to
be
learnt'. He
suggests
that
historical
and
analytical
studies
have
an
important
role
to play in the move towards systematic
approaches.
If,
therefore,
systematic
approaches
are
being
considered
in the
future
development
of
art
and
design
education
in
general,
can
they
be
effectively
applied
to
the
conduct
of
drawing tuition?
Historic
models
for
drawing
tuition
provide examples
of
systematic
methods
that
have been
devised
in
the
past.
Ashwin
(1981
[a])
has
provided
a
chronological
account of
the
teaching
of
drawing in
the
context
of
general
education
in
Germany between
1800
and
1900.
The
analytical
and systematic approaches
developed
in
some
of
the
methods
he
describes
can
still
be
seen
to
have
influences
on certain
schools
of
Page 61
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 61/320
thought.
The
systematic
approach
described by
Maier
(1977),
as used
in
the
School
of
Design
in
easel,
reflects
much
of
the
disciplined
methodology,
orderly progression,
and
the
acceptance
of
a
framework
of
theoretical principles characterised by the work of Pestalozzi, Buss
and
Schmid
(Ashwin,
1981
[b]).
The teaching
of
Object
Drawing
through
the
free-hand
drawing
of
geometric
forms
and
Memory
Drawing
demonstrate
a
theoretical franeýmrk
that
perpetuate certain
aspects
of
long-standing
tradition.
In
the introduction
to
his
influential
book,
Drawing from
Memory
and
Mind
Picturing ,
Catterson-Smith
(1922,
p1) questions
whether
the
method
of
teaching drawing by
means
of
the direct imitation
of objects
and examples
is
the
best
means
of
developing
the
faculties that
are
necessary
to
graphic
expression and
the
training
of
imaginative
designers.
His
advocacy
of
developing
images
from
mental
conceptions
by
means
of observation,
memory,
and experiment
rather
than
through
the
direct
copying
of objects, was
influential
for
a
time
particularly
in
the
Birmingham
School
of
Art. Swift
(1988)
has
given
a
detailed
account
of
memory
drawing
in
use at
Birmingham School
of
Art,
and
has
considered
the
arguments
for
introducing
similar
procedures
(Swift,
1983).
Camp
(1981)
has
pioneered
the
reassessment of
the
ways
of
learning to
draw
by
the
age old method
of copying ,
a
method
recently
re-evaluated
by
artists
(Drew
and
Harrison,
1988)
that
has
yet
to
be fully
considered
for
the
special
needs of
graphic
design
students.
The
link
between the practice of drawing and the acquisition of visual literacy
is
stressed
by
several
authorities.
Crowe
and
Laseau
(1984)
claim
that
visual
literacy
includes
two
skills:
visual acuity
and
visual
expression.
Bro
(1978)
describes
a
system
of
analytical
tracing
and
responsive
analysis
of
drawings
as
a means
of
developing
critical
visual
faculties.
For
Simpson
(1987),
drawing
is
basic
to the whole understanding of
the
cam=ication
of
visual
information ,
and
Thistlewood
(1982)
makes
a strong
case
for
the
use
of
exploratory
drawing
activities
to
aid
the
understanding
of
form
in
a
way
that
is
applicable
to
designers.
No
Page 62
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 62/320
matter
how
well structured systematic methods
of
learning
about
drawing
become,
as
Beittel
(1970)
points out,
the
capacity
to
use
drawing
can only
be developed
through
practice.
For
as
that
well
known teacher of drawing, Nicolaides (1972) claims, the rules of
drawing
are
to
be learned,
not
as
rules,
but
as
actualities
in
the
natural
way ,
through
drawing.
The
outcome
of
the
debate
on
notions
of
visual
literacy
(Boughton,
1986)
and
their
relevance
to
art
education
in
general
will
surely
have
its
effect
on
the
future development
of
design
courses
by
affecting
the
range
of abilities
that
students
develop
before
beginning
higher
education.
Indeed,
changes
in
the
balance
and content
of
school
art
curricula, with
the
development
of analytical and
critical
elements
in
the
domain
structure
(Allinson,
1982)
linked
to
a
move
towards
a
criterion-referencing
system of assessment
(Stevenson,
1983),
may
have
a
profound
effect.
Potential
students
may
become
more
verbally
literate
about
visual matters,
but
may not
have
had
the
opportunity
to
develop
the
level
of
drawing
skills
that
is
currently
expected
from
applicants to
design
courses. Should this
happen
the
development
of
effective
methods of
teaching
drawing
will
becane
even
more
imperative.
Sless
(1979)
argues
that
in
general
terms
there
has
been
little
scientific
study of
design
behaviour
from
which
design
educators
can
establish
educational criteria.
Cross
[N]
(1982)
is
also
critical
of
this
lack
of systematic
analysis,
claiming
that
what
designers
know
about
their
own
problem-solving
processes
remains
largely tacit
knowledge,
with neither
designers,
nor
design
educators
being
fully
articulate
about
the
processes of
designerly
activity,
with
teachers
being
practising
designers
who
pass
on
their
knowledge,
skill
and
values
through
a
process
of
apprenticeship .
It
may
be
satisfactory,
or
at
least
understandable,
for
practising
designers
to
be inarticulate
about
their
skills,
but
teachers
of
design
have
a
responsibility
to
be
as
articulate
as
they
possibly
can
about
what
they
are
trying
to
teach,
or
else
they
have
no
basis
for
choosing
the
content
and methods
of
their
teaching.
(p224)
Page 63
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 63/320
Darke
(1979)
is
also
sceptical
about
the
effectiveness
of
typical
teaching
methods
on
design
courses.
When
describing
the typical
staff-student
relationship,
she
states
that
the
main
difference
between a practitioner and a student is that the fornrer has the
experience
of solution
types
required
for
a realistic
conjecture .
Cross
[A]
(1986)
quotes
Schon s
description
of a
simultaneous
use
of
two
codes
or
language
systems where
drawing
and
talking
are
parallel
ways
of
designing
in
the
apprentice-like
education
of
design
students,
while
Lloyd Jones
(1984)
claims
that,
on
design
courses
Teaching
for decades has
been
reactive, without
realising
the
importance
of
the
development
and
teaching
of a system
of
rules
that
could
actually
be
used
generatively
to
create novelty .
Within
this
context
of a generally-perceived
need
for
greater
consideration
to
be
given
to the
development
of
structured
approaches
to
art
and
design
education,
this
present
study seeks
to
re-appraise
the
nature
of
drawing
tuition
from
a
basis
of research
into
the
nature
of professional
practice
in
the
ccomercial environment.
Therefore,
a
fundamental
reappraisal of what constitutes graphic
designerly
activity
has been
conducted,
with particular emphasis
on
the
role of
drawing.
This
has been
based
on
detailed
observation
of
designerly
practice,
and
on
intensive
consultation with graphic
designers.
By
investigating
the
role
of
drawing,
characterising
it,
and
then
considering
the
drawing
abilities needed
to
use
drawing
appropriately
in
all
the
range of uses
thereby
defined,
a
basis for
the
development
of
drawing
tuition
specific
to the
needs
of graphic
designers
is
provided. The research methods employed in this investigation are
described
in
chapter
3.
Page 64
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 64/320
CHAPTER 3
1ýet17QC30kgy
3.1
Intictian
A
description
of
the
background
and
evolution of
the
study, and
the
way
in
which
the
original
aims were
modified
to their
current
form,
is
given
in
Chapter
1.
In
this
chapter
the
methodology
and
conduct of a
two
part
research
programie
are
described.
As explained in Chapter 1, a major change of
emphasis
occurred in the
early
stages
of
the
research,
the
focus
of attention
shifting
fran
a
study
of
educational
practice,
to
one of professional
practice.
As
Darke
1979)
points
out,
any
theoretical
analysis
of
design
procedures
should
involve
investigation
of
the
way
designers
work,
and
it
was
soon
realised
that
this
aspect
of
their
practice,
specifically
the
way
graphic
designers
use
drawing,
has hitherto
not
been
sufficiently
well
explored
or articulated
to
allow
for
the
construction
of
a
theoretical
and
intellectual
framework
from
which
the
role of
drawing
tuition
could
be
considered.
The
contribution
of
the
pilot
study
to
the
developnent
and
setting
up
of
the
research
programne
is
analysed
in
Section
3.2. The
details
of
the
research
progranme,
which
consisted
of
two
distinct
but
related
parts,
is
then
described.
The
main
part
of
the
research,
which
is
discussed in Section 3.3, has been concerned with characterising the
ways
in
which
drawing
is
used
in
the
tasks
that
graphic
designers
perform.
The
second
part
of
the
-research,
described
in
Section
3.4,
has been
concerned
with
investigating
the
educational
context
within
which
BA
level
graphic
design
students
are
taught,
with
particular
reference
to
the
role
of
drawing
tuition. During
the
study
a
series
of consultations
has
been
conducted
with
acknowledged
experts
in
the
field
of
drawing
and
design
studies
to
discuss
the
approach
to
the
work
and
to test
for
omission
see
Section
3.5).
Page 65
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 65/320
3.2
The
pilot study
The
pilot
study was
conducted
over
a
period
of
approximately
six
months and may, in fact, be better termed a pilot study stage in
that
it
involved
a number
of
small-scale
studies
through
which
fundamental
aspects
of
the
topics
under
investigation
were
initially
explored.
Discussions
were
first
conducted
with graphic
design
students,
academic staff
and
practising
graphic
designers
to
elicit a
broad
range
of views
on a
variety
of
related subjects.
Then,
as
identification
and clarification
of
the
key
topics
and
variables
in
the
study
advanced,
interview
and
questionnaire
scripts were
designed, tested
and revised.
Specifically,
discussions
were
conducted with
students
from
first
year
and
third
year
groups and with
3
members of staff
from
the
Department
of
Communication
Arts
and
Design, Manchester Polytechnic.
3
members
of
staff
from
graphic
design departments
elsewhere
in the
country
were
also
consulted
at
this
stage,
including
one of
the
advisors
appointed
for
the
study.
In
addition,
3
Manchester-based
graphic
designers
and
a
London-based
graphic
designer,
the
latter
also
being
one
of
the
advisors
appointed
for
the
study,
were
also
consulted.
Score
of
these
individuals
were
later
included in
the
research
progranine
but
none
of
the
data
collected
during
the
pilot
study
was used.
Those
individuals
with
whom
the
interview
script and questionnaire
were
tested
were
not
included
in
the
research
programme.
Thus,
in
summary,
the
pilot study
stage
involved
6
educators,
4
practising
designers
and
more
than
20
students.
In
addition
to the
change
in
emphasis
already
described,
several
other
important
developments
stem
from
this
pilot
study
stage.
A
new
dimension
was
added
to
the
research
as
a
result
of
the
pilot
study.
Several
of
the
respondents
consulted
during
this
stage
expressed
the
view
that
developing
the
abilities
both
to
understand
and
appreciate
drawn
imagery,
and
to
direct
and control
the
drawing
skills
of
others,
is
equally
as
important
to
practising
graphic
designers
as acquiring
practical
skills.
For
many
final design
solutions
an
image, intended
to
be
used
as
artwork,
will
either
be
adapted
fron
existing
material
Page 66
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 66/320
or
commissioned
from
a specialist.
The
designer
must
be
able
to
envisage
the
sort of
image
he/she
requires and
then
be
able
to
select
an
appropriate
image,
or accurately
commission a
specialist.
Finally,
they
must be able to assess the quality or appropriateness of the
submitted
work.
The
capacity
to
commission
images
requires
a complex
range
of
decision
making
(Ashwin,
1979),
so should
be included
in
curriculum
planning
for
graphic
design
students
and
may
well
be
usefully
considered
as an aspect
of
drawing
tuition
(Htdson,
1987).
It
was
established,
therefore,
that
information
about
designers
drawing
abilities should
be
sought
in
two
broad
categories,
and
include
cognitive abilities,
ie
abilities
pertaining
to
the
understanding of the nature, quality and use of drawn images, in
addition
to
practical
abilities,
ie
the
designer s
own
put
down
skills.
It
was
also
became
clear
that
since graphic
designers
make
important
uses
of
drawing
during
the
briefing
and collection
of
reference
material
for
a
design
job,
and similarly
in
preparing
a
design
solution
for
production,
respondents
views should
also
be
elicited
about
their
drawing
activities
during
these
procedures.
The
identification
of
the
variables
in
the
study,
ie the
factors
that
influence
the
use
of
drawing,
was
also a
very
important
development.
It
led
to the
identification
of
the target
population
for the
research
frcm
which
the
respondents were
selected,
the
design
of
interviews
and questionnaires, and
the
planning
of
the
approach
to
the
case study. These variables are given in Section 3.3.
It
was
realised
during
the
pilot
study
that
a
range
of
data
collection
techniques
would
need
to
be
employed.
Various
methods
of
collecting
and eliciting
information
were
explored
and
the
most
effective
selected.
Both the
interview
and
questionnaire
structure
for
use
in
the two
parts of
the
research
were
formulated,
then
tested
by
a
short
series
of
trial
interviews
and
revised
until
a
form.
was
developed that
ensured
coverage of
every
identified
variable.
As
stipulated
by
Tuc]nan
(1972),
data
collected
during
the
pilot
study
was
not
included
in
the
final
analysis
of
the
research
findings,
and
respondents
were
53
Page 67
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 67/320
not
included
in
the
samples employed
in
either
part
of
the
research
Prolram
ie
.
The need to develop mechanisms for cross-referencing between the
various
aspects of
the two
parts
of
the
research
Programme
was
established
during
the
pilot study
and
an
identification
of common
points
of
reference,
or
key
themes
was
made.
This
ensured
that
both
in
the
structured
and
focused
interview
progranmes
respondents
views
were
elicited
on
these
pre-determined
themes,
which
were
also
borne
in
mind
during
the
field
work
for
the
case
study,
and
again
were carried
through into
the
second part of
the
research programme.
These
key
themes linking the
various
aspects
of
the
research
can
be
summarised
as
follows:
1.
Attitudes
to the
importance
of
both drawing
and
drawing
ability
in
their different
forms
to the
work of graphic
designers
2.
Identification
of
the
ways
in
which
drawing is
used
in the
work
of
graphic
designers
3.
Views
on
the
drawing
abilities
required
by
graphic
designers
in
order
to
use
drawing
in
the
ways
identified in 2.
4.
Views
on
the
means
by
which
graphic
designers
should
be
taught
to
draw.
The pilot study also showed that the choice and use of terminology
would
be
problematic.
From
the
data
elicited
from the
interview
respondents,
it
was
apparent
that
neither
the
representatives
of
the
academic
nor of
the
the
camercial
environments
to
be
studied
made
use
of any
broadly
agreed
terminology
for
the
drawing
activities
that
were
being
investigated.
In
fact,
the terminology
used was
only
found to
be
agreed within
specific
environments.
The
terminology
employed
in
the
literature
was also
found
to
be
specific to particular paradigms
or
disciplines,
or even
to individual
authors.
This
realisation
lead
to
a
decision
to
limit the
use of research
Page 68
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 68/320
methods
that
do
not allow
for
a
checking
of
understanding
in
respondents.
Although
the
use
of
a postal
questionnaire
was
the
only
feasible
way
of collecting
data
fron
respondents
in
widely spread
geographical locations, and was used, for example, to collect data
from
academic
staff
from
BA
courses
around
the
country,
the
scope and
nature
of
question
design
was
inevitably
restricted
in
comparison
to
the
degree
of
openness possible
in
the
interviews
Tuckman
1972).
During
the
pilot study,
discussions
and
trial
interviews
were
held
with
members
of
all
three
potential
respondent
groups,
namely
practising
designers,
graphic
design
educators
and
graphic
design
students, in order to identify the most effective ways of approaching
each
group.
It
was
discovered
that,
within
the
particular
framework
of
the
research,
ie
the
exploration of
the
use of
drawing,
a marked
difference
in
their
capacity
to take
up a position
of
detachment
was
evident
in
each
of
these three
respondent groups.
Magee
1987)
discusses
the
particular problem of
knowledge
elicitation
fron
designers
who
have
a
tacit
or
implicit
understanding
of
their
subject
but
who
are not necessarily
articulate
about
explaining
their
actions.
However,
it
was
found
that
the
practising
graphic
designers
were,
in
general,
very
articulate
about
the
use
of
drawing in
practice.
It
was also
found
that
although
junior
designers
who
had
been
employed
for
less
than two
years
in
the
profession
were
relatively
less
articulate
in
their
description
of
the
relationship
between
design
practice
and
the
usage of
drawing, they
were
particularly clear about their own experiences in terms of the
develognent
of
drawing
abilities within
the
educational
context.
Therefore,
in
addition
to
the
main
respondent
group
of
experienced
designers
the
structured
interviews),
a
short
programme
of
focused
interviews
with
junior
designers
was
included
in
the
main
research
program
e.
Trial
interviews
with
both
the
respondent
groups
from
the
educational
environment
indicated
some
difficulties
in
canvassing
unbiased
information
and opinion.
Graphic
design
educators
demonstrated
a
position
of
detachment
when
talking
about
the
use
and
importance
of
Page 69
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 69/320
drawing
but
this
was not
consistently
sustained
when
talking
about
the
way
in
which
drawing
should
be
taught. It
was
found
that the
student
groups
were very
difficult
to
canvass
in that
they
showed
very
little
sustained position detachment on any of the
issues
under
discussion.
It
was
however
possible
to
elicit
their
views
on
the
difficulties
they
encountered when
their
drawing
ability
was
insufficient
to
the
expression
of
their
ideas
and
on
the
specific
provision
of
drawing
tuition they
felt
would
be
beneficial
to
them.
Hence
a
short
interview
and questionnaire
progratcme
was
included in
the
research
programe
to
investigate
these
issues.
Some
reluctance
to
be
subject
to
investigation
was
also perceived
in
several
BA
centres and it became clear that there would be better scope for
access
as
well
as
for
the
elicitation of
detached
opinion
in
the
professional
rather
than
the
educational
environment.
Therefore
alongside
the
decision
to
switch
the
focus
of attention
in
the
study
to
designers
in
practice
it
was also
decided
not
to
attempt
to
quantify
the
current
state
of
the
provision of
drawing tuition
in
BA
graphic
design
education and
instead to
canvas
wide-ranging
opinion
and
thereby
raise
broad
general
issues
about
this
aspect
of
educational
provision.
Consideration
was
also
given
during
the
pilot
study
to
means
for
classifying
and categorising
design
organisations
and
educational
establishments
to
enable environments
to
be
chosen
for
detailed
study.
Criteria
for
the
choice of
such
organisations
were
defined
and are
given
in
Sections
3.3
and
3.4.
It
was
also
clear
that
there
would
be
considerable difficulties in conducting ccanplex and detailed research
programmes
within
the
short
time
span
possible
for
visits
to
colleges
and
that
the
local
Faculty
of
Art
environment
provided
a rich
source
of
expertise
in
terms
of
teaching
both
drawing
and
design. Therefore
it
was
decided
to
capitalise
on
this
resource.
Visits
were
planned
to
other courses
that
were
in
most
respects
typical
of
BA
level
graphic
design
provision
but
where
at
the
same
time
particular
topics
for
study could
be
identified
in
advance
to
ensure
that
important
variables
in
tuition
were
included
in
the
research.
These
aspects
are
discussed
in
Section
3.4.
56
Page 70
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 70/320
The
main
results and
effects of
the
pilot
study
may,
therefore,
be
summarised
as
follows;
1.
A
change
of
focus
in
the
research
fron
the
educational
to
the
cctinercial environment
2.
An
extension
of
the
area of
investigation
to
include
cognitive
or
non-practical
drawing
abilities
3.
An
extension
of
the
area
of
investigation
to
include
the
use
of
drawing
in
procedures
involved in
preparation
and
production
4.
An
identification
of
the
major
factors
or variables
that
affect
graphic
designers
use of
drawing
5.
An
exploration
and
identification
of
appropriate
research
methodologies
6.
An
identification
of
key
themes,
forming
a
mechanism
for
cross-
referencing
data
fran
each
respondent group
7.
An
identification
of problems
in
the
use of
terminology
8.
An
identification
of
the
response
characteristics
of
the
population
for
the
study
9.
Definition
of
the
factors
by
which
a choice
of
the
design
organisations and BA courses to be investigated could be made
3.3
The
conduct
of
the
research
into
graphic
desk
hers
use
of
drawing
This
section
describes
the
rationale
and
the
methods
employed
to
conduct
the
main part
of
the
research
programme
concerned
with
the
professional practice
of
graphic
designers,
with particular
regard
to
their
use
of
drawing.
Data
was
collected
in
a number
of ways.
50
structured
interviews
were
conducted
with
designers
representing
a
wide
range of
experience
and
expertise.
Less
formal
but,
nevertheless,
focused interviews
were
also
carried
out
with
20
more
junior designers.
The
specific
findings
of
both
these
sets of
interviews
were
validated
and
supplemented
by
a
series of non-participant observations of designers at work. Several
design
organisations were
visited
to
monitor
jobs
in
progress,
to
talk
to
designers
and
to
watch
them
at
work.
A
number
of
meetings
were
also observed,
and
the
contents
of
back
files
and
job
bags
were
57
Page 71
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 71/320
scrutinised
when possible.
A
case
study was
conducted
in
the
design
studio
environment
of a
representative design organisation. All the senior and junior staff
of
this
organisation were
interviewed,
and
they
are
included
in
either
the
structured
or
focused
interview
programs es
.
Focused
interviews
were
also
conducted
with
marketing
staff
(these
were
not
included in
the
sample).
Several
visits were made
to the
organisation
over
the
entire
research period
when non-participant observations
of studio
practice
and meetings
took
place.
A collection
of
drawn material was
also made
fron a number of sources,
including
the
case study
organisation.
This
has
provided
material
for
more
detailed
study and analysis, and
samples
have
been
used
to
illustrate
various points
in
this
thesis.
Therefore,
to
summarise,
this
first
part
of
the
research
programme
included:
1. A prograncne of structured interviews with 50 experienced designers
2.
A
series
of
focused interviews
with
20
more
junior
designers
3.
Observations
of
designerly
practice
4.
Analysis
of
designers'
drawings
The
data
collected
in
this
way
was also
supplemented
by:
5.
A
detailed
case study of one
design
organisation
During the
pilot study
it became
apparent
that,
although
the
major
factor
influencing
a
graphic
designer's
use of
drawing
was
the
requirements
of
the
specific procedure
(ie
briefing,
analysis,
presentation,
etc)
in
the
graphic
design
process
on
which
a graphic
designer
was engaged, a
number of
other
variables
influencing
individual graphic designer's use of drawing can also be identified.
It
was
found
that the
designer's
role
in the
design
team,
the type
of
job
and general orientation
of
work
on which
they
were
engaged,
and
the
nature and even
location
of
the
organisation
in
which
they
were
Page 72
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 72/320
employed,
all
had
an
influence
on
the
use
of
drawing,
and
it
was
clear
that
each
of
these
variables
needed
investigation
during
the
study.
These variables may be sinnnarised as follows :
1.
The
requirements of
the
procedure
in
the
graphic
design
process
2.
The
general orientation
of
the
work,
for
example
magazine or
packaging
design
3.
The
nature
of
the
specific
job,
or specific
aspect
of
the
job
4.
The
designer s
relative
seniority
and
managerial
status,
and
their
role
on
the
design
team
5. The
nature
and and
location
of
their
place of
employment
6.
The
predilections
of
the
individual
designer
3.3.1
Rationale
Various important
considerations
were
kept in
mind
when
planning
and
conducting
this
part
of
the
research.
It
was most
important
to
discover how designers use drawing, how it facilitated their work, and
this
was
not
to
be
confused with any considerations
of
whether
they
draw
well
according
to
any criteria of
judgement
other
than
utility.
Therefore
the
population
fran
which
the
sample
was
selected
was
primarily
one
of successful
designers,
rather
than
successful
draughtsmen
or waren.
A
further
implication
of
the
importance
of
utility,
as
a
criterion
for
judging drawing
activity,
was
that
emphasis
had
to
be
placed
on
eliciting
opinion, experience
and
insight
relating
to
drawing
usage
from
the
user
group ,
as
little
reliance
could
be
placed
on
reconstructing usage
from
simply
looking
at
the
drawings
produced.
As
Darke
(1979)
points
out,
it
seems....
that the
research
material
necessary
to
understand the design process is not a set of sketches but a
knowledge
of
the
mental
process
the
designer
goes
through.
Observation
of sketched
and
written
output
is
a
curious
way
of
obtaining such
material.
Asking
designers
to
recall
Page 73
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 73/320
their
own processes
would
seem
prima
facie
to
get
closer
to
the
truth
about
such
processes,
albeit
in
a
less
verifiable
foam. (p37)
Indeed from
observations
made of
graphic
designers
working
sheets,
it
is
clear
that
there is
a wide
variety
of
types
of
drawing,
exhibiting
varying
degrees
of
finish
and attention
to
detail.
When
an
idea
is
being
worked
through,
careful
renderings
can
be
juxtaposed
with
quick
scribbles,
and
finish
is
no
indication
of
significance.
A
rough
diagrammatic
sketch
may
represent
a significant progression
in
the
development
of an
idea,
whereas
a
beautifully-executed
image
may
be
the
result
of
time
wasted
on an
inappropriate
solution.
in
short,
it
is
not
possible
to
judge
the
role
of
drawing
in
progressing
the
development
of
design
solutions
from
observation of
drawings
alone.
However,
by
talking
to
designers
about
the
value
they
see
in
the
use
of
drawing
and
the
benefits
they
derive from
its
appropriate
application,
and
then
backing-up
the
understanding
so
gained with
a
more
informed
observation
of working
drawings, it
beccmes
possible
to
separate
appropriate use
from
the
effects of
differing
levels
of
individual
designer's
facility
in image
making.
In
addition,
as
it
was
established
in
the
pilot
study
that
the
range of
graphic
designers
drawing
abilities
under consideration
must also
include
non-practical
skills,
the
role of
these
kinds
of abilities
is
even more
difficult
to
assess
purely
fron
observation.
Hence,
visits
were
arranged
so as
to
be
able
to
discuss the
use
of
drawing. The use of both focused
and
structured
interviews
played
an
important
part
in
the
research,
by
'providing
access
to
what
is
inside
a
person's
head
'.
(Tuckrnan,
1972)
The
research
conducted
through
the
case
study
of one
typical
design
environment
enabled
the findings
produced
through
the
interview
programme
to
be
validated
and
to
be
followed
up
and explored
in
more
detail.
Various
important
aspects of the work of a designer, as
described
in
the
interviews,
for
example
briefing
meetings
and client
meetings,
the
effects
of
teamwork,
and
various
managerial procedures,
could
thereby be
observed
and
the
use
made
of
drawing
to
facilitate
Page 74
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 74/320
these
procedures
confirmed.
In that
the
analysis
of
data
feeds
into
the
process
of research
design
(Hamnersley
and
Atkinson,
1983),
feedback
from
the
interviews
was validated
and
further
explored
during
the case study.
Whereas
the
use
of a
mailed
questionnaire was
the
only
feasible
method
of
eliciting
information fron design
educators
in
widely
dispersed
geographical
locations
(Magee,
1987),
this
method
was
not
considered
appropriate
for
designer
respondents.
Magee
discusses the
advantages
of
research
methods
like
repertory
grid and protocol
analysis
when
eliciting
information
about
the
tacit
understanding,
or
what
he
terms
the implicit understanding that designers have about their own
activity,
and
about
the
value
based
decisions
they
make
that
can
be
difficult
to
describe
in
words .
However,
various
factors
made such
methods
inappropriate.
The
breadth
of
the
study necessitated
by
the
number
of
variables
identified
made
a
time-consuming
method
like
repertory
grid
analysis
inappropriate.
The
sample
of respondents
was,
of necessity,
wide
in
order
to
include
all
the
major
variables
of work
orientation
and
employment.
Moreover,
in that
the
population
consisted
of successful
designers,
their
time
was very
limited.
In
addition,
experimental projects were
tried
with student
designers,
getting
them
to
describe
their
use
of
drawing
either
during
or after
a
test
project.
However,
it
was
found
that
such procedures
were
extremely
time-consuming
and created a
high
degree
of
inhibition
during
the
event or of post-rationalisation
after
the
event.
Hence,
they
were
not
used
in
the
study.
3.3.2
Selection
of
the
sample
-
designs
The
population
of
the
study
was
defined
according
to
two
main
criteria.
It
was
entirely made up
of
graphic
designers
who
were
in
practice.
It
excluded specialists
(see
Section
1.5.
), but included
freelance
designers,
as
a
significant
number
of
graphic
design
graduates
take
up
freelance
practice.
As
already
explained,
the
criterion
of
being
successful
was
also
applied,
that
is
to
say
a
proven capacity
to
produce
viable
curanercial
design
work
was
essential.
All
members
of
the
sample were
therefore
both
successful
61
Page 75
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 75/320
and
practising
graphic
designers.
A
system
of
purposive
sampling
(Cohen
and
Manion
1985)
was
employed
to
build
up a group of respondents satisfactory
to
the
specific needs
of
the
study.
The
variables
affecting
the
use
of
drawing,
determined
in
the
pilot
study
(see
Section
3.3)
required
the
inclusion
of
representatives
from
different
work orientations,
types
of
organisation
or structures, and
levels
of
seniority.
An
initial
selection
of
twenty
respondents
was
made
to take
these
variables
into
account.
As
the
interview
programme progressed,
perceived
omissions
were
corrected
and additional respondents
interviewed.
Ultimately
the
sample included designers representing all the major orientations,
types
of
design
organisation, and
levels
of
seniority
identified
by
the
study.
(See
Appendix
II
for details
of
the
respondent
groups.
)
A
purely
opportunist
or
convenience
sample
(Cohen
and
Manion,
1985,
page
101)
was used
for
a series
of
focused
interviews. These
were
conducted
with more
junior
designers, 10
of which
had
less
than
2
years
experience,
a
group not
represented
in
the
main
interview
programme
which
concentrated
on established
practitioners.
Through the
use
of
the
purposive
sampling system,
respondents
were
chosen
to
reflect
the
broad
nature
of
the
Graphic
Design
Industry
and
to
represent
both
individual
and corporate
approaches.
Where
possible,
more
than
one
designer
from
a
given
organisation
was
interviewed
in
order
to
assess
the
relative
influence
of
personal
views and job requirements.
The
places
of employment of
respondents
were
categorised
according
to
location,
the
nature
of
the
organisation,
the
size
of
the
design
unit,
and
whether
or not
it
was
independent
or
part
of
a
larger
organisation.
More
respondents
were
chosen
fron
cornnercially
funded
design
groups
than
from
the
public
sector
or
from
large
in-house
design
groups.
This
was
because
it became
apparent
early
on
that
these types
of organisation
often sent
work
out
to
the
cxrrrriercial
sector.
62
Page 76
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 76/320
During
an
interview,
where
it
became
clear
that
an
individual
designer
could represent
more
than
one aspect
of
the
industry,
in
either
their
past
or
current practice,
the
opportunity was
taken
to
elicit
information
about this experience. In fact, it proved a valuable
asset
to
the
study
that
same
respondents could give
information
on
more
than
one
aspect and
therefore
would
form
part
of
several
sample
classifications,
for
example
a
designer
whose
recent
work was
concentrated
on
the
design
of corporate
identity
programmes
had
previously
been
responsible
for
the
design
of
a magazine.
Sane
designers
are subject
to
a particular
set
of
technical
constraints, for example those working with computer graphics. Others
achieve
a
high
degree
of
freedcn,
and
verge
on
being
artists.
Both
these
groups,
although
specialists, were
included
in
the
sample
but,
as
already
indicated,
other specialists such
as
illustrators,
were
not.
Individuals
engaged
in
design
co-ordination are
generally
fncn
a
graphic
design
background,
and
so
were also
included
in the
sample
as
they
represent
a
potential
employment
opportunity
for
graphic
design
students.
Interviews
were
also conducted
with marketing
personnel
so
that
those
aspects
of
their
work
that
brought
them
into
contact
with
designers
drawings
could
be
studied, and
furthermore,
so
that
the
work
of
designers
could
be
investigated
fron
different
perspectives
and
according
to
different
requirements.
In same respects the sample was not truly representative of the
population
in
that
a
higher
proportion
of
the
individuals
interviewed
were
in
managerial positions
than
would
be
representative
of
the
industry
as a
whole.
However, it
was
judged
reasonable
to
spend
more
time
with
people
who were
able
to
give
an
experienced
account
and
a
broad
perspective.
In
addition,
the
nature of
the
subject
meant
it
was
important
to
interview
respondents
who were
reasonably
articulate
about
the
topics
being
investigated,
therefore
maturity
was
useful.
63
Page 77
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 77/320
3.3.3
The
structured
interview
p-ag
Hanmersley
et al
(1983)
make
the
distinction between
standardized
and
reflexive
interviews
(p113)
and
the
interview
techniques
used
during
this
present
research
can
be
said
to
incorporate the
advantages
of
both
these
approaches.
A
predetermined
series of
questions
formed
the
basis
of
the
main programme
of
interviews
conducted
in
a
relatively
formal
manner
at
prearranged
meetings,
whereas
the
focused
interviews,
or
structured
conversations
(Harrrnersley
et
al,
p15)
were
conducted,
as
opportunity
arose, often
a
coffee
or
lunch break
providing
the
opportunity,
with
discussion
of a particular
incident
providing
the
trigger for non-directive questions to explore one of the
predetermined
topics
of
the
study.
A
script
of
question content
and
order
was
used
throughout
the
main
interview
programme
to
ensure
coverage
of
all
the
predetermined
topics
and
to
aid
recording
of responses.
The
interviews
were
conducted
by
the
author
throughout,
and
this
allowed
for
a relatively
reflexive
approach
to
question order
and
the
use
of
funnel
and
open
questions,
together
with
supplementary
probing
questions
where
appropriate.
It
was
not uncrnmon
for
respondents
to
discuss
topics
that
were
scheduled
later
in
the
script,
but
again,
in
that the
author
was
the
interviewer
in
every
case
this
situation
could
be
accaru
dated.
In
addition
the
respondent s
understanding
of
the
questions
and of
the
terminology
adopted
for
the
study
could
be
consistently
checked
by
the
author.
Two kinds of data were obtained fron the interview programrie. While
the
interviews
were primarily
intended
as
a means
of
knowledge
elicitation
on
the
use of
drawing in
specific
procedures
fron
expert
designers,
they
were
also
intended
to
probe
attitudes
to
the
importance
of
drawing
in
the
practice
of
graphic
design
and
to
the
acquisition
of
drawing
ability.
The
use
of
open questions
made
it
possible
to
capitalise
on
volunteered
responses,
and
by
structuring
questions
to
be
direct
and
specific,
the
recording
and
analysis
of
responses
was made
manageable.
In
order
to
further
facilitate the
reliability
of analysis,
where
possible
a
fixed
alternative
response
mode was
incorporated
into
the interview
structure.
Use
was made
of
64
Page 78
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 78/320
fixed
alternative
(ie
yes ,
no ,
don t
know )
response
modes,
or
scaled
responses,
including
attitude
and
rank
ordering
forms.
At
the
beginning
of each
interview,
questions were asked about
education,
professional
experience
and current status.
The
loss
of
anonymity
was not a
matter
of concern
for
respondents
in
that
a
commitment
had been
made
by
the
author
to
seek
permission
before
using
any acknowledged
quotation.
The
interview
format
was
made up
of
four
sections,
each
containing
questions
expanding
on one
of
the
key
issues
identified
in
the
pilot
study. At the beginning of each section a short explanation of the
topic to
be
covered was
given
to
prepare
the
respondent
for
the
change
in
emphasis,
and opportunity was
taken to
elicit
an
unconditioned
response
before
the
more
direct
and specific questioning
could
have
any conditioning
effect.
A
list
of
the
questions
used
is
given
in
Appendix
I(a).
The
first
section
of
the
interview
was
designed to
set
the
scene and
to
stimulate
discussion between
the
interviewer
and
respondent
in
order
to
establish a
broad
basis for
subsequent
discussion
and elicit
the
respondents
views on
the
importance
of
drawing
ability.
It
was
also
important
at
this
stage
to
check agreement
on
the
use and
meaning
of
the
terns
drawing
as specified
for
the
research,
and
to
make
it
clear
that
the type
of
drawing
activity under
discussion
referred
to
that
used
in
the
respondent s
working practice
as a graphic
designer.
The
second
section
was
concerned with
identifying
ways
in
which
graphic
designers
use
drawing,
more
specifically
the
way
the
respondent
used
drawing,
and
contained
questions
about
all
the
phases
of
the
graphic
design
process
together
with questions
about
the
use
of
drawing
in
the
design
of
specific
elements,
for
example
grids
and
logotypes.
Invariably
the
majority
of
time
was
spent
on
this
section.
The
third
section
contained
questions
designed
to
elicit
a more
specific response
about
the
importance
of,
and
the
nature
of,
the
drawing
abilities
and
skills
that
graphic
designers
must
have to
65
Page 79
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 79/320
fulfil
the
requirements of practice.
In
the
questions
a
distinction
was made
between
the
cognitive and practical aspects
of
drawing
ability,
to
allow
for discussion
of
non-practical
abilities
like
assessing and carmissioning imagery.
In
the
fourth
section
respondents
views were elicited
on
how
graphic
design
students
should
be
taught
drawing
and
the
section
ended
with a
checklist
of specific subjects such as
'perspective'
and
'life
classes',
to
explore
respondents attitudes
to
established
forms
of
drawing
tuition.
The
data
collected
fron
this
section
was
later
canpared
with
that
collected
from
educators and students.
When
setting
up
the
interviews,
the
first
approaches
to
respondents
were
generally
conducted over
the telephone,
by
what
TucMnan
(1972)
would
term
a verbal
cover
letter .
When
a
particular
design
organisation
was
selected
for inclusion
in
the
sample,
a senior
designer
would
be
consulted
to
gain
information
on
a suitable
candidate
for
interview.
With
perseverance,
the
majority
of
designers
approached
for
interview
were persuaded
to
participate,
and
in
most
cases
were
found
to
be
not
only
helpful,
but
also
enthusiastic
about
the
study
in
spite
of
the
inevitable
difficulty in
making
time
for
the
interview.
The
general
purpose of
the
research
was
explained
to
respondents
while
setting
up
the
interview.
Notes
of
particular responses
were
made
during
interview
and
recorded
in
the
space
allocated on
the
interview
script.
Further,
unless
specific objections were raised or conditions were not propitious, the
entire
interview
was
also recorded
on
tape. All
the
tapes
were
kept
for
the
checking
of answers and
for
later
reference.
The
notes
were
later
carefully
reviewed
and
expanded
upon,
where
possible,
with
reference
to the tapes
and possible
quotations
were
identified.
It
was
generally
found
that
the
respondents were
only
partially
aware
of
the
scope
of
the
research when
the
interview
began.
This
situation
was
capitalised on
by
the
use
of general
open
questions
at
the
beginning
of
the
interview
to
elicit
and
record
first
thoughts
before
the
respondent's
views
could
be
conditioned
by the
structure
of
the
Page 80
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 80/320
interview.
These
questions proved useful
in
providing
evidence
of
any
prejudices
or
idiosyncrasies
to
be
taken
into
account
during the
rest
of
the interview.
During the
interview
opportunity was
taken to
elicit
the
respondent s
definitions
of
drawing
where
possible,
but
keeping
within
the
clear
framework
that the
day-to-day
working skills
of
practising
graphic
designers
were
the
subjects
of
the
research.
The
balance
was struck
between
a
free
elicitation
of
the
respondent s
views
while
keeping
the
majority
of
the
discussion
to
the
specific
aspects
under
review.
In
many
instances
additional useful caruent was given
by
the
respondent
and notes
were
made
to
record
these.
3.3.4
Observations
of
design
practice
and
the
cmluct
of
the
aise
study
Observations
of
designers
working
practice
were conducted
throughout
the
period
of
the
research whenever
opportunity
allowed.
In
the
case
of thirty (out of fifty) interviews, either during the said interview
or
subsequently,
access
to
drawing
material
was given,
and
in
addition
a
guided
tour
of
eighteen
studio
environments
was
permitted.
One
large
and
two
medium
sized organisations
were
visited
several
times
in
addition
to the
visits
to the
case
study
organisation.
The
case
study was conducted
over
a
four-year
duration
and
consisted
of
a series
of visits
to
interview
senior
staff,
plus
two
periods
of
four
and
three
days
respectively of non-participant
observation
spent
in
the
studio
environment.
During
these
periods
studio
practice
was
observed,
focused
interviews
were conducted
with
junior
staff,
marketing
personnel,
and ancillary
workers
such
as art
workers.
In-
house
and
client
meetings were
attended
and
Backfiles
were
reviewed.
It
was particularly
fortuitous
that
the
case
study
extended
over
such
a
long
period
of
time
because
it
allowed
for
the
observation
of
various changes and developments in the organisation. A change of
address
and
an extension of
studio
facilities,
a considerable
growth
in
client numbers
and
status,
and
a
number
of
staff
changes
took
place
during
the
duration
of
the
case study.
Another
particularly
Page 81
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 81/320
interesting
development
was
the
change
in
this
organisation
fron
a
general
design
and
packaging
group
to
a
design
consultancy.
The organisation was chosen as an enviromnent for the case study for a
number
of
reasons.
The
quality
of
design
work
produced
was
consistently
canpetitive
in
both
creative and carmercial
terms. It
drew
accounts
fran
all over
the
country
and
fron
abroad
having
a
wide
range
of
clients and size
of
jobs
and
accounts
to
deal
with.
The
number
of
designers
employed represented a
broad
range
of
age
groups
and experience
there
was
a stable
managerial
franwork
and
regular
turnover
of staff.
Although
part
of a
larger
canpany
the
design
organisation
had
its
own
managerial
policy and a
high
degree
of managerial
independence.
It
was
large
enough
to
have
separate
in-house
marketing
and
artwork
sections.
The
organisation was
located
in
London
enabling
designers
to
enjoy
the
ambience of
a major
capital city
and
the
opportunity
to
visit
major
art exhibitions
etc.
Other
advantages
of
being
sited
in
the capital included the availability of good production facilities
and
a
large
fund
of specialists
of every sort
including
lettering
artists
photographers
and
illustrators.
Along
with
other
London-
based
design
consultancies
the
organisation
enjoyed
good
contact
with
design
periodicals
and
the
attendant
opportunity
for
publicity.
Another
reason
for
this
choice
of
case study
was
because
of
the
guarantee
of
good
access.
Several
of
the
senior
staff
were
interested
in the
study
progranme
and supportive of
the
research.
In
addition
the
studio
accamtiodation was
sufficiently
extensive
to
allow
for
the
presence
of
a researcher without
disturbing
normal
running.
The
conduct
of
the
case
study
initially
involved
interviews
with all
the
senior staff
and
these
were
included
in
the
interview
programme.
From
these
and other
meetings
with
staff
various
issues
were
identified for further exploration. Issues given special attention
included
the
type
of
drawing
employed
in
relation
to
the
particular
design
procedure
the
effects
on
drawing
of
the
different
media
that
the
designers
used
and
the
effects of
teamwork
and
managerial
duties.
Page 82
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 82/320
Contacts
between
designers
and marketing
staff were
also
observed
to
monitor
the
use
of
drawing
in
such meetings.
Again,
the
use
of
drawing
was
observed
in
in-house
meetings,
briefing
meetings and
meetings with clients. Further, a wide range of work was observed and
the
effects
of
different
job
orientations
eg
packaging
design,
magazine
design,
etc) noted.
Through
a
series of
focused
interviews
and conversations
it
was
possible
to
discuss
various
issues
with
junior
designers.
Their
experience
of
drawing
tuition
while
at college and
the
subsequent
adaptation
and
develop
ent
of
their
drawing
abilities
to
fit in
with
professional
practice
were
the
main subjects
in
these
interviews.
There
were
limited
opportunities
to
attend
interviews
with
clients
because
of
security.
It
was,
however,
possible
to
attend
two
client
meetings
and
in
this
way
validate some of
the
data
obtained
in
the
designer
interviews.
Also
of
considerable
interest
were
the
meetings
held
within
the
organisation
itself.
There
was opportunity
to
attend
meetings where marketing staff were briefing
designers,
senior
designers
were
briefing
junior designers,
and
both junior
and
senior
designers
were
briefing
marketing
personnel.
The
more
casual
day-to-
day
interchanges
were
also
observed,
whereby artwork
personnel
were
briefed
and
senior
designers
checked
the
progress
of
projects
in
the
hands
of
junior designers.
3.4
The
ooc
uct of
the
research
into drawing
tuition
Fran the
pilot
study,
it
was
clear
that
opinion
on
the
role
and nature
of
drawing
tuition
on
graphic
design
courses
should
ideally
be
canvassed
as widely
as possible.
However,
as
described
in
Section
3.2,
the
pilot
study
had
also
shown
that
there
inherent
difficulties
in
terms
of access and
feasibility
in
a
blanket
survey
of graphic
design
courses.
Therefore,
a
decision
was made
to
elicit
a range
of
views as a way of raising issues about this aspect of design education
rather
than
attempt an
in-depth
analysis.
Hence,
the
approach
used
in
this
part
of
the
research
was
primarily
designed
to this
end.
Page 83
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 83/320
A
series
of questions about graphic
design
education
was
included
in
the
interviews
with
graphic
designers
see
Appendix
I a),
Section
IV).
The
use
of a postal questionnaire
directed
at
design
educators
was
necessitated because of the dispersed geographical locations of
colleges.
A
short series of visits
to
a small sample
of
these
courses
was
also made
to
collect
additional
information.
Furthermore,
a short
series
of
interviews
was
conducted with academic
staff
from
other
design
disciplines
who
had
a responsibility
for
conducting
drawing
tuition
and with
other acknowledged
experts
in
relevant
fields.
Questionnaires
were also cxmpleted
by
a
small sample
of
students.
During
the
period
in
which
this
research
was
conducted
additional
background
information
was
collected
fron
a
number
of
sources,
eg
fran
promotional
and course material such as course
prospectuses,
etc.
Therefore,
to
summarise,
this
second part of
the
research
programme
included:
1.
A
postal
questionnaire
directed
at graphic
design
educators
2.
Visits
to
four
BA
centres with
graphic
design
courses
3. A short progranme of focused interviews with design educators and
other
experts
in
relevant
fields
4.
Questionnaires
directed
at students
5.
A
short
progranme of
focused
interviews
with
graphic
design
students
6.
A
review
of
relevant promotional
and
course
material
7.
A
series
of
questions
included in
the
interviews
with
practising
graphic designers
The
target
population
in
this
part of
the
research
can
be
broadly
defined
as
those
having direct
experience
or
knowledge
of
drawing
tuition
on
BA
design
courses,
more
specifically
BA
graphic
design
courses.
However,
within
this
very
large
population
certain
key
groups could
be
distinguished,
namely
educators
having
responsibility
for
the
planning
or
for
the
conduct
of
drawing
tuition
on
graphic
design courses, and practising
graphic
designers and students on
graphic
design
courses who
were
in
a
position
to
carment
as
consumers.
See
Appendix
II
for
details
of
the
main
respondent
groups
and
Appendix III
for details
of
the
individuals
consulted.
)
Page 84
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 84/320
The
problems
noted
in
the
pilot study
in
respect of
terminology
have
been
described
in
Section
1.5.
These
were given close
attention
when
constructing the questionnaire, namely when formulating the questions
and
respondent
modes.
In
the
majority of
instances
questions
requiring
a
dichunetric
response were
followed
by
a
request
to the
respondent
to
explain
their
answer
in
a
little
more
detail. Although
this
mechanism
was
used
to
check
that
the
meaning
of
the
question
was
clear
to
the
respondent,
in
fact
many of
the
cannents
given also
provided
a very
rich source of
information
into
both
attitudes
and
procedures.
The
questionnaire
was
sent
to
all
heads
of
departments
of
BA
graphic
design
courses
with a covering
letter
explaining
the
purpose
of
the
study
and
the
structure of
the
questionnaire,
and
with
a
request
that
they
forward
it to
a member of
staff responsible
for
either
the
planning
or
conduct of
design
tuition.
A
copy
of
the
questionnaire
is
given
in
Appendix
I(b).
The
questionnaire
began
with
a
request
for
information
about
the
respondent,
including
the
number of
years
they
had
been teaching
and
their
contact
with
the
graphic
design
profession,
plus
details
of
their
current
post.
In
general, questions
were
direct
and
specific,
and
dichanetric,
scaled, and
check-list response
modes
were
used
as
appropriate.
Where
necessary,
supplementary
explanation,
particularly
of
terminology,
was
included
with
the
questions.
The
questionnaire
contained
four
sections.
The
first
was
aimed
at
eliciting
responses on
the
importance
of
drawing
ability,
the
relationship
of
drawing
ability
to
graphic
design
practice
and
the
provision
of
drawing
tuition
specific
to
the
particular
needs
of
graphic
designers.
The
second
section
was
directed
at
clarifying
the
organisation
of
drawing
tuition
on
the
respondent s
course,
for
example detennining who was responsible for planning the curriculum
and
for
conducting
drawing
tuition,
and
what
was
the
amount
of
time
allocated
to
drawing
tuition.
The
third
section
was
concerned
with
investigating
approaches
to
drawing
tuition,
for
example
whether
it
Page 85
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 85/320
consisted
primarily
of
formal
classes
or
was
integrated
into
design
projects.
The
fourth
and
final
section elicited
opinion
on
the
new
technology
and
the
consequent needs
for
changes
in
drawing tuition
on
graphic design courses.
A
questionnaire
addressing
the
same
basic
topics
as
that
used
for
graphic
design
educators,
but
with
necessary adaptations,
was
also
used
with
first
year
graphic
design
students
fron
Manchester
Polytechnic
and,
in
addition, a
questionnaire
of
a
much
simpler
construction
was conducted with
third
year
students
by
going
through
their
folder
and asking
them
to
describe
to
what
extent
they
were
satisfied
or
dissatisfied
with
their
use of
drawing in the work
presented.
(See
Appendix
I(c)
and
(d). )
Completed
questionnaires
fron
both
educators
and
students
were
carefully
analysed and
contained a great
deal
of
individualistic
caiinentary
and additional
information.
In
many
cases,
shades
of
opinion were
expressed
in
such way as
to
make
a
highly
categorised
analysis
less
valuable
than
a careful consideration
of
the
individual
points
raised.
Visits
were
made
to
four
BA
graphic
design
courses
chosen
in
consultation
with
the
advisors
for
the
study
and others
(see
Appendix
IV).
Zwo
of
these
courses
were
in
provincial
art
colleges
and
two
were
London-based.
The
courses
were
chosen
to
be
typical
examples
of
graphic
design
courses,
and
yet
at
the
same
time
each
enabled
a
specific sort of provision to be investigated. one course was a
sandwich
course with
particularly
strong
contacts
with
design
professions,
while
another
had
an
established
reputation
for
strong
emphasis
on
the
value of
drawing
tuition.
Again,
another
course
was
well
}mown
for
its illustrative
and
creative
bias,
and
the
fourth
provided
opportunity
to
look
at
a
well-integrated
computer
graphics
progranue
within
the
design
course
curriculum.
In
each of
these
visits
discussion
was
possible
with
both
staff
and
students
and
an
in-depth
interview
was
conducted
with
the
Head
of
Department. Opportunity
was
also
furnished to
observe
either
design
Page 86
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 86/320
or
drawing
classes
in
action.
Carmentary
was
recorded
in
note
form
and written-up
irirnediately
after
the
visit.
In addition a series of discussions and interviews was conducted in
the
Faculty
of
Art
and
Design
Manchester Polytechnic.
In-depth
interviews
were
conducted
with
a
member
of staff
from
each
of
the
departments
of
Three-Dimensional
Design
Textile
Design
Foundation
Studies
and
the History
of
Art
and
Design
and
with
the
member
of staff
whose
responsibility
it
was
to
organise
the
provision
for
life
drawing
for
the
entire
Faculty.
Several
acknowledged
experts
were also
interviewed
and a small series
of
interviews
was
also
conducted
with
graphic
design
students.
3.5
Consultation
and corroboration
Periodically
throughout
the
research programme
various
aspects
of
the
approach
and methodology
employed
were
discussed
with
the
special
advisers
for
the
study
and with
some
of
the
other
ac3maaledged
experts
who
had
been
consulted
about
educational
provision
and
wham
it
was
felt
could
fron
a position
of
detachment
make
useful
recarinendations
about
the
overall
direction
of
the
research
or
could
give
expert
corroboration
on
specific
aspects such as
the
constitution
of
the
samples
used.
Those
individuals
consulted
for
such
purposes
are
identified
in
Appendix
III.
Page 87
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 87/320
QPTM
4
Graphic Designers
Use
of
Drawing
4.1
Intnocýuctian
This
chapter
draws
together
the
findings
made on
the
use of
drawing
in
the
graphic
design
process
from
the
series of
interviews
with
practising
graphic
designers
and
fran
the
detailed
case
study
conducted
in
a
large,
London-based
design
consultancy.
The
findings
have
been
presented
according
to the
following
scheme.
Preparation
Phase
Accepting
and passing
on
briefing
Collecting
reference
material
Main
Creative
Phase
Production
Phase
--[
Analysis/First Ideas
Synthesis/Developnent
Presentation/Evaluation/Revision
Commissioning
art-work
Preparing
for
production
Rather than
discreet
stages,
the
graphic
design
process
is
regarded
as
canprising
phases
(namely
the
preparation
phase,
the
main
creative
phase and the production phase), in that it is linear only in very
broad
terms
and
includes
many
feedback
loops.
Within
these
phases
various
procedures
or courses of
action
can
be identified.
Procedures
are conducted
through the
performance
of
a
series
of
tasks.
For
example,
while
accepting
briefing
a
designer
will
query
the
information
being
given
by
the
client,
will
note
both
the
information
given
and any
ideas
that
form
during
discussion,
and
will
also
ensure
that
the
client s
intentions
have been
fully
understood.
These
individual
pieces
of work ,
or
tasks,
are,
in
the
main, either
conducted
or assisted
through
the
use
of
drawing
and
it
is
this
use
of
drawing
that
is
characterised
in
detail
in
the
chapter.
Page 88
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 88/320
It
has
been
found
that, in
practice,
it
is
very
difficult
to
canpletely
separate
certain
procedures
from
each other.
For
example
the analysis of a design problem is intrinsically linked to the
formulation
of
ideas,
and
the
synthesis
or
bringing
together
of
various
elements
of
a
design
solution
is invariably
accompanied
by
adjustments
to
or
developments
in
the
solution.
Therefore,
these
linked
procedures
have
been
discussed
together.
It
can
be
seen
from
the
scheme
set
out above,
that
in
addition
to
what
have
traditionally
been
categorised
as
the
stages
in
the
design
process,
ie
analysis,
synthesis
and evaluation,
there
has
been
included
procedures
involved
in
the
preparation
for
a
design
job
(ie
those
tasks
involved
in
accepting
briefing
and collecting
reference
material),
and
procedures
involved in
controlling production
(ie
those
tasks
involved
in
cannissioning
art-work and
preparing
for
production).
This
has
proved
extremely valuable.
Not
only was
it
found
that
characteristic
kinds
of
drawing
activities
occurred
uniquely
in
these
additional phases,
there
was also clear evidence
that
the formulation
of
ideas
and
creative
decision-making
was
occurring.
As
described
in
Section
3.3.3
a series
of questions
was
put
to
50
practising
graphic
designers
within
an
interview
format
which
allowed
the
respondents
some
freedom. (The
interview
structure
is
given
in
Appendix
I(a).
)
However,
the
way
that
the
data is
presented
in
this
chapter does not simply reflect the structure in the interview script.
This
is because,
during
the interviews,
it
was
found
that
given
responses
required
a more
complex
interpretation
than that
initially
anticipated.
For
example,
when
asked
whether
they
used
drawing
during
a
briefing
with
a client
or an
art
director,
many
respondents
indicated
that
they
used
it both
when
accepting
information themselves
and
also
for
passing
on
that
information
to
the
design
team,
thereby
identifying
two
quite separate procedures as occurring
during
the
briefing
process.
It
has
also
been
necessary
to
carbine
data fron
two
or
three
questions
in
sane
instances.
For
example,
responses
from
Questions
9,15
and
16
of
Section
II
have
been
combined
in the
Page 89
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 89/320
discussion
on preparing
for
production.
Again,
data
fron
Questions
7
and
8
of
Section II
is
canbined
together
in
the
context
of
in-house
and
client
presentation,
because
it
became
clear
fron
respondents
cannents that ideas as well as finished solutions can be presented
both
to
colleagues and
to
clients.
Although
the
respondents were
selected
to
represent
the
effects
of
the
range
of variables
identified
(see
Section
3.3),
it
is
not
possible
to
give
an
exact
numerical
breakdown
of
the
sample
in
terms
of
these
variables,
because
some
respondents were
found
to
represent
the
effects
of
several
in
their
work.
However,
in
broad terms,
28
respondents
had
predominantly
managerial responsibilities
within
the
design
team,
whereas
22
were
predominantly concerned
with
the
detailed
developnent
of
design
solutions.
At
an
early
stage
in
the
investigation
it
became
apparent
that there
was
a marked
difference in
approach
to
drawing
usage
between design for
packaging
and
design for
publishing.
Therefore
care was
taken to
ensure
that
10
respondents
with
experience
of
working
in
packaging
design
and
10
with
experience
of
design
for
publishing were
included
in
the
sample.
5
respondents
from
Manchester-based
design
organisations
were
included
to
enable
a comparison of provincial and
London-based
practices.
Respondents
were
employed
fron
various sizes
of
organisations,
including
9
from
small organisations with
less
than
3
members
in the
design
team, 15
from
medium-sized organisations
with
between
3
and
15
people,
and
26
from large
organisations with
over
15
members
in
the
design team. 28 were from design consultancies, 19 fron in-house
design
groups
specifically
serving
larger
organisations
(designers
concerned
with
publishing
having
been
included
in
this
latter
category),
and
3
were
free-lance
designers.
A
full
list
of
these
respondents,
along with
their
level
of
seniority
and
place
of
employment
is
given
in
Appendix
II
(a).
The
illustrations
used
in
this
chapter are
taken
fron
a
wide range
of
drawings
recorded
or
collected
during
the
study
and are
selected
to
be
representative
of
the type
or
types
of
drawing
under
discussion. They
are placed at
the
end of
the
sub-section
to
which
they
refer.
Page 90
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 90/320
4.2
The
pn?pamtozy phase
including
the
pivoedunes
of
briefing
and
collecting reference
material
The
procedures
of accepting
and
of passing
on
briefing,
and
again
of
collecting
visual
reference
material
are
described
in
this
section.
While
respondents
indicated
that,
in
general,
they
do
not make
extensive
use
of
drawing
during
these
procedures, sane
important
uses
were
described.
Before
a
designer
or
design
team
can
cartnence
the
consideration
of actual
design
solutions, a sound
understanding
must
be
achieved
both
of
the
client s requirements
and
of
the
particular
nature
of
the design
problem
to
be
undertaken.
Again
,
in
many cases,
specific
visual
reference
material must
be
collected
before
ideas for
design
solutions
can
be
explored.
4.2.1
1t
use
of
drawing
curing
accepting
and
passing
cn
briefing
Respondents
indicated
that
during
briefing
procedures
their
use of
drawing
is
greatly
influenced
by
a number
of
factors,
particularly
the
nature
of
the
occasion of
the
briefing
and
the
designer s
relationship
with
the
client.
It
is
therefore
useful
to
consider
some
different
approaches
to
briefing.
Respondents
from
certain
areas of
the
graphic
design
profession,
particularly
those
employed
in
larger
organisations,
described
cases
where there are intennediaries who accept the briefing fron the client
on
behalf
of
the
designer
or
design
team.
These
intermediaries
may
be
representatives
of
the
design
team,
or
account
executives,
or
they
may
be
fron
the
marketing
section
within
the
organisation.
Further,
they
may subsequently
have
an
active
or a passive role
in
the
development
of
the
design
strategy.
In
many organisations
a senior
designer
or
design
director
will
meet
the
client
and
receive
the
brief.
They
may
then
simply
pass on
the
brief but,
more cxnmonly,
will
exert
considerable
creative
control
at
this
stage.
In
some organisations
it
is
the
policy
for
several
of
the
design
team
Page 91
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 91/320
to
meet
the
client,
who
may
then
be
asked
back
at
regular
intervals
to
monitor
progress
and make
additional
suggestions.
One
creative
director,
described
a
canpany policy
for designers
to
be
responsible
throughout for the jobs allocated to them, even to having control over
the
final
production of
artwork,
and
starting
with attendance
at
the
initial
briefing.
Editors
and
senior
designers
working
in
magazine
and
book
design
described
how
they
attend editorial
and
cover
meetings
and
then
pass
on
the
design
concepts
agreed
at
these
meetings
to
the
other
designers
in
the team.
Thus,
investigating
the
use of
drawing
during
briefing
is
made
difficult by
this
variable
system
of
practice,
and
is
further
complicated
by
the
fact
that
the
brief
may
be
passed
on
at various
stages
as
additional
designers
are
brought in to
assist.
More
specialist
designers,
such as
those
working
in
computer
graphics
have
indicated
that they
often
received
briefings
for jobs that
are
already
well
advanced
in
terms
of
visual
development.
29
respondents
described
a number
of ways
in
which
they
use
drawing
during
briefings
and
meetings with clients.
All
29
said
that
they
made
visual
notes as reminders of
information
passed
on
at
the
meeting,
or
to
remind
themselves
of any
ideas
stimulated
by
the
discussion
at
the
meeting.
Many
of
these
respondents
described
in
detail
their
own personal method of making
small-scale
notes.
Fig.
2
shows
examples
of
the
type
of
informal
drawings
produced
to
record
information.
Although
some
designers
said
that
when with
clients
drawing
is
occasionally used for an exchange of ideas, the majority of the
respondents
stressed
that
they
exercised
caution
in these
circumstances
unless
a good working relationship
had
previously
been
established
with
the
client.
In
fact,
all
except
one
of
the
respondents
interviewed
expressed
considerable
reluctance
to
draw
in
front
of
clients.
It
was
felt
that this
could
make
design
look
easy,
and
therefore
not
good value
for
money.
A
senior
designer
admitted
that
he
tends
to
want
to
draw
when with a client,
but felt
that
it
is
not
business-like,
and another
described
the
practice
as a
rope
to
hang
yourself
.
There
was
also
worry
expressed
that
if
a client
saw
and
liked
a
first
idea,
this
could
then
carmit
a
designer
to
a
Page 92
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 92/320
solution
that
proved
ineffective
with
later development. As
one
very
experienced
designer
put
it,
drawing
for
a client
could
imply
that
one
had
arrived
at
a
concept quickly, without
sufficient
thought ,
or
equally unfortunately, one may get stuck with an inappropriate idea .
It
was
also
felt
by
some
designers
that
it is
often
not
practicable
in
a
large
meeting
to
draw
to
demonstrate
one s
ideas,
even
if
one
should
wish
to
do
so.
However,
where
designers felt
they
had
a
relationship
of
trust
with
a
client
there
was
a much
less
self-conscious
use of
drawing to
explore
ideas
together.
20
of
the
respondents
said
that
they
would
prefer
to
be
able
to
use
drawing
in
a relaxed
way
to
check
their
understanding
and
initial
ideas.
Some
find
it
easier
to
talk
and
draw
at
the
same
time,
and
to
use
drawing
to
explain
an
idea
to
a client.
Fig.
3
shows
an
example
of
the type
of quickly
produced
schematic
designers
described
using
for
this
purpose.
The
drawings
at
the
top
half
of
the
sheet
were
drawn by
the
client
and
those
on
the
lower
half
by
the
designer
as
a means of
checking
the
shape and
proportions
of
an object
to
be
packaged.
Only
one
of
the
designers
interviewed,
a
design
manager
who
was
the
director
of
his
own
business,
said
that
he
used
his
capacity
to
draw
confidently
in
order
to
impress
clients
as
part
of
his
sales
technique.
However,
most
respondents said
that
either
they
only
used
drawing
for
their
own note making or
did
not
use
drawing
at
all
in
accepting
briefing.
(See
Table
1 for
a
detailed
breakdown
of
responses).
It
became
clear
fron
the
interviews
that
there
are
two
aspects
to
briefing
procedures;
accepting
the
briefing,
and
catmunicating
the
briefing
to
others.
The
use of
drawing
was
found
to
differ
correspondingly,
that
is
according
to
the
different
requirements
of
these two
procedures.
It
was
apparent
that,
when
drawing
was used
by
a
designer
to pass on information, rather more care must usually
be
taken to
ccranunicate
effectively
than
when
used
for
purely
personal
recording
purposes.
Respondents
with
managerial
responsibilities,
like design directors
and
art
editors,
described
not only
their
use
of
Page 93
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 93/320
drawing
to
record
joint decisions
made
during
a
meeting,
but
also
their
way
of
using
drawing
when conveying
the
results
of
a
briefing
to
their junior designers.
Fig.
4.
shows
drawings
produced
when
this
sort of passing on of infonnation and decision making occurs.
Zäbb1e
1:
Use
of
drawing
while accepting
briefing
To
check
To
impress
For
notation
Not
used
information
client
20
1
29
21
[Number
of
respondents
=
50;
several
responding
in
more
than
one
category]
In
many
instances
designers have
to
brief
others
to
take
on either
the
whole,
or
one aspect
of
the
job. Of
course,
where
this
is
done
in-
house
and
there
is
opportunity
for
subsequent
checking of
understanding
a
more
informal,
free
drawing
style
can
be
adopted.
A
design
director
described
a
typical
situation when,
after
a
general
verbal
briefing
to the
design
team, the
senior
designer
talks
to
individual
designers,
rough
quick
scribbles
being
used
by
both
sides
during
their
discussion
of
the
work.
The
case
study provided
several opportunities
to
watch
the
procedure
of passing
on
briefing.
It
was
clearly
important
that
the
senior
designer
had
developed
an
appropriate strategy
for
producing
the
type
of drawings required for passing on briefing to a junior member of the
design
team.
Over-prescriptive
drawings
that
indicated
not
only
broad
policy
towards
the
development
of
the
design
solution
but
also gave
clear
directives
about
visual
style could
be
seen
to
pre-empt
the
creative
contribution
of
the
junior.
Complaints
were
recorded
fron
senior
designers
about
lack
of
initiative
on
the
part
of
the
junior
and
fran
the juniors
about
the
frustration
caused
by
the
lack
of
opportunity
for
creative
input.
Where it
is
necessary
to
brief
designers
from
an
outside
organisation,
for
example
where
a
design
co-ordinator
is
passing
on
the
requirements
Page 94
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 94/320
of
brand
managers
or
pranotion
personnel,
it
was
found
that the
briefing
tends
to
be
verbal, reliance
being
placed
on
the
knowledge
and
experience
of
the
co-ordinator
to
explain
the
requirements
of
the
job.
However, the
use of
drawing
can also
be
a
factor
in this
kind
of
interchange.
A
design
co-ordinator
for
a
major ccapany
responsible
for
buying-in
a great
deal
of graphic
design
work
indicated
a
preference
for
a system
whereby
commissioned
designers
present
rough
drawn
visuals
of
ideas
at
an early stage
of
development,
such
that
a
check can
be
made
that the
brief
was
fully
understood.
(However,
this
sort
of
check was not required
by
the
branch
manager,
a
non-designer,
who
was
also
responsible
for
caonissioning.
)
Several
designers
said
that they must be able to check if they have understood a briefing
being
passed
on
by
intermediaries,
for
example
marketing
people,
and
that they
draw
as a
four
of ccmnunication with
intermediaries
at
these
times.
In
the
design
studio
of
the Open University,
the
role
that
drawing
plays
in
camunication
between designer
and
client
is
particularly
interesting.
Here, the OU
academics,
who may
be
said
in this
instance
to
be
the
equivalent
of
the
client,
are
encouraged
to
brief the
designers
by
producing
their
own
drawings for
the
illustrations
that
they
want
in
the
Open
University
publications.
(See
Fig.
41(a)
-
41(c) in
Section
4.5
for
the
development
of
the
design
solution
from
a
sketch
produced
by
an
non-designer academic.
)
81
-
Page 95
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 95/320
Imw-ac.
-
WlýelAý
.
kÖSQ
RiýyýCP
ýveCwbl
.
U
ýf1i
1
',
t
iýýý,
ý
-ý
;.
:
6
vUL'%t.
ati(.
.
.
`.
41
i\
c:
(
Figure
2:
Drawings
used
to
record
-1
during
briefing
(CYB
1989),
pencil,
reproduced-
-same
StZ
'
jfi&2v,
(,
Page 96
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 96/320
e-*,
w
_ý
ý
T.
Aý1ýý:
l:
ýý'^r'
:
ýý
4
a:..
ý.
iV/
'a
iý
1ý
-
Sýfý
r
Figure
3:
Drawings
produ
to
check understanding
of
the
brief
with
the
c
gent
CYB 1989
,
ink,
reproduced
same
size
Page 97
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 97/320
kh
lilt
Ile,
Ile
+ +ti....
to
`tir
ýý`
.
r+'
ý
ýý
.
----'
-
-,,.
r
ýl
r
--y'
, f ý . -'
=ý
.ý
Q''ýý,
,,,,
.
e.
-Ut
ýý,,
ýýt. t.
44. d.
rý ---ý
.....
--ý
..
,
ter,
.r_
.
ý
,
-.
.
dý,
ri,,
l
42d
/49 '
l_
,
i
Figure
4:
Drawing
produced
to
1989)
1ýS
on the
briefing
pencil,
reproduced
with
50%
to
the
design
team
reduction
L
0.
.,
V-
Oslo.
A
air
I
i
r
rr.,
1
r
t
P
i
r
Page 98
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 98/320
4.2.2
The
use
of
drawing
in
the
collection
of
zefezEnoe
material
Only
19
of
the
designers
interviewed
said
that they
regularly
used
drawing
when
collecting visual
reference material.
Others
said
they
collected
references
by
the
use of photography
or
fran their
own
collection
of magazines
clippings,
or
from
relevant
books.
Fig.
5
shows
examples
of a
designer
collecting
visual reference
material
for
a particular
job
through
the
use
of
drawing,
and
Fig.
6
shows
the
analysis
of
an
idea incorporating
the
clippings
taken
for
visual
reference attached to a work sheet. 15 respondents particularly
stressed
that
shortage of
time
meant
that this
stage
in
the
production
of a
design
had
to
be
dealt
with very
quickly and
that
there
is
never
time
for
leisurely
collection.
So,
reference
material
must
be
readily
available,
and some
described
their
habit
of
delegating
the
responsibility
of acquiring
the
correct reference
material
for
a
particular
job
to
a
junior.
The
methods
by
which
respondents
said
they
collected
reference
material are sumarised
in
Table
2.
Table 2:
Respoýent s
metboas
of collecting
refer
c
material
Regularly
use
Take Refer
to
Delegate
drawing
photographs clippings
or
books
19
4
17
10
[Number
of
respondents:
50]
It
is, however,
important
to
note
that the
majority,
47
of
the
respondents,
thought that it
was essential
that
they
should
have
a
well-developed
knowledge
of
visual style,
thereby
allowing
them
to
consider
a
variety
of appropriate
solutions
to
specific
jobs,
without
the
collection of reference
material.
Many
thought
that
an
accurate
knowledge
of
historical
styles
was also
essential.
The
need
for
this
type
of cognitive
ability
was
described
as
a
means
of
confinni
ng
the
relevance
and
accuracy
of visual
images
when
time
was
not available
for
much specific
reference
collection
for
a
particular
job.
A
design
Page 99
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 99/320
co-ordinator
for
the
Post Office,
stressed
that
a
designer s
understanding
of visual
trends
in
historical
terms
was
essential
for
being
able
to
set
the
right
mood
for
a
job. 21
of
the
respondents
said
that
their
regular use
of
drawing
as
designers
played
a part
in
developing
their
visual
literacy
and, more specifically,
14
of
these
respondents
expressed
the
belief
that
drawing
to
develop this
broader
understanding
was
a
very
valuable
aspect
of collecting
references.
The
practice
of
drawing
to
aid or
train
memory
was also
described
by
4
of
these
designers,
2
explaining
the
way
they
developed
their
own
knowledge
and understanding of
typefaces
by drawing
and
tracing
from
specimens, and another that he liked to draw an object in order to
observe
it
closely and remember
it
again.
10
respondents
put
particular
emphasis on
their
practice of
drawing
from
life
or other
source
material
to
develop
their
perception and
visual
memory.
The
keeping
of sketch
books
and
note
books
as a
means
of
developing
background
knowledge
was
also
mentioned
by
10
respondents.
Figs.
7(a)
and
7(b)
show pages
fron
a
designer s
sketch
book
where
drawing
has
been
used
as a means of
both
recording
visual
information and for
developing
the
designer s
understanding of visual
form.
A
graphics
officer
involved in
design
for
a
major
museum
spoke
of
keeping
a
sketch
book
to
collect
general
information
and,
more
particularly,
of
keeping
sketch
books
and note
books
of
a particular
place.
A
senior
designer
described his
policy
of
encouraging
juniors
to
go
to
museums
and art
exhibitions
to
develop
their
knowledge
of
visual
style.
The
majority of
designers
admitted that
lack
of
time
precluded such of
this
sort
of
learning
activity.
However,
a
significant
proportion
of
the
designers
interviewed
(7)
thought that
it
was
very
valuable
and
merited
the
extra
effort
involved.
Table
3
indicates
the
methods
that
designers
described
for developing
their
visual
literacy
in
conjunction
with
the
collection
of
reference material.
It
was
found
that
in
many
instances during
the
collection
of
visual
material
to be
used
for designs
for
publishing,
for
example
in book or
magazine work,
imagery
is
commissioned at.
an
early
stage.
In
organisations
that
employ
a
picture researcher,
for
example
a
publisher,
it
is
more
likely
that
a
verbal
briefing
will
be
given
and
Page 100
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 100/320
that
drawing
will not
be
employed.
However,
where
an
illustrator
or
lettering
artist must
be briefed,
drawing
is
usually
employed.
Descriptions
of
this
use
of
drawing
are given
later
in
this
chapter
in
the
section
on commissioning
see
Section
4.4.1).
Table
3:
Methods
described
for developing
visual
literacy
Drawing
frccn
Drawing
fron
Keeping Drawing
Visiting
reference
life
sketch-
to train
exhibitions
material
books
memory
14 10 10 77
[Number
of respondents
=
21;
several responding
in
more
than
one
category]
The
findings
on
the
uses
of
drawing
during
the
collection
of
reference
material
therefore
fall
in
two
broad
categories.
Designers
will
in
some
instances
actually
draw
from
observation,
or
trace
or
copy
fron
a
source in order to collect reference material for a particular job,
but because
of
time
constraints
this
practice
is
greatly
restricted
and
designers
tend
to
rely
on
their
understanding
and
knowledge
of
form
developed
through
experience.
In
addition,
a
significant
proportion
of
the
respondents
21)
considered
that
by
regularly
engaging
in
the
study of
drawing,
both
through
their
own
practical
work
and
through
observation
of
the
work
of
others,
this
understanding
and
knowledge
can
developed
in
order
to
be
brought
into
use as
required.
Page 101
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 101/320
3
77-
I
4ýLýwr
ýr
ý
ý°
`_
-I
,1
f
ß'7 d
ýrý
Iz-
r
`/
,.
/
l
I
s
,:
ý ;
ý:.
ý,
-ý '-
I
jý---'
ýý,,
ti
1
F'1
c
ýi
ýýý
4I
Äý
ý`ý:
vSYS
(F
-
IJ&
i
'7
J
r
r
-s
N
J
ýýýý ýý
F
t
ý
rL
t
ci
'
.,,
ý..
Figure
5:
Drawings
used
to
collect visual reference material
1984-88),
pencil,
reproduced
with
50%
reduction
-
88
-
ýý_
iI
\
.*
r
3
s
ýý
t
'f
.ý
ýý
,,
ý
ý
°ý
ýJ
rý
+ýRI
I
(CYB
Page 102
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 102/320
i
17
r
S
-'
YHy
,
ev
`ý;
º'
-'E
t
..
..
-
..
_}
ýo
tj
3
i
UU
,I
---/
ý
'pý
---
i
ý/ ýý-'
ýý
?I
I11
1.
/
II
`1
výK
I11NUýN.,. Mr
FI\1ý
I
11
r
4I
Figure 6: Analysis of visual reference material (CYB 1984-88), ink
and
pencil,
reproduced
with
50%
reduction
-
89
-
--.
------
_
Page 103
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 103/320
''mfzo
ýty
cd-'
LeTTCd
fN
&
lel
I
C
' YI% 1'
-u.
--
mai
"
mal
f
sT0
ýtY
cd-'
LeTTCd
f04
&
lel
eta
2-1
4
SG
i'
A.
*..
97
V%'-
bun
Pjx,,
,,
ýlftn
A
of
zý
Aell
p
c
111
Ilto-9a
ý
"i
ýý
ý'
ý
,f
111
ý
.i
ý{
ý
.r
t
'(
,;
l-'
ýJ
ftt
"'
C
rn- vas.
usil
r
t°
Figure 7a:
ii
.
77
1 3 ',ýý
1,41
pli
ý
Mý'
r1
(ý
ýý
Iýýý
ý
1001*0-ý
rawings
used
to
record
visual
information
(Stephen
Raw
1988-89), pencil, reproduced same size
-
90
-
Page 104
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 104/320
1
1
t
1
i
i
1
r*
.d
1
1
1
ý.
r
1
1.
ý.
i.
r
Mýti
r.
.
I. A'wr
rý
N:
Ir.. ...
OA
.
iK
.
t.
.
f1
.'r
ý
.
GERM
I
f
..
2-
.
OOW
0
Figure 7b: Drawings used to record visual information (Stephen Raw
1988-89),
pencil, reproduced
same
size
-
91
-
I
Page 105
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 105/320
4.3
It
use
of
drawing in
the
main
creative
phase
of
the
graphic
design
process
This section presents findings on the use of drawing in the procedures
fron
which
the
main
creative phase
is
comprised,
namely
the
analysis
of
design
problems
and
the
formulation
of
ideas,
the
synthesis
and
development
of
visual
formats,
the
presentation of
design
solutions
at
various
stages
of
their
development,
and
the
evaluation
and
revision
of
such
design
solutions.
Fran
the
designer s
descriptions
of
their
work,
it is
clear
that
while
these specific procedures may be separately identified,
they
are
nevertheless
very
closely
interrelated.
Moreover,
observations
of
designers
work
have
confirmed
that,
with
the
exception
of
the
more
formal
aspects
of presentation, all
the
procedures
mentioned
above
can
be
demonstrated
in
drawings
produced
in
the
first
few
hours
of
work
on
a
job.
While
these
drawings
take
the
form
of
free
scribbles,
barely
changing
in
speed of execution
and
style,
they
nevertheless
fulfil
the
respective requirements
of analysing
the
various
aspects
of
the
design
problem, of putting down first ideas as a canbination of written notes
and
sketches
and of
synthesising
the
different
elements
of
the
design
into
a visual
format
capable of
evaluation.
Fig.
8
shows
a
worksheet
produced
at
an early
stage
in
the
developnent
of a
design
solution.
Rapid
notes of
ideas
are
juxtaposed
with
drawings
showing
that
a
more
detailed
concern
for
the
develoxnent
of
visual
form
and
the
analysis
of
the
design
problem
is
being
explored
through
the
proposal
of
solution
types.
only
one
of
the
respondents
described
the
solution
of
design
problems
as
being
considered
in
distinct
phases
by
the
design
team
and
this
was
for
the
development
of
large-scale
corporate
identity
programmes
that
may
take
several months,
even
years
to
complete.
The
situation
more
commonly
described
was
that
of
a gradual
change
of
emphasis
with
different
procedures predominating
at
given
stages
in
the
development
of a
design
solution.
For
these
reasons,
the
findings
on
the
use
of
drawing
in
these
-
92
-
Page 106
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 106/320
procedures
are
subsumed
under
one phase of
the
graphic
design
process,
the
'main
creative phase'.
However,
findings have
been
grouped
in
separate
sub-sections
in
order
to
focus
attention on
the
specific
uses
of
drawing
associated with each procedure.
4.3.1
The
use
of
drawing in
the
analysis
of
the
design
problem
and
in
the
fomulation
of
first
ideas
The
findings
fron
the
interviews
and
observations
of
practice
show
that
for
many
designers
it
was
during
the
initial
analysis
of
the
design
problem,
and
during
the
formulation
of
the
first
ideas
that
invariably
accompanies
or
is
stimulated
by
this
analysis,
that
extensive use
of
drawing
is first
made
in
the
design
process.
44
respondents
said
that they
used
drawing
here.
one
design
director
referred
to this
phase
as
'the
thinking
bit'
and
likened the
quick,
spontaneous
kind
of
drawing
used as
being
almost
like
handwriting,
or
like
'a
musician's
score'.
Another
designer
described
haw
he
needs
to
draw
while
he
is
thinking,
'keeping
the
hands
occupied
while
the
brain
is
working'.
Another,
said
'Your
hand
is
part
of your
brain. Its
as
though
your
brain
is
drawing'.
An
art
assistant
for
'Vogue'
talked
of mixing
up
ideas
for
work
with
shopping
lists
as
her
mind
ranged
back
to
design
problems
in
her
free
time. Another
designer
talked
of making
doodles
in
a
note
book
on
the
bus
going
back
from
a
briefing,
saying
that
at
that
point
ideas
work
faster
than
the
hand,
so
he
does
not
produce
elaborate
drawing,
but
scribbles
in
note
books.
'That's
when
you
decide
what
you
are going
to
do,
or
decide
you
haven't
a clue what you are going
to
do
'
Fig.
9(a)
and
9(b)
show
examples
of
this
spontaneous
need
to
draw
on
whatever
is
to
hand
when
ideas
cane
to
mind.
A
lack
of
drawing
ability
was
seen
by
the
majority
of
respondents
as
a
serious
handicap
towards
fulfilling
the
requirements
of
the
analytical
activity.
44
of
the
respondents
indicated
that
they
use
drawing to
help
them
think
out solutions
and
therefore
a very
fluid
use
of
drawing is essential. In contrast, for 5 of the designers interviewed
analysis
remained
largely
cerebral.
That
is
to
say,
they
consider
-
93
-
Page 107
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 107/320
most of
the
problems
in
their
heads
and
use
drawing
mainly
to
check
possible
solutions, one respondent
saying
that
he
sorts
out
ideas
and
rejects
a
lot
in
his head,
and
another
that
he
used
to
do
many
thumbnail
sketches
to
sort
out
ideas for
example
for
a
grid,
but
now
solves
more
in
his head.
5 designers,
including 3
of
those
working
in
editorial
design,
said
that
they
aimed
to
reduce
the
time
spent on
early analysis
as
far
as possible
to
allow more
time
for
the
final
stages of
resolving
a
layout.
For
one creative
director,
a
lot
of
practical
experience
has brought
a
change
in
the
use of
drawing
during
analysis.
He
now
draws
more
quickly,
spending
less
time
on
finish,
and
therefore
more
ideas
are
tried.
23
of
the
most
senior
designers
interviewed indicated
that
it is
during
the initial
analysis
of
a
job,
namely
when
the
approach
to
a
design
problem
is
being
constructed,
that
they
do
the
majority
of
their
drawing.
The
pressure
of
other
duties
frequently
obliges
them
to
leave
the
more
time-consuming
and
detailed
kinds
of
drawing
associated
with
the
synthesis
and
development
of a
design
solution
to
more
junior
staff.
However,
the
drawing
done in these
early
stages
is
essentially, as one creative director said, drawing you do for
yourself .
The
effects
that
differences
in
designers
seniority
can
have
on
their
use
of
drawing
is
discussed
in
more
detail
in
Section
4.5.
In
general,
respondents
comments make
it
clear
that
the
use
of
drawing
is
a very
significant
aid
to
the
analytical
and
first
ideas
procedures of
a
designer s
work.
It
helps
designers to
assemble
their
first thoughts
and a
fluid free-ranging drawing
style
can
enable
a
designer
to
explore
a greater
number of
ideas
quickly,
with economy
of
effort.
Fig.
10
shows
a
worksheet
that
demonstrate
this
rapid
generation of
a number
of
early
ideas
for
a symbol
design.
14
respondents
described
how
they
use
a
canbination
of
words and
rough
visual notes,
because
Putting
it
down
makes
one
realise
what
one
has
overlooked.
Working
ideas
out
on paper,
noticing
the
possibilities
in
chance effects and
the
testing
and
rejecting
of
ideas
goes
on
constantly.
Fig.
11
shows
this kind
of
dual
processing,
with words
-
94
-
Page 108
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 108/320
and
images
working
in
tandem.
Fran
observation of studio
practice
it
was
clear
that
designers
use
this
sort
of
rapid notational
drawing
freely and frequently not only at the cannencement of work on a
job
but
at
any
subsequent point when new
elements are
introduced
or
revision
is
required.
Fig.
12
shows
a
double
page
spread
fron
a notebook
where
drawings
produced
on
a smaller pad
have been
affixed.
Parts
of
these
drawings
have
then
been
worked
over
again.
Four types
of
drawing
implement
have
been
used
indicating
that the
drawings
have been
worked
on at
different
times.
The
designer
can
be
seen
to
be
using
his
own
drawings
not
only
to
keep
a
record
but
also
to
stimulate
further
ideas.
For
some
designers
this
analytical
thinking
stage
seems
to
have
additional
results.
one
designer
described
keeping
current
ideas
developing
in
note
books
needing
to
be
jotting then
down
all
the
time
and
how
this
practice
often
influences
solutions
for jobs
not
yet seen. Fig. 13. shows examples of this type of recording of
ideas
for
future
reference.
Observations
of
the
early analytical/idea
stages
of
a
design
for
a
book
showed
a
different
sort
of continuous
organic
development
with
a series of
ideas
for double
spreads on
postcards
initially
quickly
sketched
but
progressively
indicating
a
refinement
of
style
as
the
content
and
composition of
layout
and
illustration
were
resolved
together.
7
of
the
respondents
who
worked as part of
a
team
specifically
described
drawing
as a
vital
part of
their
inter-carmunication
and
observation
of
studio practice
confirmed
its
importance
in
this
respect.
The
use
of
drawing
to
pass on
briefing
has
been
discussed
in
Section
4.2
and
its
importance
in
presentation
and
evaluation
will
be
discussed
later
in
this
chapter
but
it
is
worth
noting
at
this
point
that when designers were observed discussing design problems in either
a
general
or specific way
they
would
frequently
draw for
each other
as
well.
-
95
-
Page 109
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 109/320
Some
designers
described
the
ways
in
which
they
deliberately
exploit
opportunities
to
bounce
ideas
off one-another at
this
stage,
sitting
with
the
others,
and
thinking
with a pencil .
Thus,
the
ability
to
draw
quickly
as
ideas
are
discussed
was
considered
a
very
useful
drawing
ability.
In
the
daily
interim
meetings
described
by
several
respondents
where
the
potential
in
early
ideas
was
tested,
the
rapid
production
of
drawings by
the
designers
was
like
thinking
out
loud .
Ideas
have
to
be
put
down
on
paper
in
order
to
discuss them.
Respondents indicated
that
this
interaction
between
members
of
a
design team is vital, and that a designer must not only be able to
produce
working
drawings
that
ca
municate
to
colleagues,
it
is
also
important
to
have
the
ability
to
see
the
potential
shown
in the
working
drawings
of others.
Table
4
indicates the
ways
respondents
said
that
they
used
drawing
for
analysis and
idea
generation.
Table 4: The
use
of
drawing in
analysis
and
idea
gýeneiation
To think out In canbination For idea
solutions
with words
swapping
44
14
7
[Number
of
respondents:
44,
some responding
in
more
than
one
category]
Many
respondents
demonstrated
an
unwillingness
to
show
drawings
made
during
analysis, preferring
to
think
of
them
as merely a
vehicle
for
ideas,
the
results
of a rather private
exercise,
and
not
suitable
for
subjection
to
critical scrutiny.
It
was
clear,
from
impressions
gained at
interviews
and
through
observation,
that
it
is important
that
designers
feel
confident
and
relaxed
with
the
style
of
drawing
they
adopt
during
this
procedure,
such
that
there
is
no
delay
or
inhibition in
recording
the
flow
of
ideas.
The descriptions that designers gave of the drawing styles they
employed
for
the tasks
by
which
analysis and
idea
generation
are
progressed were
generally
consistent,
and
the
observations
of
work
produced at
this
stage
also
confirmed
that
a
free
informal
approach
to
Page 110
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 110/320
drawing
was
typical.
Sane
designers
describe
making many
small-scale
drawings,
necessitating
a review
of earlier
ideas
before
decisions
could be made. one senior designer described how he plans a timetable
for
a
job
as
a
drawing.
Another
how he
always
works
in
spirit
marker
to
stop
himself
deleting,
thus
enabling
himself
to
review
all
his
ideas
later.
Respondents
provided
interesting
data
on
the
use
of
particular
techniques
and
media and
this
is
shown
in
Tables
5
and
6,
together
with
the
corresponding
data
for
the
other
procedures
of
the
main
creative phase, for comparison. Table 5 shows the particular scale of
drawing
used
and
the
introduction
of
real
elements
like
photostats,
photographs
and
blocks
of
type.
Table
6
gives
an
indication
of
the
use of
different
media,
including
easily revised
and
erased
media
like
pencil,
permanent
media
like
black
spirit markers
or
ink,
and
coloured
media
like
spirit
markers
and gouache.
(The
data for
other
parts of
the
main
creative
phase
are
described in
more
detail
later.
)
Table 5: The use of specific techniques in the prooeuties of the main
creative
pease
Procedures
Techniques
Analysis
Synthesis/ In-house
Client
/ideas
development
presentation
presentation
Use
of
small
scale
27 21-
Same-size
2
18
7
20
Use
of real
-
11
3
18
elements
[Number
of
respondents:
50,
sane
responding
in
more
than
one category]
27 of the respondents specifically said that it was usual for them to
work
on
a small
scale at
this
stage,
although observations
of practice
indicated
that
a
higher
proportion
of
designers
than
is
suggested
by
this
result generally adopt
this
approach.
Fig.
14
shows
examples
of
Page 111
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 111/320
this
use
of
a small
scale.
Magazines
usually
have
specially
printed
imposition
sheets and
1/4
scale pads
for
this
purpose.
A
graphic
designer for BBC Television Productions explained how, in the early
stages of
a
design,
his
practice
was
to
produce
a
series
of
story
boards
that
are quick
to
draw
and
revise
because
of
the
small
scale
employed.
Another
respondent
described
working
in
the
same
format
but
on
a small
scale, adding
that
he
often goes
through
a
lot
of
ideas,
many of which
don t
work, and even
shows
these
to
the
client
later
to
recreate
this
stage
of analysis and
help
prove
he
has
found
the
best
solution.
When
watching
designers
working on
the
initial
stages
of
the development of design solutions it was seen that they invariably
work on
a small
scale,
often choosing
to
work
in
pencil
and
rarely
using
colour,
especially
in
the
very
early
stages.
Table
6:
The
use of
specific
media
in the
pzoceckures
of
the
main
creative
phase
Procedures
Media
Analysis
Synthesis/
In-house
Client
/ideas developnent
presentation
presentation
Use
of
12 26
erasable
media
Use
of
29
10
14
per
anent
media
Use
of
4 12
13
18
coloured
media
[Number
of respondents:
50,
sane
responding
in
more
than
one
category]
Several
respondents said
that
they
made
a
very
deliberate
decision
about
the
drawing implements
they
use.
The
majority
of
designers
work
in
black
and white, often
in
pencil
to
allow
for
easy
revision.
But
there
were exceptions, some
designers
making
it
deliberate
policy
to
use colour.
Fig.
15
shows
drawings
initially
produced
in
Pencil
with
Page 112
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 112/320
the
addition
of coloured
spirit
markers
to
test
the
effects
of
tonal
qualities.
one
designer
described his
method of setting
out
a
series
of rectangles to make small-scale colour grounds another how he worxs
quickly
but
in
colour
with
a
brush
because
this
is the
medium
with
which
he
feels
most confident.
Yet
another
makes small
scale
black
and
white
sketches with notes
on colour.
Page 113
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 113/320
49
*.
'
rri
Ilk
01(
T14
Ca
ec'.
0 F-)
A
Oºvn
.
SW
EQf2
PE
(y
P4.2
r
C
j3N 2uELn QC
ONEVROPE
A
tu
P®
.LI
^j
ý
.
o
vl
Lrý
--
--
u?
e
I
ýý
yNQ
Figure
8:
Worksheet
showing
developnent
of
ideas
(CYB 1989),
ink,
reproduced
with
75%
reduction
-
100
-
Page 114
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 114/320
11
cm,
1
p0
Pal
"uMý"
12
P
I}ýý,
ý.
XZ
mr
T
"""
'ý.
'
,.;
,;,..,,..
..
..,,
.,...,.,
....
t.
.
...
.
.............
..
.
....
...
.
c
ýr
(ii
'
d'.
ýº
Figure 9a- Ideas drawn on a C6 envelope ((;eoffrey Winston 1984 ), ink
40
-
101
-
Page 115
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 115/320
00006600
®e(birj
eaooo
a
Yx"71
ý
ý.
1
rY
'Ö
r
.ýgý
M1
fey
ýtý+A
r
t'
NA
fý"j},,,
'týýý
ýý,
ý__..
.....
- .....
_ .... ..
_
^ý
`
j%t'
ýi
ýi"
y
it x ..
1
nt;
fier
:.
ý
7I
III
A
'.
«`
.r
iACýýºryýk;
ýCySS,
G
Sr,
,
ýy
1000
'9ý
týir
.
,
ýý
c.
'twY
'SRý".
7LS.
tk
JS:
ý'ý't*
/ýfn
+'ý
jt
'
f4
ý
", ,, ý
i
V.
1i
ýiý^
Yks
'ýrai
i1
t1 i.
i.
i
ý
ý;
ý.
i
.:
I - "Fr..
rr+
-y; ýrrf r v"1 Y'ý'- : -:ýir
dir
,ý......
_
..
ý,;
,
'.:.
A
.I
g
1ý]
¢<
Pý;
Fr
f`
lnfý,,,,,.
L.
kr"ý>>
tg'
tt
i
'.
._
4A^RF, ^I" r*.. rt
J,
ý.
ýy,., -r?
r
'.:
ý
7l
j"1"i-
u.:
s""
rar!
ký'
1
i9"V'
y
(v'
1
Y
yM
'ý"'.;
ý...
'(ýý
rvt;
ý
..;
"ý
ýy
'.
i
f!
ý,
f"Y
<..
t'xý,
"''ý.
rr'ý'dr
ý*ýPý..
.ýýýý
ý'ý',
ý+<f
:t
z'týl
ý..
wr
nýd%
'1"af
t1
ýt+x' Y!
ýf,
r,
r'!:.
ý-7T7.
ti1'ýýý
c
rý'e,
+ar.
F S-
Y
ýýt.
,.
rq-,
"?
'
ý
'Y,
d
A.
e
N.,
..
°t
eý
7ý4"y))
,
i3
ýr+.
.
ý.
ý
kk'ý'
5.
.r
l°".
i
ýý'
ý
1fr:
%, "ý,
1
r
ýr
ý:
r.
r'ý
"k
r1
ýf{ý`.
"i,.
ý4y.
f
ý'"i
y,
t'S;
ýrrt
S"r
ý+"+..
x": r-ý y"ý-
.r-M
J..
"r
ý
'tr
'ý.
ý ýý
T'
tf
.J
;
Me5 '[lý
'ý
W
"`p"yý
v.
f"J
1ýý:.
t'
ýýS
yý
ý.
y
ýr
r',.
7y
#
"ý-
jny.
ý,
riý
lr
`t
6t
!
ýIS't
1a
i>KIý
¢t
!
`^ý
.
i1'
+ý i
fl
'
41
t
ý,
a
y.,
,
p
(
ý'rý
M"
.ý1.6Y!
.5r
.yM
ý'G
,,
y
pr'
.j
Tr
t
'. p
-}c
.
z1Ak
'ý'P.
'M'.
"T
br
i$^ý
ýtY
i,
/.
ýý7
rý"M
i1
"r""ý?
.
NL
'F
ýF
ý,
'I't+
ýy
r'
ý*
j''.
y'Q
.
i
1>
r't,
"ý!
ý.
r
ýý
li
Ff
f+..
s!
4
ý(
yy
?lI
?
Y!
t
/A'L'A'
.ý.
r°S.
ý'ý4RAý!
r'
,
+ý
4ý
%N
t@
ý'
t.
i
`f
ti
"i r!
r
r
'fet
y(
. +,
ý"Näs'ý,
ý,
12ý'
`k
"`
'ý.
3.
S%+r'rw
",
rýrýý".
f
ýpi
r.:
r!
'C"!
ýýxt
rýr
>
ý..
1a,,
ýL!
r
ý.
ýýiý
'ýY
rJ'
.l
r" ýn
$
ý; ý
a
yr4"!.,
,
4
ý', 5''ý,
t
#ýý'ý'ýf
rf
r"ý
rr
r':
ý
!
fý
t
s"ý.
itý
'.
ý"l
ris,
r
4.
:,
+
fiter
ý
rýwra'ýAti r
1"-.,
i'i`
..
.}
'4"'ý
}ti;
.I
ti's
'ý'ý
Jt
?
gure
9b
:
Ideas
drawn
in
noteboolk
(CYB
1984-88),
pencil,
re6uced
same size
rý
y
t
1`
ý,
yA
11
x
J(ý
1ý iJ
(
xI
"Y
ýt.:
ky1
+t,.?
I`
{r+
r
ý\MF
+_
102
'V
"'4ý'
Irr,
i
ý'º
yr
j:
r
L,.. ý,
ir\
-f,
Yýf
+
Y'
'^ai
fit}
r
'o+-.
,
ý"R
'` hýGY
ý,
d;
ý..
ti
.
ýy
:
Yr
_,,
ý'
Mr
§
ý1ý
"'fit.
vJ^
i'ýh
tti"lt
ý.
V.
ýrr.
a4
f+.1;
':
fist
r
ý'
gärt
a
,?;
ýes«.
r,
uFFaý,
,u
ýaaýq'ýtl
ýß
v.:
"(iJVYýr
f'`rk"!;
"s#.
r
.
.
i'
:
Rw
:i
\ýt
t
rÄaý-
Y<r.
rr
:.
ý'f
y,
ýjYýa..
ýaa
s.
ýi"+av..
'ý
.
'
ý.
"'4'?,
ý±
1''n'i"'++ý,
-
f.
a.
.
.F
Rj,
".
>ýýi.
ttr'r{t
^.
p,
ýr
A.
'ý
ýt,
ýýýýfit
?
_',
7ýy.
'i.
týý
ý',
ý7tý
.
M.
ý
ý
r:
ý'::
tý
`*
"Y'r;
ýp'RAi.
ý'
4'"'ý.
'r:
'NlrýF
..
"ýr?
t
pd`
""iý.
R:
rrýJ'
\1.
'
1!
Y
"Sf
rrw.
w.
r,
S/j';
rRti'
y
,
,
".
!
d
ry
!.
ýýJt4',
Pl: V
.
F,
a",
iýM
r.
ý"..
^°
4.4-'ý,,:
Y.
R
c,
ýf
r
"q
_.
ý.
.
ý.
,ýrýs
"av
s'
ýý
4yß"
fý
,,
ý
*x
ýý
{
,
ýý'ýr'ýrSr
Sic
'ý-t y,
{i
ýsM
^a`
M.
a
iýtý'
4` .
'
:
l"I:.
ý..
a i3 .
ýý.
-
r.
Y
I:
{da.
i
Xm
ýt
-
!ý
V",..
,
}ý.
ýy,
yýýý.
!t
Vii.;..
`
'
tieýý
"_". Ili
w"..
J . ..
Page 116
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 116/320
-
JJý
)
0
Iý
I
Figure
10:
Early
idea
sheet
(CYB
1984-88),
c
reproduced
with
50
reduction
J
and
spirit marker,
-
103
-
Page 117
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 117/320
s
-.
-
La
ýF
yý
l-
\ý
ý
ýý
i
-a
ii
jic
ý
'(ý
I
Figure
11:
Double
spread
dran
notebook
(David
Craw
1988),
ink,
reproduced with 50% reduction
-
104
-
t
ýý
a
sý
.7
Iý
r
ýI
ý7
ý
_-
y
ý,
csý
i
-Fl.
ýý ýý
-
r U'---
Lý
Page 118
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 118/320
.ýý.
l a1iýýý-1 I 1'
I``ýý
V3
_1
i
D.
X,
hl-
.::
c4
Figure
12:
Adaptations
and
revisions
to
drawings
(David
Crow
1988),
coloured ink and marker, reproduced with 50% reduction
-
105
-
Page 119
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 119/320
.
.1
00
(IUiIIIIIIIU^IIIIII
I:
k___
`
ullýfllllllllllllMQll
(Iý11ICII1--1lIýIIIýII1
..
a.
-ý-
*goof
00
00.0%
im
"""
"
""" ""
t
'0
00000000#00
40
-
""
"
""
"""
"""
"""
""
"ý
""
,""
"""".
",
"
ý"
ý1
h
"""
""
"j"
i"""""ý":
"""
ý"
"""":
""""":
o
",
":
ý
"
"..
"""
""
fees
00"
"
""""
i"
""
""
""""""
so
:
""
"";
+
i"
""
""""""""""""'"-"t"
00
"
"ý
".
"
"
""
"
""
""""""""
`` ""
-0
#
"6
"
"""",
""
1
""""
%4,6
It.;
"""
"
N""
/""
Figure
1
of
ideas for future
reference
(Stephen
Raw,
1389)
""e
cil, reproduced same size 0...
""
"
""""""""
-
106
-
Z"
"":
"
'I
""
"
.
:
11
:0""""ii"
"
96
a""""ý
""
".
Page 120
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 120/320
3
tý
Y
ýý
Y
Y
ýý.ýý
.
-.
---
s
ý'
1
h
ýnº
t
Figure
14:
Use
of
small
scale
drawings
for
early
ideas
(CYB
1989),
.
nk,
reproduced
with
50
reduction
-107-
Page 121
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 121/320
''
äI1.4
Iý
-
i
f
p'
i7
I
\\\
\\\
\
,
ý';
\L
/(
-------'
---
--ý
-
ýý
ý1 9
ýý
ý
ýý
ý
ýý
II ýýý
,
ýýyý
'`
Iý
'ýýý
ý
ýý
ý,
_ý
_-
Figure
15:
Developments
in
canposition and
form
(CYB 1984-88),
pencil
and coloured marker, reproduced with
50
reduction
-
108
-
Page 122
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 122/320
4.3.2
The
use
of
drawing
in
the
synthesis
and
deve]
c1
It of
graphic
design
solutions
Strictly
speaking,
synthesis
and
develognent
can
be
seen
to
be
different
procedures,
but
in
the
graphic
design
process
they
are
so
intimately
connected
that
they
are
best
treated
together
(see
Section
4.1).
42
of
the
respondents
said
that
they
used
drawing
during
the
synthesis
and
development
of
design
solutions,
and
from
the
description
that the
majority
of
these
respondents
gave
it
is
clear
that
a
greater
degree
of
drawing
skill
in the
conventional
sense
is
necessary than is needed in any of the previous procedures considered.
Respondents
indicated
that
drawing is
no
longer
used
only
as
a
quick
notation
for
ideas
but
for
canbining
and modifying
visual
elements
by
developing
subtle variations
in
composition
and
form.
As
a
creative
director for
an
large
in-house
design
group
said,
Drawing
is
the
key
to
relating all
the
elements
(of
type
and
imagery)
together .
Therefore,
here
designers
need
to
be
able
to
exercise
more
technical and stylistic control over their use of drawing and, as one
respondent
cannented
they
becane
more aware
of
what
he
termed
the
artistic
aspects ,
that
is
the
aesthetic considerations
of
form,
canposition
and
colour etc.
The
designer s
need
to
resolve
a
visual
idea
in
more
detail
in
order
to
make
decisions
about
its
appropriateness
prompts
a
change
in
the
pace
and style
of
drawing
activity.
During the
course
of synthesis
and
development,
a shift
of
attention
from
concept
to
format
can
be
seen
to
take
place.
Reference
to
Tables
5
and
6,
given
earlier, shows
the tendency
to
work
same-size ,
in
more
permanent
media
than
during
analysis/idea
formulation
and
to
introduce
consideration
of
colour.
The
introduction
of
real
elements
was particularly
important
to
respondents
working
in
editorial
design.
18
of
the
respondents
talked
about
progressively
raising
the
scale
of
their
drawing
to
the
same
size
as
the
ultimate
format
and
11
about
introducing
real
elements.
These
tendencies
were
confirmed when watching designers at work during the case study.
-
109
-
Page 123
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 123/320
It
is
also
clear
that,
within
synthesis
and
development,
rather
different
kinds
of
development
take
place
according
to
the
nature of
the design work being undertaken. In general, all the ideas that the
designer
has
conceived
during
the
analysis
stage are
brought together,
and are
rejected
or
explored
in
more
detail.
In
certain
specific
types
of work
however,
for
example
in
publishing
and
editorial
design,
all
the
elements
of a
design
including illustration,
photography
and
type
galleys,
are
brought
together
and
their
juxtaposition
explored.
17 designers
stressed
that
it
is
only at
this
stage,
when
canbining
the various elements of a design, that they can begin to make
significant
creative
decisions.
In
magazine
design
particularly,
designers
said
that they
were only
really
able
to
start
planning a
layout
when
all
the
elements
were assembled
in the
form
of
photographs,
photostats
and
type
galleys.
They
then
move
the
elements
about
on a
full-size
page grid and
assemble
them
in the
manner of
a
collage.
You
have
to
work
with
the
real
thing
was
the
camnent
from
one noted
magazine
designer
and art
editor.
Fig.
16
shows
this
sort
of developmental drawing produced fran photostats .
It
is during
synthesis
and
develognent
that,
in
some
organisations,
junior
designers
may
be brought
in
for
the
first
time
to
help
canplete
the time-consuming
tasks
of
drawing-up
the
ideas
that
have
been
generated
by
the
senior
designers.
one
creative
director
described
briefing
junior
designers
to
draw
up
sane
design
ideas
in
order
to
see
how
they
look .
However,
as one
senior
designer
in
a
major
organisation indicated,
a
designer s
craft skills
develop slowly, and
in
many
organisations
junior designers
are
of most
value
in
the
generation
of
ideas,
with
much
of
the detailed
rendering
of
imagery
being
carried
out
by
more
experienced
designers. He
asserted
that,
on
average,
it
takes 5
years
of studio practice
before
a
designer
can
render
type
and
letter-form
with
both
fluidity
and
accuracy.
4
respondents said
that
visualisers
are
sometimes
carmissioned
during
this
part
of
the
design
process.
In
some
of
the
larger
organisations
visualisers
are
permanently
employed
and
work closely
with
the
-
110
-
Page 124
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 124/320
designers.
As
the
studio manager
and
head
visualiser
at
a
large
advertising
agency
indicated,
a
visualiser can
have
a
significant
effect
in
developing
the
details
of
the
style of
a
design. They
can
bring their own influence to bear on the visual treatment, a point
that
is discussed
more
fully
in
Section
4.5.
3
designers
indicated
that they
prefer not
to
go
through
many
stages
of refinement
when
synthesising
the
elements
of a
design,
producing
just
a
few
initial
sketches.
Most
of
their
detailed
work
is
produced
same
size
with
the
developnental drawings
often
being
worked
over,
in
some
instances
actually
becaning
the
art-work.
The
findings
from
this small but significant group of respondents are discussed further
in
Section 4.5.
An
important
aspect of synthesis
and
development
was
found to
be
the
attention
given
to
specific
aspects
of
the
design,
for
example
to
grid
design,
typographic
styling, and
lettering
and
logo
design.
The
development
of
these
elements was
found
to
require
specific
uses
of
drawing.
The
numbers of respondents giving
specific
examples
of
their
use of drawing during synthesis and development are given in Table 7.
Table
7:
Specific
uses
of
drawing
during
synthesis
and
t
To
carbine
To
design
To
design
To
design
visual
elements
page
grids
typography
letterforms
17
41 35
33
[Number
of respondents:
42;
several responding
in
more
than
one
category]
41
respondents
said
that
they
used
drawing
when planning
grids,
working
on a small
scale with
a pencil
and
producing
a
series
of
small
schematics.
4
other
respondents
said
that
they
developed
more
detailed
grid
specifications
through
full-scale,
ruled-up
drawings
using ruling pens.
The
design
of
layouts
or
page
formats,
was
described
as
taking
place
in
a
similar
way
through
small-scale
sketches,
but
moving
on
to
a
stage
of
development
infonr
d
by the
-
111
-
Page 125
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 125/320
introduction
of accurately
specified
areas
of
type
and
tracings
of
images.
Figs.
17 a)
to
17 c)
show
this
sort of
development.
There was quite a wide range of descriptions given for the design of
typographic
elements
by
the
35
respondents who
said
that
they
used
drawing
for
this
purpose.
In
contrast
respondents
involved
in
editorial
design,
working
to
prescribed
formats, described
a
detailed
and
exact
approach
to
copy-fitting
that
invariably
did
not use
drawing.
For
example,
one respondent
described
his
typographic
design
as
involving
the
making
of a series of
lists.
In
many
instances
refinements
and precise
casting
off
for
typographic
elements
was
done
through the correction and marking up of proofs. However, where
designers
were
producing
typographic
specifications
for individual
jobs,
the
use
of
drawing
tended
to
be
more cannon.
Several
designers
described
the
fact
that
they
needed
to
indicate the
look
of
type
in
order
to
get an
impression
of
the
overall
look
of
the
design.
In
the
early
stages
of
design
production,
text typography
was
indicated
by
the
use
of
drawn
lines
indicating
the
X
height
of
type.
Fig.
18
shows
examples
of
this
practice
for
page
design.
Several
respondents
also
described later stages of development, when they indicate type in more
detail
to
get
the
more
specific
effects of
typeface.
Fig.
19 a)
shows
a
careful
indication
of
text
typography
and
19 b)
shows
an example
of
an
indication
of
display
typography.
The
majority
of
respondents
stressed
the
importance
of
clear specifications
for
printers
for
typographic
style
and
fit,
and
this
invariably
involved
the
use
of
drawing
for
specifications.
See
Section
4.4)
Although only 2 of the respondents were specialist letter-form
designers,
33 described
the
need
to
be
able
to
use
drawing
to
produce
the
initial
designs
of
letter-forms
and
logotypes.
Two
main
approaches
to
the
design
of
these
elements
were
described. Same
respondents
preferred
to
work
very
freely
producing
lots
of
sketches
and slowly
resolving
the
general
look
of
the
letters
Fig.
20
shows
this
practice.
Other
designers
described
working
fron
established
letter-form
designs
and
existing
typefaces
and
modifying
them
to
their
own particular requirements,
again
through the
use of
drawing. An
example of
this
is
given
in
Fig.
21.
Very
few
of
the
respondents
-
112
-
Page 126
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 126/320
described
using
drawing instruments
to
produce
letter
forms,
although
this
was
at
times
the
final
stage
of
resolution
for the
specialist
letter-form
designers.
One
of
the
abilities respondents
described
as
necessary for the design and adaptation of letter-form was that of
being
sufficiently visually
literate
to
be
able
to
perceive
and
reproduce
specific stylistic qualities.
Figs.
22 a)
and
22 b)
show
examples
of
letter-forms, freely drawn
but,
none-the-less
evocative
of
particular
stylistic
qualities.
-
113
-
Page 127
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 127/320
11.11
MS 11:
M
#
BE
WJEN
-
47EMS
-1,
5EMS
161 #
ßfß WEEN
-
47EMS
4.
WEMS I17AI
#
MIME
EN
-
461AEMS
41
SPINE
MIM PORGDGCI4MM
ICSi
iR
f)ATrt
lkvg
ýlL
rý-,
ýG
PAGE
NOýý/
EDITOR
ART
MONO/COLD
R
ýA
811
..
fo
ýý
ý
II
\fII
\
ý/
II
ý
II
II II
II
I
ý
II
`II
II
ý
I
16:
M
ý
"
Drawing
from
photostats
for
magazine
design
(A
la
carte,
1984),
ink,
reproduced
with
50%
reduction
III
J
F
C
Page 128
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 128/320
Oý
NAI. ý
N
.
V
(, i0
ý vý ýý
I.
ýNm6
ýY
Yný
v iý SF Ký
fJ
N
+ý
6bGV
Sý
GP
fJ
ýrG
Ip 0ý
V
Wi
If bW
Ný Oý TVT
ih
ý
4 Ný
O
nYA
lý
ý
IJ
ýý
rb0VOY
WN
-ý
1
,
T
r m
I
_.
+
.
M
b
N
W
1
YI
0
V
0 b
O
N
W a
0
0
V
N N n W
L
A
i
+NtJýNAVm100rNfJý
N01VmO
2i+ýi3fýPF1iÖ1VýS0 Ö` . F3FSYUWiVIBSÖSrNtiiT ÜSVä1ÖÖr AlYilrÜiISIVäýýEt. YrKSYSY. ÜIfIVSSiBa-ýNt3ýIRp1
i
I
1
.
1
_ _ _ _ _
H
i
1adZJi3 ZEI Wä v GXGKi=öüSJaiGxGi tiýörof; 4 aiNýFGSSÜ3%Z LxG: Bm=öüü3Zim 9 ia ür000VYNýWN+CVOýaý-ý. _-
Figure
17a:
The
development
stages of
a
magazine spread
(Which?
1985), ink,
reproduced
with
a
50%
reduction
-
115
-
Page 129
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 129/320
Figure
17b:
The
development
stages
of a
magazine
spread
(Which?
1985),
pencil,
reproduced
with
a
50
reduction
-
116
-
Page 130
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 130/320
Figure
17c:
The
development
stages
of
a
magazine
spread
(Which?
1985), ink,
reproduced
with
a
50
reduction
-
117
-
Page 131
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 131/320
ýý
I
IBE
,I
+--^-r
1
T
F
,ý
1,
ýý`
ý\
,.
ýýý
-.
ý.
,
ýl
.
,ý
18: Examples of the means by which the
on
page
designs
(CYB
1984-88),
co1ol
with
50%
reduction
-
118
-
yýti
ýý
height is
indicated
d
marker,
reproduced
C
Page 132
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 132/320
Page 133
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 133/320
uLHM
L')
ý,
l2
ý.
0;
ý,.
.,.,,,,,
I-
I-P
ARA 1,.,
FIN0
LflMBERfl
a.
IN0
0A
TVIA
(L1J
)ý
li
arr
`Ll
IY/CLl> l
W11
`j1
I/I
.
_ý'9.
Figure
19b:
Indications
of
display
typography
(CYB
1984-88),
coloured
ink,
label
7c
mx
9cm
-
120
-
Page 134
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 134/320
yr
"ýr,
y.
t
1.1
rß
ý,
'.
ýý
JT
eýý
ýý
0
DO
ý'ýý=
ý ýýý1ýý
71
a
is
ý.
ý.
r
-4
00
'ý
ýQ
oSS
4
jy
jl
i-I
i;
ý
ýý
.,
ýk
ý{
Ia
-q
ý
-9
k
r
5
00
mQ
Ilý
mu
o
k
k
R
h
uv
k
L
''(
'°l
I-
n.
ný
pýgp
uýFý
ý5UO1
ý6
Figure
20:
Resolving
letterfoim
through the
use of
many
drawings
(David
Craw
1988),
ink,
reproduced
same size
121
0
Page 135
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 135/320
0¬>
PNM.
varl,
lot
Q
Ana
ý,
;
N
fý
M
1
CZ
cc}
aov
l
G>
-7)
C)"k
cý
r-VzAlk
r
-e
0-1
eeý
V
ý JA
64zl
cJ
1
00-
ýs
_
ýý
_
ý-
,
lý
Z.
/V
yam'
Iii
ii11I
c13
i'
W
.ý
ý"r'`
i
-`
ný
n
Figure
21:
Modifications
to
pencil, reproduced
ý
1
_ý
,ý
.,
ý
10-
sý.
ýi
G`
cC
ý
fý
1
%Mami
"
lP°'
r3
established
letterform
with
50%
reduction
\ý
ýý
C
ýý
C
ý;
EU
.,
`,
:i
1:
41
(CYB 1984-88),
-
122
-
Page 136
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 136/320
a...
i
-4
i
rv
VýNQ
jýA
iýVOLA
ý. ý
rº
rý
-.
J
Figure
22a:
Freely
drawn
letterform
CYB
1984-88),
coloured
ink,
labels
7cm
x
7cm
-
123
-
Page 137
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 137/320
Figure
22b:
Freely
drawn
letterform
CYB
1984-88),
coloured
ink,
labels
7cm
x
7cm
-
124
-
Page 138
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 138/320
4.3.3
The
use
of
drawing
in
the
pzesentatim
for
evaluation
and
the
revision of
design
solutions
It has been found that, in addition to the evaluation of their awn
ideas
that
designers
carry
out
for
themselves
throughout
the
graphic
design
process,
there
are
two types
of presentation
for
evaluation,
namely
the
presentation
that takes
place
in-house ,
that
is
among
members
of
the
design
team
and
the
presentations conducted
by,
or on
behalf
of,
clients.
Through
studying
the
use
of
drawing
during
these
procedures
several
important findings
emerged.
Although each type of such presentation/evaluation procedure can be
distinguished,
they
are not
necessarily accompanied
by
the
production
of new
drawings.
In
fact designers frequently
re-use
drawings
produced
earlier
during
some other procedure.
For
example,
it
has
been
found
that
drawings
done
as
a means of
developing
ideas
may
later
be
used
as
a means
of evaluating
these
same
ideas.
This type
of
double-use
of
drawings
was
frequently
mentioned
as
occurring during designers own individual evaluation of their work,
and
indeed
was
also
found
to
occur
during
in-house
presentations.
Its
use
was
less
common
during
client
presentation.
Table
8
indicates
the
number
of respondents
re-using
drawings
for
evaluative
procedures
and
the
number
who
drew
specially
for
these
procedures.
(Sane
clearly
do
both.
)
Table
8:
The
reuse
arxl use
of
drawings
for
the
purpose
of
evaluation
Individual
In-house
Client
evaluation
evaluation
evaluation
Re-use
32
26
5
Use
42
35
36
[Number
of
respondents:
50,
sane responding
in
more
than
one category]
However,
as
can
be
seen
from
Table 8,
in
the
majority
of
cases
-
125
-
Page 139
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 139/320
drawings
are produced specifically
for
presentation
purposes,
with
respondents
indicating
that, in
many
instances,
sane
degree
of
presentation
will
have
taken
place
before
evaluation
can
occur.
Indeed, 48 of the respondents described the visual presentation of an
idea,
so
that
it
can
be
evaluated,
as one of
the
most
essential
uses
of
drawing
within
the tasks
of
the
graphic
design
process.
Another
interesting
use
of
drawing
linked
to
presentation/evaluation
was also
revealed
by
respondents who
said
that
they
frequently
draw
in
order
to
revise
design
solutions
during
evaluative
procedures.
Fig.
24
shows
a
drawing
produced
for
client presentation
that
has been
amended during the presentation with scribbles of the ideas for
revisions.
These
revisions
are stylistically
very
similar
to the
drawings
produced
during
analysis and
idea
generation
and
indicate
a
return
to
a similarly
free
and speedily produced
drawing type
which
facilitates
the
consideration
of
new
ideas.
All
the
respondents
indicated
that
evaluation
involved
progressively
more
formal
procedures
and
it
was
the
unanimous
view of
the
respondents that this frequently resulted in the means of
presentation,
including
the
use of
drawing, becoming
correspondingly
more
formal.
42
of
the
respondents
agreed
that,
in the
early stages
of evaluation,
drawings
are
the
main means of presentation
and
that
they
play
a very
significant
part
throughout
the
later
stages,
although
alternative
methods,
such
as photography
and
even
short
print
runs,
are
occasionally used.
In the majority of design organisations visited, designers explained
that
in
the
early stages
of
the
develognent
of a
design,
many
rough
drawings
will
serve
as
a
means
of
visually
testing
ideas
for
themselves.
Then,
progressively,
solutions
will
be
presented
to
other
members
of
the
design
team
in
a slightly more
resolved
form,
until
eventually
much
more
attention
is
given
to the
preparation
of
presentation
drawings
for
clients
to
evaluate.
Figs.
23(a)
and
23(b)
show
this
progressive
refinement
in
drawings
produced
for in-house
presentation and
client presentation.
-
126
-
Page 140
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 140/320
Page 141
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 141/320
Respondents
working
in
the
design
section of magazines
indicated
that
page
layouts
made
up
of
key-line drawings
(like
Fig.
16)
are
checked
with art and features editors before they are shown to the editor.
Fig.
26
shows
a
drawing
that
has
been
used
for
presentation
to the
editor, and
Fig.
27
the
final
printed
design
that
has
been
modified
on
the
basis
of
this
drawing.
In
book
publishing
it
was
clear
that
a
senior
designer s
approval was necessary
before
an
idea
could
be
progressed
and subsequently presented
to
the
editors.
It
was
found
that
in-house
presentations require
drawings that
are
cheap to produce in that they do not take up much valuable studio
time,
but
are expressive such
that the true
potential
of
design
solutions can
be
assessed.
Respondents
in
score
areas
of
the
graphic
design
profession,
notably
packaging and
concept development ,
indicated
that
many
ideas
will
probably
be
put
forward
before
several
potentially
suitable solutions
are
chosen
for further
develognent.
The
ability
to
draw
out
ideas
quickly,
but
effectively,
is
an
essential
skill
in
this
aspect of
the
work.
Fig.
28
shows
examples
of
these quickly-produced drawings with the designer manager s caunents
recording
the
feelings
of
the
design
team.
11
of
the
respondents
who were
designer
managers
described
a
regular
tour
of
the
studio,
to
check progress
and
evaluate
results,
as
a very
important
aspect of
their
responsibilities.
This
kind
of
interim
appraisal of progress
was
regularly observed
during the
study
and
drawings
invariably
formed
the
main vehicle
for
this
evaluative
dialogue between designer
and
designer
manager.
It
is
important
to
note
that
respondents
working
within
larger
organisations
thought
that
part
of
the
advantage
of
working
in
a
studio
were
the
opportunities
afforded
for
regular
evaluation
of a
job
in
progress
by
an
informed
audience,
and
this,
they
claimed,
helped
to
lift
the
overall quality
of
the design
produced
in
such
organisations.
One
designer included
drawings
done for
colleagues
as
part
of
the
designer s
own evaluation procedures
when making
the
carient
that
basically
there
are
two
kinds
of
drawings
designers
produce,
the
ones
-
128
-
Page 142
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 142/320
you
do for
yourself
and
the
ones you
do
for
the
client .
Broadly
speaking,
two
kinds
of
drawing
ability
were
found to
be
implied by the tasks involved in in-house evaluation, namely
the
practical
ability
to
draw
in
a manner
that
ccmTunicates
ideas
and
formats
effectively, albeit
to
a visually
literate
audience
experienced
in interpreting
roughs ,
and
the
attendant
cognitive
ability
to
interpret
such
roughs .
The
use of
drawing
as
a
kind
of
shorthand
caanunication
between
the
members of
the
design
profession
is
so
essential
to the
rapid
transmission
of
visual
ideas
that
most
(47)
of
the
respondents cited
it
as an
essential
role
for
drawing
within the graphic design process.
4.3.3.3
Client
presentations
For
the
tasks
involved
in
client s
presentation
a
similarly
progressive
system of
formalisation
as
that
for in-house
presentation
was
apparent.
Figs.
29(a)
and
29(b)
show early
and
late
stages
in
this
progression.
When
clients
are
invited
to
take
part
in
early
idea-swapping sessions, rough drawings may be presented at these
meetings
but
this
process
is
only
for
regular,
trusted
clients
and
was
only
described
by
2
respondents.
The
majority
of
the
respondents
(36)
indicated
that they
would
prefer
to
show
clients
only
drawings
where
sane
care
had been
taken
with
presentation,
in
order
to
indicate
the
quality
and potential
of a
design
solution.
During
the
case study
it
was
observed
that
the
work
leading
up
to
presentations to clients had a major effect on the operation of the
design
studio.
The
designers
worked more as
a
team
than
at
other
times,
often
external
help being
drafted
in
fron
designers
who
previously
had little
to
do
with
the job
in
question.
Senior
designers
would
tend to
be
more
specific
in
their
briefing to
junior
designers,
and
juniors
in
turn
accepted advice
without
expecting
to
make
their
own creative contribution.
Much
of
the
use of
drawing
that
accompanied
these
tasks
was
noticeably
in
a
different
gear .
There
was more activity, longer time spent drawing without a break and the
drawing
activity
itself
tended
to
be
slower
and
more careful.
-
129
-
Page 143
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 143/320
Respondents
in
the
packaging
and concept
development
areas
of
the
profession
(10)
agreed
that
drawing
may
be
used
used
in
specific
ways
to control presentation, thereby affecting evaluation, and influencing
the
acceptability
of
the
designer s
chosen
solutions.
These
designers
also
indicated
that they thought that
drawing
was
used
with
more
attention
given
to
style
and
finish
when
presenting
work
for
evaluation
by
clients,
than
in
any
of
the
other
tasks
of
the
graphic
design
process.
The
majority
(33)
of respondents
held
the
view
that
it
is
not
only
important
that
a
designer draws
well
for
presentation
purposes,
but
also
important
that
a
designer
can
draw
in
the
most
appropriate way to express the particular visual quality of a given
solution.
Figs.
30(a)
and
30(b)
show
designers
imitating
various
illustrative
styles.
Table
9
shows
same
of
the
major
uses
of
drawing
that
designers
described during
the
procedures of presentation.
Table
9: The
use of
drawing
in
the
prooeýuzes
of
presentaticri
To
control
To
simulate
impression
print
on
client
For
initial
testing
To
indicate
illustrative
styles
16
15
15
8
[Number
of respondents:
50,
some responding
in
more
than
one
category]
Sane
organisations
were
found
to
be involved in
a
lot
of
buying-in
of
drawings
from
visualisers,
designers
either
recognising
the
need
to
make up
for
their
lack
of
drawing
ability,
or
alternatively,
a
decision having
been
made
not
to
cacinit
creative
ideas-people
to
time-consuming
craft-based
tasks. However,
drawings
produced
by
the
design
team
were seen
by
many
respondents
as
the
most
appropriate
means of presenting
solutions
to
clients,
although
other
techniques
are used,
e. g. proofs of
type,
photographs
of
pictures,
and,
as
stated
above,
specially-cccrnissioned
visuals.
Having
appropriate
drawing
skills
in-house
was
generally
considered
an advantage,
although
it
was
pointed
out
that
such abilities
may
not
-
130
-
Page 144
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 144/320
necessarily
be
found in
every
designer.
Some
respondents
indicated
a
preparedness
to
assist
in
the
presentation
of
the
ideas
of other
designers,
acknowledging
that
each
designer
has
a
different
range
of
abilities, not all possessing the required patience and craft skills
that
presentation
techniques
demand.
Case
study
observations
and
the
descriptions
of other
respondents
confirm
that this
unofficial
system
of sharing
the
responsibility
for
various
aspects of
a
job,
especially
for
presentation
is fairly
widespread,
and
is
generally
considered
very
helpful
by designers,
although
caution
was raised
about any
practice
that
took
control
away
fron
the
designer.
In organisations where visualisers habitually take over presentation,
it
was apparent
that they
can
bring
their
own
influence
to
bear
on
the
visual
quality
of a
design,
and whereas
this
may
bring improvement,
it
can also
produce a
bland
result,
especially
if
the
visualiser
does
not
have
car nand
over a sufficiently
wide variety of
styles.
A
majority
of
respondents
who
had
the
opportunity
to
work
regularly
with
visualisers
(7
out of
the 9)
did
appreciate
their
help,
one senior
designer
confessing
herself
prone
to
getting
bogged
dawn in
the
techniques
of
visualisation ,
and
preferring
to
have the
specific
skills
of
a visualiser available.
However,
2
respondents
indicated
a
strong
preference
for
the
use
of
their
own
drawings
for
presentation
purposes,
to
the
more
finished
work
of
the
visualisers,
believing
that
they thereby
concentrated
the
client s attention
on
the
creative
theme
of
the
work
and
not
on rather
arbitrary visual
qualities.
Respondents
from
the
smaller organisations
not employing
visualisers,
were
in
general agreement
that,
whereas any skill can
be
bought-in ,
this
is
prohibitively
expensive other
than
for
the
final
job.
17
respondents,
including
all
those
working
in
packaging
and product
development,
indicated
that
speed
of
execution
is
an essential
factor
in
a
designer s
use
of
drawing
for
client
presentation.
When
an
initial
presentation
is
made
to
the
client,
it
is
frequently
necessary
to
demonstrate
several
design
possibilities
to
a relatively
high
degree of visual finish. Figs. 31(a) and 31(b) provides an
indication
of
both
the
quantity
and quality
of
presentation
drawings
that
a
designer
may
be
required
to
present.
-
131
-
Page 145
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 145/320
However, 15
respondents
said
that
designs
are not
visualised
in
detail
until
after
some
initial
testing,
usually
in-house. 5
described
the
practice where designers draw up a selection of potential solutions in
more
detail,
only after
a
whole
series of
initial
ideas
have
been
tested
on
the
client.
A
creative
director described
this
process
where
many
full-colour
visuals
are produced
to
demonstrate
for
a
client
the
potential
in
a
theme
for
packaging
design.
The
proportions
must
be
exact, although
the
visuals need
not
be
highly
finished,
as
long
as a
reasonably clear representation
of
the
appearance
of a printed pack
is
indicated.
Fig.
32
shows
an example
of this initial testing. However, this
practise
was also seen to be
problematic,
putting
too
much
emphasis on
the
client s
decision-
making.
2 designer
managers
complained
that
providing
a
client
with
a
range
of
proposals
could
lead
to
confusion,
when
ideally the
design
team
should
be
delegated
the
authority
to
choose
appropriate
solutions
for
the
client s
needs.
16
of
the
respondents
cited
the
ability
to
control
the
impression
that
the
presentation
of a
design
solution
makes
on
a client
as
one
of
the
most
useful,
if
not essential,
drawing
abilities
that
a
designer
can
have.
8
respondents
indicated
that
it
is
a
great
advantage
to
be
able
to
convince
a client
that
a
particular
solution
is
worth
the
expense
of employing
an
illustrator.
By
copying
the
style
of
the
work
of a
particular
illustrator,
a
designer s
ability
to
indicate
the
quality
of
a
particular
style
of
illustration
was
seen
as an
asset
in
getting
a
design
solution accepted
by
a client.
Conversely
an
inappropriate
use
of
drawing
can
have
a
detrimental
effect
on
presentation,
and cause
ccnmunication
problems
as
observations made
at one meeting
where
design
solutions
were
presented
to
clients
demonstrated.
Having
presented
ideas
for
a
logo
for
a
new
identity
programme,
using
highly
finished
drawn
indications
of
an
(apparently)
carefully-considered
application
to
the
client s
vehicles, the designer had difficulty convincing the client that
significant elements of scale
and position
had
still
to
be
resolved
and would
radically
improve
the
appearance
of
the
final
work.
Whereas
-
132
-
Page 146
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 146/320
it
is
clearly
not reasonable
to
expect
clients
to
be
able
to
interpret
the
rough
visuals
that
designers
use
among
themselves,
a
highly
finished
style
of
presentation
for
ideas
that
are
not
fully
resolved
was found to be equally misleading.
Where it
is known
that the designer
is
not
going
to
be
present
at
the
meeting
at
which
their
work will
be
presented
to
clients,
it is
particularly
important
that
they
draw
in
a way
that
will
demonstrate
the
true
potential
of
the
design
solution
for
which
they
have
been
responsible.
Figs.
33(a)
and
33(b)
show
that,
on
occasions,
not
only
a range
of visual
ideas
must
be
presented
but
their
implementation
across a range of items must be indicated, so that a client can be
shown
the
potential
of
the
various
solutions.
A
senior
design
co-
ordinator
described
the
difficulties
she
has
at
times
faced in
trying
to
convince
marketing personnel
of
the
effectiveness
of
a
particular
solution
when
the
designer
has
not
drawn
it
up
sufficiently
clearly.
Respondents
indicated
that
in
all
instances
when
work
has
to
be
presented
by
intermediaries
it
is
essential
that
the
designs
are
drawn
in
such
a way
that the
outcome
of
the
specified
production
method
is
clearly
indicated.
In
situations
where
there
is
no opportunity
for
a
verbal
interpretation
of
the
job
by
the
designer,
the
images
must
speak
for
themselves.
However, it
was not uncatinon
during
the
course
of
the
interviews to
hear
designers
say
that
they
prefer
to
avoid
taking
work
to
a
high
degree
of
finish for
the
client s
presentation ,
and
they
described
three
basic
reasons
for
this.
In
a small
organisation
the
necessary
range
of
drawing
skills
may
not
be
available.
Further,
it is
very
expensive
to
spend
studio
hours
on
the
time-consuming
rendering
of
a
design
solution;
to
quote
one
designer
the
shortest
time
between
doing
a
job
and
getting
paid
is
a rough .
Again,
it
is, in
some
instances,
considered
impossible
to
give
a
true
representation
of
a
design
solution
without
actually
taking
it
into
print.
This
situation
pertains
particularly
to
designers
whose
work
depends
on
the
quality
of the final art work.
15
respondents
indicated
that
when
it
is
necessary
to
imitate
print
-
133
-
Page 147
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 147/320
for
a client who
has little
visual
imagination,
the
craft
techniques
necessary
to
do
this
are exacting
and
time
consuming,
and
will
incur
considerable
costs
in
terms
of studio
time
that
have
then
be
passed on
to the client. It was explained that, where practicable, they
endeavour
to
avoid
the
time
and
expense
involved
in
detailed
presentations,
agreeing
with
a client
to
save
the
cost
of
producing
highly-finished
presentation
drawings,
and
to
use
rough
visuals
as
a
means
of evaluating
and choosing a
design
solution.
Indeed,
several
of
the
designers,
especially
those
who were
free-lance
or
worked
in
small
organisations,
said
that
they
preferred
this
sort
of
negotiation
where possible.
Fig.
34
shows
the
one presentation
drawing
produced
for a book cover, where costs were limited.
-
134
-
Page 148
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 148/320
Figure
23a:
Progressive
refinement
in
presentation
drawings
CYB
1984-88),
coloured
marker
and
gouache
-
135
-
Page 149
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 149/320
,.
.
i
ý ýMIIWai
ý Wý;;
ýv.
iý
i
ý.
ýýli
,
i.
vý
ý,
ýý
Figure
23b:
Progressive
refinement
in
presentation
drawings
(CYB
1984-88),
coloured
marker
and
gouache
-
136
-
Page 150
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 150/320
\:
\
LL
c
\11
I
i
ýý
ýý
ýýý
,
a
y' ;,
/y
r,
.
t
,.;.
/
Figure
24:
ý\
Y
Client
presentation
drawings
with
revisions
(CYB
1984-8$),
coloured marker
and
gouache,
reproduced
with
50%
reduction
-
137
-
Page 151
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 151/320
q-,
i
r'ý_:.
-ý
J
ý3
1
A
f"I
c
It
-
ýý
ý_
41
,ý
ý;
"y
.ý
1r
"l
_
"a
{
nJ
F\
IC
f
cam-
1
Figure
25a:
Sheets
of
drawings
produced
by
the
designer
evaluating
his
design
solutions,
ink,
reproduced
with
50%
reduction
r ýr
"1
."
138
Page 152
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 152/320
v
v
D
1
i
.
ý.
;
,
ý
ý,
'
ý'
ý
ýi
.i
4
t.
Q)
1
ýý
v
i..
n
-75
4
N
41
4
ý-
A,
V
C
ýý
ýý
ýý
ýýe
il
ýN
3
z
v
0
r
c
r,
w
,ö
Figure
25b:
Sheets
of
drawings
produced'by
the
designer
evaluating
his design
solutions,
ink,
reproduced
with
50%
reduction
-
139
-
Page 153
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 153/320
(Vý
r
H
x
/.
"
'/
I.
;y'.
2K
..
'
ýw
4(
140
-r
Al
,r
riitj
J
r
i
K.
Figure
26:
Drawin<i
produced
to
present a
de!;
i
tiOIUtion
to
'
magazine
editor
(Which?
1985),
coloured
pencil,
reproduced
with
50%
reduction
Page 154
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 154/320
Figure
27:
The
final
design
solution
(Which?
1985),
photograph,
reproduced
with
50
reduction
-
141
-
Page 155
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 155/320
,ý
Nj
U
=ý
a
r
r
..
i
Figure 28: Drawings
proiuceed
ioz in--house
presentations
(CYB 1984-
88),
coloured
ink
and
marker,
reproduced
with
50
reduction
-
142
-
Page 156
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 156/320
ý
ýýr
ll
1
YYY
(Ö')
ý_
l
c
A.
I
f
.,.
"
Mw
AA'
Ate,
''"
i'ºCý
4
1
.
c"""ý},
ý),
'lam
'nýFP
yr
:t
'
kJ
s
ý.
i...
"'w"'..
ýrý ",
..,..
r%
/l
ýýý-ý-
,' ý-
Iý
"(
ýý
ý,
ýý
''
ý
-'=_---
\w
s
(
411
a
ýý
ý
II
Figure
29a:
Drawing
used
for
client
presentation
early
in
the
progression
of
a
design
solution
(CYB
1984-88),
pencil
and coloured
marker,
reproduced
with
50%
reduction
Page 157
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 157/320
Z2
ýQ,
3y
OG.
ýýi
=4
p2TTT.
Rc
ý_
K
r
N
f
Ll
(D
n
d
a
Figure 29b: Drawing used for client presentation at a later stage of
a
design
solution
(CYB 1984-88),
coloured
ink
and
gouache,
reproduced
with
50%
reduction
-
144
-
n
fix'
;
L;
e;
Ei
ti
\OOJý
Page 158
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 158/320
V
ý
Figure
30a:
Designers
drawings
imitating
various
illustrative
styles
(CYB 1984-88), coloured marker and gouache, 10cxn x 28an
-
145
-
11
Page 159
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 159/320
IjI
ý..
.,..
nh-lit
ll, %%%A
ow
to-oll
vo*
Otto
Figure
30b:
Designers'
drawings
imitating
various
illustrative
styles
(CYB 1984-88), coloured marker and gouache, 10an x 28an
-
146
-
S
Page 160
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 160/320
Figure
31a:
Drawings
for
client
presentation
(CYB
1984-88),
coloured
ink,
reproduced
with
50
reduction
-
147
-
Page 161
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 161/320
ýý
ý
,
Týý
. ý_
(y Cý
S
Figure
31b:
Drawings
for
client
presentation
(CYB
1984-88),
coloured
ink,
reproduced
with
50
reduction
-
148
-
Page 162
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 162/320
/K)0.
Noemm
kH
;
t,
ýmJKn
(t
SICVIKRIN
Figure
32:
Drawings
for
client
presentation
(CYB 1984-88),
coloured
ink,
reproduced
with
50
reduction
-
149
-
Page 163
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 163/320
.e
V
ý.
41/
Figure 33a: Drawings for
client
presentation
showing
the
implementation
of
a
design
solution
(CYB
1984-88),
coloured
ink
and
marker,
reproduced
with
50
reduction
-
150
-
Page 164
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 164/320
Figure 33b: Drawings for client presentation showing the
implementation
of
a
design
solution
(CYB
1984-88),
coloured
ink
and
marker, reproduced
with
50
reduction
-
151
-
Page 165
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 165/320
ýC
:ý
f
r
i
ý- 9
C)
I
i
r
il
7ý
Figure
34:
Drawing
for
client
presentation
Stephen
Raw
1988),
marker,
reproduced
same
size
-
152
-
Page 166
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 166/320
4.4
The
use
of
drawing in
the
p
ucticn phase ,
inclndi*g
the
pzvoeýres
of
xmni.
ssicnirig
aid
p
wring
for
pzoducti,
on
Many
of
the
respondents made
it
clear
that
by
the time
a
design
was
ready
to
go
into
the
production
phase
and most of
the
creative
decisions
had
been
taken, the
quality of
the
final
result
depended
greatly
on
the
ability of
the designer
(or
design
team)
to
maintain
control
over
the
various aspects
of production.
Respondents indicated
that,
at
this
stage,
the
abilities
of
specialists,
such
as
illustrators,
photographers
and
model
makers,
would probably
be
harnessed
in
the
production
of
various
elements
of
the
design,
if
not
already
brought
in
at
an
earlier stage.
However,
31
of
these
respondents
also
made
it
clear
that
designers
continue
to
use
drawing
during
the
commissioning of
such
specialists.
In
addition,
the
abilities
to
choose,
brief
and
judge the
work of
specialists
were
considered
by
47
of
the
respondents
to
be invaluable
to
a
designer.
When
commissioning
the
work
of
either
visualisers
or
illustrators,
the
ability
to
judge
their
drawing
skills
was
considered
essential.
Attention
has
therefore
been
given
in
this
section
to
these
conceptual,
judgmental
skills.
Different
policies
for
the
production
of
camera
ready
artwork
and
paste-up
were
described by
respondents
in
their
respective
organisations.
In
the
larger
organisations, an
in-house
artwork
section
was
generally
found
to
take
over
all
production.
Again,
in
such instances, the ability of the designer to ensure that production
in
these
stages
meets
accurate
specifications
depends
not
only on
their
own
degree
of
control
of
specific
drawing
techniques
but,
as
was
frequently
mentioned,
on
their
ability
to
direct
and
judge
these
aspects
of
drawing
quality
in
specialists.
In
some
smaller
organisations,
or
in
free-lance
practice,
designers
may
be
required
to
produce
artwork
themselves.
4.4.1
OQTIni s sia1irJ _eci al i stc
The
ways
in
which
designers
receive
and
pass
on
a
brief
has
been
-
153
-
Page 167
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 167/320
discussed
in
Section
4.2.31
of
the
respondents
indicated
that
they
also
need
to
use
drawing
to
give
briefings
or
instructions
at
various
stages
during
the
development
of a
design
solution
to
specialists
like
illustrators,
photographers,
lettering
artists etc,
when
it
becomes
necessary
for
such specialists
to
be brought
in
to
cat
lete
a
particular
element of
the
design
solution.
There
are many
different kinds
of specialists
that
a graphic
designer
may carrnission,
but for
the
purpose of
this
study attention
has
been
directed
at
those
specialists
for
wham
drawing
is
used
by
the
designer
as an aspect of
the
briefing.
None
of
the
respondents
indicated
that
they
use
drawing
in
any
way
to
brief
typographic
designers,
marked-up
copy
and
type
specifications
being
the
agreed
procedures
used,
and
so
this
aspect
of
the
design
process will
not
be
considered.
It
was
clear
that
specialists must
be briefed differently
depending
on
their
particular
expertise.
For
example,
model
makers
will
need
to
be
given
information
about
three-dimensional
structures.
Therefore,
some
sort of perspective
drawing
may
be
needed as part of a
designer s
instructions
in
such
circumstances, although
it
is
in
fact
often
necessary
to
get
the
model maker
to
produce
the
mechanical
working
drawings
from
a
designer s
rough
sketches,
before
a
final
production
method
can
be
agreed.
Some
of
the designers
interviewed
expressed
a
special
interest
in
illustration,
admitting
that
they themselves
initially
intended
beconing illustrators. Further, 19 respondents implied that it is
important
to
have
a wide experience
and
understanding
of
illustration
to
be
able
to
cannission
accurately.
Several
designer
managers said
that
it
is
important
to
insist
on
a
high
quality of
work
from
illustrators
in
order
to
realise
the
full
potential
in
any
design in
which
illustration forms
a part.
However,
there
were of
course
differences
of
opinion
as
to
the
best
methods
of
maintaining this quality. Some respondents, for example a creative
director
in
the
area
of packaging
design
who
requires
a
predictable
result
to
contribute
to
a well-researched
solution,
described
a method
-
154
-
Page 168
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 168/320
of
producing
a
carefully rendered
visual
of
both
the
layout
and
style
of
the illustration
that
is
to
be
comnissioned.
This
is
then
given
to
the
illustrator
in
addition
to the
verbal
briefing.
Fig.
35
provides
an example of this type of visual, along with the reference material
collected
to
augment
the
information
it
conveys
to the
illustrator.
other
respondents,
who were
in
a position
to
ccnnission
more
experimental
work,
preferred
to
give
illustrators
a relatively
free
hand,
trusting
to
their
professionalism
and
respecting
their
creativity.
For
3
of
the
design
organisations
visited,
the
best
solution
was
to
have
the
illustration
completed
in-house,
ideally
by
the
designer
who
had
developed
the
ideas.
A
policy
of
producing
the
illustrative
elements
of
a
design
in-house
obviously
demands
the
recruitment
of
designers
with
a particularly
high
standard
of
drawing
ability,
but
very
few
of
the
designers
interviewed
expressed
sufficient
confidence
in
their
ability
to
produce an
appropriate professional
quality
in
an
illustration.
However,
in
small
publicly-funded groups,
for
example
the
designers
at
the
Victoria
and
Albert Museum,
financial
constraints
invariably
meant
that they
themselves
had
to
produce
a
varied
range of
illustration
as a matter of course.
The
majority of
respondents
(46)
indicated,
however,
that
it
was usual
practice
to
buy-in
illustration,
and
that
it is
essential
that
a
designer
has
sufficient
knowledge
and
working
experience
to
cannission
an
illustrator
who
can
produce
a
predictable
result
to
order.
It was found that lettering artists can also be briefed in either a
free
or
a precise way
,
that
is
to
say
the letter-forms
being
either
just loosely
drawn
or almost
entirely
resolved
by the
designer
before
a
lettering
artist
is brought
in.
Where
appropriate,
as
with
illustrators,
lettering
artists
are
at
times
given
the
freedom
to
produce
a creative
result with
few
restrictions
from the
ctiºmissioning
designer.
Respondents indicated
that
photographers
can,
in
sane
instances,
produce
the
best
results
when
given
a
great
deal
of
creative
freedom,
being
cainissioned
to
give
a
shoot
their
own
stylistic
exploration.
155
Page 169
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 169/320
At
the
same
time,
however,
respondents
also
described
several
methods
of
briefing
photographers
including
a
verbal
briefing
and
showing
the
drawn
visuals
that
had
already
been
produced of
the
design.
Few
said
that they drew specifically when briefing photographers, although one
described
producing a
detailed
rough
to
be
gridded-up
and
placed
over
the
back
of
the
camera.
For
most respondents
the
ideal
method
was
to
be
present
at
the
shoot and
give
their
own art
direction.
Many
of
the
designers
interviewed
thought
that
an appreciation
of
the
drawing
abilities
of
specialists
is
an
especially
significant
ability
in
a
design
manager.
In
fact, it
was argued
by
same
senior
individuals
that this
is
an essential
aspect
of
art
direction
which,
in itself,
constitutes one of
the
major
responsibilities
of
their
creative work.
As
a specialist
is
clearly
employed
for his
or
her
own
particular
expertise,
the
designer s
intention,
when
briefing,
is to
achieve
the
best
and most
appropriate
quality
fron
the
carmissioned
work, avoiding
wastage
through
unsuitable or
poor
work.
Respondents
were
in
general
agreement
that
the
ability
to
brief
specialists
accurately
is
very
heavily
dependent
on a
designer s
general
appreciation
and awareness
of visual
form
and,
especially
in the
case
of
illustration,
on
the
ability
to
appreciate
the
stylistic
and
formal
quality
of
drawings.
Another
important
type
of
instructional
drawing
is
the
specification .
Fig.
36
shows
a
typical
example
of
the
canbination
of written and
drawn instructions
that
make
up
a
specification.
In
this case the designer need not imitate visual qualities but must be
able
to
understand
the
procedures
of
production
well
enough
to
translate the
design
solution
into
production
terms.
A
creative
services manager
for
a
large
in-house
design
studio
said
that
detailed
specifications represented
the last
use
of
drawing
that
was
made
by
his
design
team
in
the
design
process.
156
Page 170
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 170/320
Ä.Y;!C
II
Figure 35: Drawing produced c
to
ccLission
illustrator
e
with
visual
reference
material
attached
(CYB
1989),
ink,
reproduced
with
50%
reduction
`F1
f1
r:
Q
t:
_;
,ýJ
"s
6
fl
ýi)
n s""
Page 171
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 171/320
ä
PL
n
11
11
1
1
-ý
11
1111
1
ýJ
r
1ý'.
fr
ý ----
ýý
0
ýý
ýý
ýý
N
ýI
ýyýtIM1ý
.
=_
ýf
v_ý
wý
ý,
-
.
4.
L:
+/
-IN
J
i
/Jf7
ýý
ýýýI
ý.
ýý
ý:
.,
ý:
ýý-
/I/l,,
III11ý
Sfit
1
1ýý
1;
1'1;
111Iýl1
:.
-III
Iii
I11
I1
1
11
r
.
tLýýII
10111Iýi
II
h.
'ý
ý/
O11IIPI0II1III
C'
-
II101111
001111
'.
ý111ý11111
illll_I
-1I.
I.
t1II
III1III
I
OiIII
tI11IIli
C'
Illlalýýnlawolllliýe
?rä,
i
Y
3
ýý
iI
1
'
-_3.
ýý
Page 172
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 172/320
4.4.2
marin
four
p ictian
From
observation,
it
was clear
that
the
majority of medium
to
large
organisations employ specialist art-workers. In general, it would
appear
that
professional art-workers
have had
a
different,
more
vocational
training
than
designers.
33
of
the
designers
interviewed
thought
that
the
most
efficient production of artwork
required
specialist
skills,
continually practised
and, as
is indicated
in
Table
10,
only
17
said
that
they themselves
use
drawing
for
either
refining
or controlling
the
production
of art-work.
It
was
generally
thought
that
a
different
kind
of
drawing
ability was needed
for
artwork,
and
that
it
was a
poor use of
the
time
of a creative person
to
be involved
in
drawing-up
and pasting-up camera-ready
copy.
It
was
also
found
that
small
organisations,
or
those
without
in-house
art-workers,
usually
bought
in
black
and white artwork,
and
invariably
made
the
printers or production
house
responsible
for
paste-up.
However,
there
were
important
exceptions
to this
general
policy
of
passing on the production of artwork to specialists. It was found
that
free-lance designers
are generally more
likely
to
do
their
own
artwork, often
for
reasons of economy,
and
there
were
other
respondents
who
said
they
prefer,
in
fact
insist
on,
doing
certain
types
of
artwork
themselves.
Figs.
37(a)
to
37(c)
show
a
relatively
free
approach
to
drawing during
the
production
of
such
artwork,
where
the
designer has
maintained a
high
degree
of
creative
control
even
until
this
late
stage
in
the
design
process.
Fig.
37(a)
shows
the
sheet of
freely
drawn letterfozms
from
which
the
chosen
versions
have
been
cut
and mounted on
the
art-work
shown
in 37(b).
Fig.
37(c)
shows
the
printed
design.
7
respondents
described
the
need
to
solve
many
of
the
detailed
but
important
problems
of
layout
at
the
artwork
stage,
where
it
is
possible
to
get
the
proportions
of
a ccr
osition
absolutely
right.
For
example,
Neville Brody
said
that
for him
certain
aspects
of
design
were
like
painting ,
the
main
creative
decisions
being
made
when
working
on
the
artwork.
David
Gentleman,
also
producing
work
in
which
the
meaning
of
the
design
is
entirely
dependent
on
the
quality
and
Page 173
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 173/320
individual
style
of
the
final
artwork, expressed a similar
view.
The
particular
-
and rather atypical
-
working procedures
of
these
respondents,
for
wham art and
design
are very closely
linked,
will
be
explored in Section 4.5.
10
of
the
designers
interviewed
indicated
that
for
reasons
of
convenience
it
was
often
easier
for
them to
cxmplete
the
artwork
themselves.
Their
view was
that
if
the
production
of
a
design
solution
is
to
be
handed
to
another
person, an accurate
specification
must
be
produced,
and
this implies
that
all
the
design
stages
are
totally
concluded,
whereas
it
is
quite
catmon
for it
to
become
necessary
to
change sane
aspects
of a
design
layout
before
paste-up.
For
example,
the
detailed
arrangement
of
the text
is
difficult to
resolve
fully
before
the
final
typesetting is
available,
and
several
respondents
indicated
that
better
attention
to
this
kind
of
detail is
achieved
if
the
designer keeps
control up
to,
and
even
through,
the
final
paste-up.
As with the briefing of specialists, respondents thought that the non-
practical
drawing
abilities
required
to
understand
and
judge the
skills
of others were
important
factors
in
ensuring
the
proper
control
of
artwork production.
Where,
however,
designers
are
required
to
produce artwork
themselves,
a
high
degree
of
technical
canpetence
is
implied,
and
if
a
designer s
work
is
such
that
it
is
in
the
production
of
artwork
that
much of
the
creative work
takes
place,
all
the
abilities of an
illustrator
and
even of
an
artist
may
be
required.
Although
characteristic
uses
of
drawing
can
be
identified
for
the
procedures
involved
in
controlling
production,
is
was
found
that
fewer
respondents
described
themselves
as
using
drawing
than
for
any
of
the
other
procedures
in
the
design
process.
Table
10
shows
the
particular
uses
made
of
drawing
during
the
procedures
of
production.
Page 174
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 174/320
Table
10:
The
uses of
drawing
in
the
prooedunes
of
procýuctiýon
To
canission
To
produce
To
refine
To
maintain
specialists
specifications
details
of
creative
for artwork layout control
31
15
10
7
[Number
of respondents
:
50
sane
responding
in
more
than
one
category]
Page 175
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 175/320
1
i
i
i
aid
Ti
i
T
J
ifir
A&
Ali
Age
0
r
e'i
Figure
37a:
Sheet
of
letterfozms
from
which
artwork
has been
cut
(Stephen
Raw
1987),
ink,
reproduced
same
size
-
162
-
Page 176
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 176/320
3
i
ýa
f
c
L,
Figure
37b:
''Artwork
(Ste
hen
Raw
1987),
ink,
-
163
-
.i
ý
T
ý
s,
t
}
iý
'.
.
Iý
i'
i
ý;
ý
ý'
Iv
ý
4_.
_
ýý
ýý
ý
1.
ýý
ý
.
.
'ý1
r- .
('ý'
ý'ý
\,
ýý
r
..:.
i'ý
''
ýý-...:...
..
ý
ý.
ý-
.:
`
ý
y
game
ize
Page 177
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 177/320
C,
-)
D
x
n
lkh
to
rri
zz
'ý
Figure 37c: Printed design (Stephen Raw 1987), print, reproduced with
50%
reduction
-
164
-
Page 178
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 178/320
I,
r
rI1J4d
-- - __ __
_-----'- -- '-
ý+ýýu'pY++r.
+.
+ý.
ýrZ+Ný++,
s .,
+
.
ýý:
ý,
J
...
-
a, z
ý_ý-ý.
ý
'
Terry
_.
_-
--
-_ý
--
-'
-
ý-ý
K.
}
I
alr
.
uff
yý
ý.,
t
/
5'reuced
andgeuhe
'e
3?
c
;
ýk
(
6phe
aw
7)
--
-°-'ý
.:
.
165.:
,.
ý1;
ti
.
,.
`.
n
`
.
,.
_. ..
ý
C3
4i
.,
d~ ;
x
Sýw1ý6':
llff ý;
'Ä
.
..
z o-
-7
PR'
h
...
.il..
ýJw
r
Page 179
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 179/320
4.5
Factors that
modify
the
use of
drawing
in
the
graphic
design
PIS
It
has been
has found
that
factors
other
than
the
specific
procedures
of
the
graphic
design
process
can
modify
and
influence
the
graphic
designer's
use
of
drawing.
These
factors include
the
nature
of
the
graphic
design
problem,
both
in
terms
of
its
orientation,
(whether it
is
concerned with
packaging,
editorial
design,
etc), and
the
scale
and
scope
of
the
problem;
the
nature of
the
organisation
in
which
the
designer
is
employed; and
the
role
in
the
design
team
and
predilection
of
the
individual designer.
4.5.1
The
nature of
the
graphic
design
pioblan
and
its
influence
an
the
use of
drawing
Generally
speaking
it
was
apparent
that
even
very
small
scale
problems,
for
example
the
design
of
press
advertisements,
tend
to
go
through
the
same series of phases
as
larger
jobs
and
the
use
of
drawing
is
very
similar, albeit not so
extensive.
A
range of views was expressed
by
the
36
respondents
who
were
involved
in
producing
three-dimensional
structures
about
their
use
of
drawing.
24
of
them
said
that
they
did
not
draw
three-dimensional
objects,
like
packs, any
differently from flat
images
but
12
described the
need
for
designers
to
be
able
to
think three-dimensionally,
stressing
that
spatial conventions should
be
taught
at
design
colleges.
2
respondents
indicated
that they
felt
the
inability
to
express
three-
dimensions was indicative of a more general lack of drawing ability.
A
respondent who
was
involved
in
caranissioning
graphic
designers
for
work
on
three-dimensional
structures
said
that
he
had
noticed
the
difference
between
the
way
graphic
designers
draw
and
the
way
in
which
interior
designers
draw,
in
that
the
graphic
designers
manipulate
'on
the
flat'
and
do
not show
the
same capacity
to
conceptualise
three-
dimensions
as
interior-designers
or
industrial
designers. Two
of
the
respondents
described having
to
employ specialist
model
makers
to
make
accurate
three-dimensional drawings.
Figs.
38(a)
and
38(b)
show
examples
of some of
the
spatial
conventions
that
graphic
designers
-
166
-
Page 180
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 180/320
were
found
to
employ.
One
of
the
primary
factors found
to
influence
the
designer s
use
of
drawing
was
the
orientation of
the
particular
job,
and
in
sane
instances the particular orientation within which the designer worked.
That
is
to
say, while some
designers,
especially
those
employed
in
independent design
consultancies work on a range
of
jobs
in
different
fields,
others
tended
to
specialise,
for
example
designers
working
in
television,
in
editorial
design,
or
in
packaging
design.
It
has
already
been
shown
in
Section
4.4
that
packaging
design
problems
require
a great
deal
of
drawing
activity
for
their
solution
and presentation.
Designers
working
in
this
field describe the
need
to
produce several,
in
some
cases
many visualised
solutions
for
both
in-
house
and client
presentation,
and
these
visualisations
need
to
be
of
a
high
standard
of presentation.
It
was
also
found that
these
designers
need
to
draw
quickly,
accurately and
to
be
able
to
represent
three-dimensions
convincingly, and
furthermore,
they
must
possess
sensitivity
to the
quality of
images.
In
contrast,
it
was apparent
that
designers
working
on
editorial
design,
that
is
on
the
design
of magazines, make
far
less
use of
drawing
in
their
day-to-day
working
activity.
Part
of
the
reason
for
this
was
found
to
be
the
chain
of command
operating
within
editorial
design
organisations.
Designers
would
frequently
be
briefed
in
considerable
detail
about
the
appearance
of particular
features,
the
art
editor
retaining responsibility
for
the
overall
look
of
the
magazine. So many early stages of analysis and initial ideas were not
developed in
any
great
detail
by
the
designers.
Since
it
was
not
necessary
to
convince
clients
outside
the
organisation
of
their
effectiveness, once
ideas had
been
resolved, very
quick
sketches
and
compilations
of photostats
could
be
shown
to
the
art
editor,
and
editor,
in
order
to
get
their
go-ahead
for
the
design. However,
3
out
of
the
5
respondents
engaged
exclusively
on
editorial
work
made
particular mention
of
the importance
of
their
own
personal
use of
drawing for
self-developnent,
describing the
need
they felt to find
the
time
to
sketch and
work
fron
observation
or
to
explore
image
-
167
-
Page 181
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 181/320
making
in
order
to
develop
their
visual
literacy.
Those
respondents
(3)
who were
responsible
for
the
total
re-design
of
magazines,
as
opposed
to the
day-to-day
control, stressed
the
fact
that
books
and
magazines should
be
seen as
three-dimensional
objects
and
that
the
sequencing
and
spatial
aspects
of
the
pages
should
be
taken
into
consideration
through
the
use
of
drawn dunnies,
etc.
One
respondent,
with
the
design
of
many
major periodicals
to
his
credit,
described
a period
when
he had
a
very good
working
relationship
with
a photographer
and
together
they
designed
spreads
by
drawing
it
all
up
and
then
'shooting
to
fit'.
He
also
described
the
early
stages
of
the
re-design
of a national
newspaper,
where
he
made a
large
number
of sketches of
grid
designs
indicating
possible
areas
for
pictures
and
then
gave
these to
his
assistant
to
consider
in terms
of
the
canputer
software available.
He
went
on
to
describe
the
difficulty
encountered
when print
operatives were
required
to
respond
to
visuals,
and
the
difficulty
with
expecting non-designers
to
be
able
to
read
'designer
code and
the
graphic
design
language
of
drawing'.
Another respondent stressed the need to design with the actual
material,
generally
photographic
'you
have
got
to
work
with
the
real
thing
'
Although
sane
similarities were
found
between
the
system
for
editorial
design
and
that
for book
design,
a
greater use of
drawing
was
generally
described
by
designers
of
books.
It
was
clear
that
many
influential
creative
decisions
were made
at
the
'cover
meeting'
by
editors in
conjunction
with
senior
designers
and
marketing
personnel.
Subsequently,
required
images
would
be
collected or
commissioned
and
it
would
fall
to
a more
junior
designer
to
juxtapose
these
at
a
later
stage.
However,
when
the
designer
had
more
scope
over
the
design
of
covers,
particularly
when
consideration
was
being
given
to
a
new
series of
books,
it
was
found
that the
use
of
drawing
corresponded
very
closely
to
that
used
by
designers
in
other
aspects
of
the
profession.
Respondents
specialising
in design
for
corporate
identity
progranmes
-
168
-
ai
ki
i
>I
Page 182
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 182/320
also
identified
characteristic
uses of
drawing.
They
described
two
particular aspects
of
the
use of
drawing
in
this
kind
of
work,
namely
the
design
of
the
image itself,
which required a
broad
range
of
drawing
ability
in
order
to
produce creative
and relevant
solutions,
and
the
implementation
of
the
identity
programrcne,
which
required
detailed
resolution of
logotypes
and
their
application
to
a
wide
range
of
destinations
visualised
to
a
high degree
of presentation.
Fig.
8
and
Fig.
39
show
early
stages
in
the
design
of
logotypes,
and
Figs.
40 a)
and
40 b)
show examples of
drawing demonstrating
aspects
of
the
implementation
of
identity
programmes.
Another particularly
important
use of
drawing
was
that
described
in
relation
to the
production
of consultancy
reports.
In
these
reports
design
groups
express
their
basic
ideas for
the
solution
of
a
given
design
problem, usually a corporate
identity
scheme,
without
actually
giving
the
solution
in
such
detail
that the
client
has
no
need
for
further design
work.
For
this
purpose a particular
sort
of
schematic
drawing
was
described
as
being
used.
4.5.2 The influence of the o ni sation in which the designer
is
employed
Respondents
were selected
from
three
sorts of organisation,
and
it
was
found
that the
size and structure
of
their
place
of
etnPloyment
could
have
a
considerable
effect on
their
use
of
drawing.
The
types
of
organisation represented were:
1) In-house design groups, including publishing
2)
Independent
design
consultancies
3)
Independent,
free-lance
practices
19
respondents,
including
10
fran
magazine
or
book
publishing
organisations, represented
the
in-house
groups,
while
28
were
fron
independent
consultancies, and
3
were
free-lance
designers. A
high
proportion of
independent
organisations
were
chosen
because
it
was
found
that
not only
did
they
produce
a wide
range
of
design
work
but
they
also
represented
a wide
range
in
terns of
organisational
-
169
-
Page 183
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 183/320
structure and
size.
In-house
design
groups can
to
be
associated with a range
of
different
sorts
of
organisation,
including
major
canpanies
like
the
BBC,
who
have
their
own
design
section
fran
which
they
carnission
their
specific
design
requirements.
Designers
are employed
both
as
practising
designers
and as
design
co-ordinators within
these
sorts
of
organisation
and
can
be
responsible
for
a range of
work
including
the
production
of
pranotional
material,
specialist manuals
or
learning
materials and
in-house
magazines,
and
for
the
implementation
of
corporate
identity
schemes.
The
wide-ranging use
of
drawing
described
in previous sections was, therefore, found to be required among the
designers
in
the
in-house design
groups visited.
A
consistent
feature
of
such
in-house
design
groups
was
the
particular
relationship
with
the
single client, namely
the
parent
organisation
itself.
This
frequently
meant
that
use
of
drawing
in
presentation
stages
was
rather
limited,
in
that it
was
not necessary
to
sell
ideas
to the
client.
However, this
was not
consistently
the
case,
and
often
designers described
problems
such as
the difficulties
of
selling
ideas
to
keepers
in
museums.
In-house
design
groups situated
in
organisations
like
museums
or
the
Open
University
were observed
to
make rather
specific
demands
on
the
drawing
ability of
the
graphic
designers
employed
there.
Working
for
museums
was
found
to
make particular
demands
on
graphic
designer s
skills,
because
of
the
small number of members
in
the
design
team
and
the
lack
of specialists
like
art-workers
or visualisers
working
in-
house.
Designers
were
themselves
required
to
produce
a great
deal
of
the
work
which
could
include
anything
from
designing
large-scale
promotion
to
detailed
typographic
specifications,
as well
as
the
production of
illustrations
and
even
art-work.
In
educational
publishing,
represented
by
the
Open
university,
again
considerable,
albeit
different, demands
were
made
on
the
designers. Although
more
facilities
were available,
the designers
were
required
to
understand
highly
complex and
rather
specialised
communication
problems
in
order
to
design
appropriate
layouts
and
visual
imagery.
Figs.
41(b)
and
-
170
-
Page 184
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 184/320
41(c)
show
part
of
the
range
of
work produced
for
one
spread
by
the
design
team,
working
fron
a
drawing
produced
by
an
academic,
shown
in
41(a).
Drawing
was
found
to
be
the
main vehicle
used
for
the
accurate
testing of the cammication of complex concepts in visual
terms.
Preliminary
layouts
were
drawn
in
both
greater quantity
and
detail
than
was
typically
the
case
in
other organisations.
Considerable
demands
on
drawing
ability are also
made of
designers
in
design
consultancies.
For
example,
they
are required
to
produce
many
ideas
very
quickly,
and
to
be
able
to
resolve
them
well
enough
to
convince senior
designers
and marketing
staff of
the
quality
of
their
ideas before they ever get the opportunity to have their ideas shown
to the
client.
Often these
consultancies were
found
to
be
moving
into
the
newer areas
of
the
profession,
for
example
product
develops
nt or
retail
design,
and
this
can
put
additional
pressures
on
the
designer s
ability
to
express
three-dimensions
convincingly.
However,
most
of
these
organisations
had
in-house facilities
for
producing
artwork,
and
in
some
instances
visualisers
were
available within
the
design
team.
It
was
apparent
that,
in
some
instances,
when a
major
job
has been
given
to
a
design
consultancy,
the
design
team
will
literally
draw
out
solution
types
to
present
the
client s
ideas
back
to
them
and
thereby
show
the
client
just
what
is involved
in the
brief
that
has
been
given.
This
process
not
only
involves
a
highly
developed
understanding
of
design
problems
but
also
a
very
important
use
of
drawing,
in
that
it is being
used
in
what
may
be
described
as
a
broadly educational way.
The
size of
the
organisation was
also
found
to
have
particular
effects
on
the
use
of
drawing.
Where
there
are
several
designers
within
a
group
they
were
observed
to
share
work
amongst
themselves,
with some
designers
preferring
to
work
on
the
ideas
stages,
others
preferring
to
resolve
the
details
of
design
solutions,
etc.
However,
where
there
were
fewer
members
of
the
team
each member
was
required
to
deal
with
more
of
these
different
aspects
themselves.
In
a
very small
organisation
it
was
more
likely
that
designers
would
have
to
cxmplete
all
the
drawn
stages
themselves,
including
artwork.
For
the
majority
171
Page 185
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 185/320
of
free-lance
designers
working
alone
this
was
invariably the
case.
It
may
therefore
be
said
that
while
large
organisations require
a
wide
range
of
drawing
abilities
from
their
designers
in
order
that
they
can
respond
to
a
demanding level
of creative work,
the
smaller
the
organisation
the
more
its
designers
will
need
a
wide
range
of
drawing
ability
in
order
to
cope with
the
diversity
of work required
of
them.
4.5.3
Factors
inherent
to
individual
designers
In
addition
to the
nature
of
the
job,
and
the
nature
of
the
organisation
in
which
the
designer
is
employed,
factors
specific
to
individual designers were also found to influence drawing usage.
These
factors
can
be broadly
categorised
as
follows:
1)
The
relative
seniority of
the
designer
and
their
role
in
the
design
team
2)
The
influence
of
the
experience
and predilections
of
the
individual designer
It
was clear
that the
senior members of a
design
team
had
a
dual
role,
being
responsible
for
both
managerial
and
executive
tasks
in
the
design
process.
Respondents
with
this
range
of
responsibility
are
referred
to
as
designer
managers.
In
this
context,
managerial
duties
have
been found
to
have
a considerable
influence
on
the
overall
and
detailed
use
of
drawing,
with
designer s
use
of
drawing
changing
quite
markedly as
they
become
more
senior.
For the designer manager, drawing is an important tool of
cawnunication.
Drawings
have
to
be
used
to
camrnunicate
visual
ideas
to
non-visual
people
like
clients
or
marketing personnel.
The
designer
manager
needs
the
capacity
to
use
drawings
produced
by
other
members of
the
design
team to
cccnnunicate,
as
well as
to
be
able
to
camiunicate
through
his
or
her
own
drawings.
Very
often
it
will
fall
to
this
individual
to
convince
the
client
of
the
efficacy
of
particular solutions
by
employing
drawings
produced
by
the
design
team. It
is
also
important,
however,
that
the
designer
manager
is
able
to
draw
in
order
to
came
nicate
the
ideas
of
the
client
to the
design
team,
especially
during
passing
on
of
briefing.
The
sensitive
-
172
-
Page 186
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 186/320
use
of
drawing for
this
procedure
is
very
important,
in
that
the
manager
must pass on
the
information
given
in
the
brief
and
yet
not
predetermine
the type
of
solution
to
be
followed.
(See
Section
4.2.
Figs.
2,3
and
4
are examples of
the
work of
designer
managers.
)
Table
11
gives
a comparison
of
the
use
of
drawing
made
by
designers
of
different
seniority,
ie
those
more senior
designers
with
mainly
managerial responsibilities
in
the
design
team
and
those
with
mainly
executive
duties.
Among
the
former it
shows
a
predominance
of
drawing
activity
during
the
main creative phase, particularly
for
analysis
and
idea
generation,
but
with considerable use
still
made
at
the
client
presentation stage. Only 2 respondents who were designer managers
said
that
they
never
used
drawing for
the
main
creative
phase
while
2
claimed
they
only
used
it during
this
phase.
It
was
found
that
designer
managers
tend
to
be
involved
in
cat¢nissioning
and
in
judging
the
work
of
illustrators
and
specialist
lettering
artists, etc,
to
a greater extent
than
more
junior
designers.
One
respondent
saw
it
as
his
particular
responsibility
in
his
managerial
capacity
to
develop
a sense
of
flair
and
fashion
and
thereby
keep
the
work of
the
studio
in
touch
with
contemporary
stylistic
developments.
Therefore,
the
designer
manager can
be
seen
to
require
specific
drawing
skills,
to
be
able
to
use
drawing
for
canmmication,
frequently
to
non-visual people, and
to
have
a
broad
understanding
of
the quality of drawing as well as having a well developed sense of
visual
literacy.
Not
unexpectedly,
the
designer s
role
in
the
team
was
found
to
be
deter ined
by
individual
predilection
as
well
as
seniority.
Sane
designers
were
found
to
prefer
certain
types
of
design
activity.
Some
were more
capable of
initiating
a
wide number
of
ideas
while
others
were more
skilful
in
representing
and
rendering
detailed
solutions.
Although
the
respondents
interviewed
expressed
a
broad
agreement
about
working
practices,
each
was
also
very
individualistic
in
approach.
173
Page 187
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 187/320
The
balance
of skills
and weaknesses
in
each
designer's
arsenal
of
talent
was
found
to
militate
towards
individual
differences
of
approach,
with emphasis
falling
on
different
stages
of
the
design
process
depending
on
the
aspects
to
which
they
were most
suited,
for
example a
very
creative
designer
might concentrate
on
the
early
developmental
stages,
whereas
a
designer
with
well-developed
craft
skills
would
tend to
do
more presentation
drawing.
Table
11:
Rýspcrxient's
use
of
drawing in design
acxx)rdirmir
to
level
of
seniority
Mainly managerial
Briefing
Collecting
reference
18
(64 )
5
(18 )
Analysis
/ideas
Synthesis
/development
In-house
presentation
Client
presentation
Commissioning
specialists
Preparing
for
production
26
(93 )
25 (89 )
24
(86 )
21
(75 )
20
(71 )
5
(18 )
Respondents
out of
28
Mainly executive
11
(50 )
14
(64 )
18
(81 )
17 (77 )
18
(82 )
15
(68 )
11
(50 )
12
(55 )
Respondents
out
of
22
It
was
also
found
that
attitudes
towards
the
use of
drawing,
and
designers'
responses
to
some
of
the
questions,
were
influenced
by
confidence
or
lack
of
confidence
in
their
own
drawing
skill.
A
designer's
route
into
the
design
profession,
especially
when
initiated
-
174
-
Page 188
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 188/320
through
an
interest
in illustration
a
relatively
cannon
admission
fron
about
one
third
of
the
respondents) seems
to
lead
typically
to
a
particular
interest in
the
use
of
drawing.
Designers
whose
education
involved
a
lot
of
drawing
classes seem
to
have
retained a
heavy
reliance on
drawing
as a means
of
helping
them
in
the
various
activities of
the
design
process,
a
phenomenon
worthy
of
further
study.
Although
the
majority of graphic
designers
work
in teams
within
cammercial organisations,
it
was clear
that
there
are
still
a
number
of
influential designers
with
highly
individualistic
talents
in the
profession. These may work for organisations, or in a free-lance
capacity.
6
examples of
this
sort
of graphic
designer
were
specifically
identified
in
the
sample
by
means of
their
reputation
or
by
identification
by
their
peers)
and,
in
certain
respects,
these
respondents
shared
a characteristic use
of
drawing.
They
all
preferred
not
to
have
to
produce
drawings
for
presentation
purposes
at
early stages
during
the
development
of
the
design.
Each
described
it
as necessary
for
the
client
to trust them,
having
once
ccmuissioned
them
to
do
a particular
job.
In
each case
their
use of
drawing
was
found
to
be
informal
and move
through
less
distinct
stages
than
those
designers
who were members of
design
teams.
Their
drawings
shoved
a
greater emphasis
on a personal
type
of
expressiveness
and
a
more
exploratory
use
of
media.
In
fact,
many
of
the
drawings
and
even
the
art-work produced
by
these
individuals, had
a
quality
of
being
hand
crafted.
The
effects
of
individualistic
approaches
may
best
be
described
by
giving
summaries of a cross-section
of
descriptions
from
respondents
of
their
particular use
of
drawing
during
the
design
process.
For
example, a senior
designer
in
a
middle-sized
design
consultancy
with
a
wide range
of accounts
described
his
own
method
of using
drawing
as
follows.
Although
he
scribbles
ideas
down
for the
client,
he is
not
confident about
his
drawing
ability
and so
likes time
to
think
and
try
things
privately.
For
collecting
reference
material
he
takes
photographs and
buys books,
rather
than
draw.
In
the
early
analytical
stages
of
the
job
he
plans
out
procedures
and
make
time-tables
as
a
175
Page 189
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 189/320
way
of
drawing-up
design
ideas.
He
draws
to
a small
scale
initially
but
always uses
a
felt
pen, never
pencil,
thereby
eliminating
erasure,
so
that
at
a
later
stage
he
can go
back
over a
record of
drawings. He
explained
that
over
his
years as a practising
designer
he
has
developed
the
ability
to
evaluate
from
quite
rough
drawings
and
does
not
need
to
carry out a
highly
finished
presentation
in
order
to
decide
on a
successful solution.
Again,
he
is
quite prepared
to
draw
out sanebody
else s
ideas
when
it
canes
to the
stage
for
the
group
to
present
to the
client.
He
described
himself
as patient,
and
good
at
client presentation,
which
he
indicated is due
to
temperament.
He
is
also
quite
happy
to
produce artwork.
When
briefing
an
illustrator,
he
feels it insulting to brief such a professional with too much detail
but
would
take
a
calculated
risk on
the
specialist s
ability.
Another
senior
designer,
similarly
from
a middle-sized
design
group,
described how
at
briefings
she
would not
have
an
idea
in
mind
and
would
certainly not
draw
at all
in
front
of
the
client.
However,
she
would
always
draw
when
collecting reference
material,
going
to the
library
or
searching
her
envelopes of
cuttings
for
information.
During
initial
analysis,
while
she writes
lists
and may
use
scribbles
to
sort
out a
general
approach
to the
work,
she
tends
to
try
to
solve
initial
ideas in
her head
and
does
not
use
drawing to
any
great
extent
until
she
has
got some specific
solution
in
mind
and
has
found
references
from
which
to
work.
When
synthesising a
design
solution,
she makes considerable use
of
tracing,
the
studio
enlarger
and
photocopying
to
change scale.
In-house
presentations
may
be
quite
rough, but she describes producing client presentations to a
reasonable standard as
the
most
difficult
part
of
the
job.
A
visualiser
had been
employed
in
the
organisation
where
she
was
previously employed
and she
preferred not,
as
she
phrased
it,
being
bogged
down
with
techniques
of
visualising .
She
regretted
not
having
a
better
recall
of
visual
material
to
help
her
in
these
tasks.
She
does
not
produce artwork
but
gives
a
detailed
trace
for
specification.
She
considers
it
as very
important
to
be
able
to
describe
visual
images
verbally.
A
design
director from
a
large
design
organisation
with a
particular
176
Page 190
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 190/320
orientation
towards the
record
industry described
a
rather
different
approach
to
the
design
process.
He
writes
notes while
being
briefed,
and
then
checks
for
understanding
by
writing
to the
client
to
make
sure
that
he
has
all
the
information.
Typically,
he
finds that
ideas
start
to
be
generated almost
immediately
after
being briefed,
and
he
even
described
doodling
on
the
bus
going
back
to the
studio.
If
he
cannot
find
suitable
reference
material
in
his
extensive
clippings
file, he
sends
out
a
junior designer
to
find
scare.
Initial
ideas
are
worked out
on a
very
small scale and
very
quickly,
and
do
not go
through
many
stages of refinement,
the
final
solution
often
being
envisaged quite quickly.
However,
it
is in
the
final
stage
of
developing the solution (frequently, on a piece of work that would
became
the
final
artwork)
that
most attention
and care
is
devoted.
He
prefers,
if
possible,
to
avoid presentation
at any stage
that
involves
producing
special
drawings
but
hopes
that
the
client
will
accept
the
final design
solution
presented
in
the
form
of artwork.
His
belief
is
that
it is
only when actually producing artwork
that the
design
can
be
truly
resolved.
A
design director
of another
large design
organisation,
expressed
yet
another approach.
He
sees
the
briefing
as
a
very
distinct
step
in
itself,
and might
draw
a
diagram
to
identify
aspects
of
the
brief
for
the
client,
but
would never
start
to
produce
creative
ideas
at
this
point.
He
may use
a sketch
to
brief
a
researcher,
but
would
never
draw himself,
as part of
the
collection
of
reference
material.
Design
ideas
are
started with
lots
of
small
drawings
to
get
things
moving .
He finds it very natural to draw at this stage but a consideration of
the
quality
of
the
drawings, he
feels,
is
not
important.
Often,
he
does
not
use
colour.
Often
these
first
sketches
are
used
to test
ideas
on colleagues
and
to
brief
juniors
to
help develop
further
design
solutions.
He
involves
himself
in
some
of
the
drawing
up of
key
ideas,
but
farms
out
some
of
this
to
juniors.
Depending
on
the
relationship with
the
client,
either
highly
finished
or
relatively
rough
drawings
are
used
to
present
ideas
solutions,
and
these
drawings
are
also
used
to
brief
specialists.
He
never
produces
artwork
(but
the
organisation
of which
he
is
a
part
is
large
enough
to
have
the
facility
of an
in-house
art-worker).
177
Page 191
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 191/320
A
free-lance
designer
illustrator,
with
a
well-established
reputation,
described his
own
particular
approach as
beginning
by
choosing
both
the job
and
his
own approach
to
it.
He
felt
he
was
the
best
judge
of
what was right for the client. His particular type of work involves a
great
deal
of
on-the-spot
reference
sketching ,
and
the
procedures
of
analysis
and synthesis are
in
no way
distinct,
as a
gradual
sorting
out of
ideas
occurs
through
drawings
that
becane
gradually
more and
more resolved
and
detailed.
He
particularly voiced objections
to
doing
presentation
drawings,
or even rough presentations,
for
the
client
as
this
caused
a
total
loss
of
spontaneity.
The
final
presentation was generally
the
artwork,
this
having
been
produced
through a natural progression from the early drawn stages.
It
can
be
seen,
therefore,
that
although
each
respondent
described
similarities
in
their
use
of
drawing,
there is
a considerable
degree
of
flexibility
in
the
way
individuals
develop
their
own
drawing
strategies.
It
is
not only
important
that
designers
can
produce
drawings
in
a variety of ways,
but
also
that they
do
this
appropriately
both
in
terms
of
the type
of
job
they
are
engaged
in
and
the
stage
in
the
development
of
the
design
solution
that
has
been
reached.
Designers,
therefore
have
been
found
to
use
drawing
appropriately
to
the
particular
tasks,
or
orientation
of
work
on which
they
are
engaged,
and
strategically
in
their
own
individual
way,
combining
different
types
of
drawing
as
necessary.
They
have
been found to
draw
freely and quickly, or carefully and cautiously, to draw from memory
or
fron
reference material, and
to
make changes
in
scale and
media,
as
necessary,
to
progress
the
particular
design
task
they
are
involved
in
at
any
given
time.
This
capacity
to
use
drawing
both
appropriately
and
strategically
has been
found
to
be
more
marked
in
senior
designers
with
experience,
than
with
junior
designers
embarking
on
their
career.
In
many
instances
junior
designers
were
observed
to
be
tentative
in
their
approach
to
drawing,
and
anxious about
their
inability
to
carry
out various
types
of
drawing.
Senior
designers,
by
caqparison,
had
developed
ways
of
dealing
with
their
own
strengths
and
weaknesses
in
terms
of
the
use of
drawing.
178
Page 192
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 192/320
1
igure
38a:
ý
ýý
40
/c(c
ý\
I
wýýý
l\
.
`ýý
``
,_
ýýJ
o
ý/
i..
ýý
rý
ý
p
Examples
of spatial
conventions
that
graphic
designers
employ,
ink
and
coloured marker,
reproduced
with
50
reduction
179
Page 193
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 193/320
v
d
C
C
3
r
a
0
u
J
lh
0
0
0
0.
cl
W
g
N
N
Q
.t
r
z
a-
Q
/
Figure
38b:
Examples
of spatial
conventions
that
graphic
designers
employ,
ink
and
coloured marker,
reproduced
with
50
reduction
Page 194
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 194/320
ý'
MMN
K
a-
>-
Y
bo
dý
d`
ct
1
Cý'
ýý
eP
.',,
ý-
c^
l
r
I
öE
Ecii
H'i
ýý a ýý i
L0.
ý
ý4
rýR
`ýýý
ýuL * 611, ý
Paý
--
ýcýn
In
If
q)
11
1
04-
4\
-'r
-,
-
L
ýJ
ý,
I'ýcBrd
f0-
Figure
39:
iý
L
3
S.
m
i
4k
(. L\-
QVV
/,
E/ýk
ýý
&---
a&
Initial ideas for the design of a logo type (David Crow
1988),
ink,
reproduced
with
50%
reduction
-
181
-
C__-1
1 ̀ ý' L
Jý'
Page 195
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 195/320
Figure
40a:
Drawings
produced
for
client
presentation
to
demonstrate
the implementation
of
a
corporate
identity
prograimie
(CYB
1984-88),
ink
and
coloured
marker,
reproduced
with
50%
reduction
-
182
-
774si
dx
iH4a000.
dý
ýi11ý(LY
(
ýlr
JGttiG'ý
ý`wrfý«/J
/+r7ýýý'rrHf
.
Page 196
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 196/320
4
yyf
ý ';
rxý7,
{ý,..
tý
ý
yya_.
`ý A..
:
ý1
ýýq
'výýý`,
ý ý.
ý.
'ý
ýý'
ý
ýý wnýýý,
ýý ,
ýryf,
ýe.
ýý
ý
ý.
u..
gy
ýý4,
iai
ý'i
M
ýf .
ýM
t
ýtý';
ax
RWýW+
ý
Ms
r
a'=
U)
z
ýn
ý
I
m
NI
til
.
-O
;a
t4e1
^_
^
,
2h
r9t
.
4i.
fi
..
IMOM
-TANMARKS
NG VEHICLES
ý#
.
9ý
Figure
40b:
Drawings
produced
for
client
presentation
to
demonstrate
the
implementation
of
a corporate
identity
prograrrr
(CYB
1984-88), ink and coloured marker, reproduced with 50%
reduction
-
183
-
''
Page 197
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 197/320
Page 198
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 198/320
°
ý
ý
llI F
ý
s
lg ý ýý P
Ji ll 11 1111
}
Qo
13
0
Zi
QiU
oil]
r3
0
7%0
0
1,
a
NI
7fl
H
IN
II
II
Jý
ý_
ýýJ
a
0
Z
8
IIIIIIIIIýI I
HI
ii
Ij
u,
III
Orp
-A
p
10 co)ýIlo
O
ip
I. A
Sp
lo
O
1-+
10
I"+
lO
ö
1311111
1309
Lro
nna
Figure
41b:
Part
of
a range
of
drawings
produced
in
conjunction
with
an academic
(open
University
1984-86),
ink,
reproduced
with
50%
reduction
Page 199
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 199/320
._t.
ý,
ý.
_...
ý
.
ýaý
Ký..
f.
w
ý_t-_
.0
"a
N
Q
V
ý(ýy
C
Sj
y
I(I
.ýý
Tl'ý
Aýw
ýw
,C37O
Äi
ýt
9
aý
Yp
ý
,
HOC
N
6
M"
ý7
Aa:
Z
3A
a-
rI
120
LI,
F
71
R
M1
,
1
JIIIWI
,MA
O
'
N
N
Mý
ýr
y"
ý"C
r
Figure
41c:
Part-of
a
range
of
drawings
produced
in
conjunction
with
an
academic
(Open
University
1984-86),
coloured marker
and
photostats,
reproduced
with
50%
reduction
Ar ;
je
-
ý'y
ecr
,
q,,
0
aI
,-
in
,
ýw6r"ä.
'
NpifCwa.
ü..
i.
Page 200
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 200/320
4.6
(axgs
in
the
use
of
drawing
Over the
period of
the
study
the
use
of
cxmputers
in the
design
profession
has
gradually
groan
to the
point
when,
as
noted
by
Matthias
and
Ognjenovic
(1989),
the
new
technology
is
invading
all
forms
of
the
drawing
board
-
fron
that
of
the
magazine
designer
to the
typographer,
fron
the
corporate
ident
specialist
to
the
illustrator.
However,
this
study
has
not revealed
any
fundamental
changes
in
the
types
of
drawing
usage
under
investigation
due
to
the
impact
of new
technology.
As
is
confirmed
by
Jankel
and
Morton
(1984),
designers
still require
the
facility
to
draw
on
paper
to
be
able
to
resolve and
adapt
their
ideas.
A
visit
to
Middlesex
Polytechnic
during
the
study
provided
the
opportunity
to
watch
John
Vince,
one
of
the
foremost
exponents
of computer graphics
in
the
UK,
drawing
on
a scrap
of
paper
to
demonstrate basic
spatial
concepts
to
a
student
he
was
instructing
in
the
use
of
a
computer
graphics
software package.
He
confessed
that
he
had
needed
to
teach
himself
to
draw
in
order
to
teach
students
to
use
the
computer
for
the
exploration of
spatial conventions.
Nevertheless,
it
is
clear
that, in
some
respects, additional
drawing
abilities, or at
least
extensions
of
established
abilities
are
required
for designers
to
exploit
the
opportunities
that
technological
developnents
offer.
Several
of
the
designers interviewed
had
been
successfully
using
ccmputers
to
extend
their
drawing
skills
for
a
number
of years and
23
respondents
thought
that
design
courses
should
provide
specialised
drawing
tuition to
help
students accacmodate
changes
in
technology.
Opinion
was
divided
among
respondents
as
to
whether
or not
the
use
of
a computer
would
improve
a
designer s
capacity
to
use
drawing
effectively,
but
the
majority
expressed
the
view
that
established
drawing
abilities
would
be
adaptable
to
a
different
medium provided
sufficient
opportunity
to
becune
familiar
with
that
medium
was
given.
Another
effect
of
technological
change
observed
during
the
study
has
been
the
increasing
use
of
fax
copiers.
Two
of
the
respondents
described
the
opportunity
provided
by
fax
copiers
for
enhanced
camunication
with
clients
who
were
geographically
distant
and
with
}
x
:
187
-
Page 201
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 201/320
when
contact
had
previously
been
restricted.
It
was also
found
that
the
use
of computer systems was
beginning
to
have
an
impact
on
the
working
practices
of some
illustrators,
and
on
art-work
and production
units,
and
it is
clear
that
this
is likely
to
increase
(Hughes,
1989).
In
general
terms,
therefore,
from
the
findings
of
the
study
two
possible
effects on
drawing
usage
can
be
linked
to
develognents in
technology.
Firstly, there
is
a
likelihood
that
a
growing
number of
designers
will
draw
with
the
aid
of computers
or
utilise
other
technological
developments
during
some
of
the
procedures
of
the
graphic
design
process, particularly
for
the
purposes
of
speeding
up
carnunication
and
for
the
adaptation
and
refinement of
images
for
art-
work.
Hence,
they
will
need
to
develop
an
appropriate
range of
manipulative
skills.
Secondly,
designers
will
increasingly
have
to
brief
canputerate
specialists or
technicians
when
catmissioning
illustration
or
art-work
and will,
therefore,
need
to
promote
their
own understanding
of
the
developing
capacities of
the
new
technology.
Thus,
although
it
would appear
that
the impact
of new
technology
will
not reduce
designers
dependence
on
their
use of
drawing, the
need
to
be
flexible
and adaptable
in
this
use
will
continue
to
be
of paramount
importance.
A
study of
the
changes
in
graphic
designers
use
of
drawing
brought
about
by
the
impact
of
developments
in technology
would provide
a
valuable
topic
for future
work.
-
188
-
Page 202
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 202/320
CHRY R5
The Required
Drawing
Abilities
and
the
Develcpment
of
a
TaX
XXifly an
the
Use
of
Drawing
5.1
Inttýocýuctian
The
findings
on
the
use
of
drawing
by
graphic
designers
in
the
design
process
given
in
Chapter
4
reveal a
very
canplex
pattern
of
drawing
activity.
In
this
chapter
further findings fran
the
interview
series
and
case study
(described
in
Section
3.3)
are presented,
but here
the
emphasis
is
shifted
to
a consideration of
the
respondent s
ocarents
relating
to the
drawing
abilities
that designers
need
in
order
to
support
this
axnplex
activity.
Respondents
expressed
their
views on
the
importance
of
the
development
of appropriate
drawing
ability
both
in
answer
to
specific
questions and
through
discussion
of
broader
issues.
Attention
is
also
directed
to
the
evaluative
criteria
that
graphic
designers
have
been
found
to
adopt
when
appraising
the
use of
drawing
and
drawing
ability.
The
findings
presented so
far
are
then
set
out
in the form
of
a
taxonany. This
taxonany
presents
the
conclusions
reached
on
the
use
of
drawing
in
the tasks
of
the
graphic
design
process.
The
system
of
categorisation
employed
is
described
and
the
difficulties
of
ncmenclature
encountered
in its development
are
discussed.
5.2
¶L
required
drawing
abilities of graphic
designers
At
an
early stage
of
the
research,
that
is to
say
during the
pilot
study,
it
was established
that
both cognitive
and
practical
drawing
abilities
were
required
by
graphic
designers
(see
Section
1.5
for
a
definition
of
the
terms
cognitive
and
practical in the
,
context
of
this
study),
and
as
the
study
progressed
it
was
in
fact
found
that
many respondents
described
the
need
to
acquire
both
these
kinds
of
abilities.
When
asked
to
rate
the
importance
of
drawing
ability
to
practising
-
189
-
Page 203
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 203/320
graphic
designers,
27
of
the
50
respondents
thought
that
it
was
essential
while
the
remaining
23
thought
that
it
was
useful,
indicating
that
they
all valued
this
type
of ability.
However,
when
asked
how
important they
thought
it
was
for
a graphic
designer
to
have
a
broad
appreciation
of
drawing in
general,
42
respondents
thought
it
was essential and
8
that
it
was
useful,
indicating
that
this
cognitive
type
of ability was
valued
even
more
highly
(see
Tablel2(a)).
Table
12
(a)
:
Rating
of
the
importance
of
drawing
ability
aryl
of
the
iuortanoe
of
having
a
broad
appreciation
of
drawing
to
practising graphic
designexs
Essential
Useful
Irrelevant
Detrimental
Importance
of
drawing
27
23
ability
Importance
42 8
of
a
broad
appreciation
of
drawing
[Number
of respondents =
50]
When
asked
to
define
drawing
ability, respondents
cannents
were
remarkably
similar
in that,
in
general,
both
cognitive
and
practical
abilities
were
combined
in
their
answers.
Of
the
50
respondents,
47
mentioned
what
may
be
broadly termed
cognitive
abilities,
and
46
what
may
be
termed
practical
abilities
in
their
definitions.
Examples
include: the
ability
to
discover
and
to
demonstrate ,
the
ability
to
do
a
pictorial
representation
of
an
idea ,
translation
of
ideas
onto
paper ,
and
translation
of
what s
in
your
head .
This
emphasis
on
the
physical activity
of
putting
down
of
ideas
in
a
visual
form
is
echoed
through
many
of
the
carrnents
made
about
the
use of
drawing
in
the
graphic
design
process.
The
importance
of not
only
putting
down
ideas
for
the
designers
awn
purpose
but
of
using
drawing
to
camunicate
those
ideas
to
others
was
also
frequently
expressed
by
respondents.
30
respondents
specifically
identified
communication and
the
transmission
of
ideas
in
their
-
190
-
Page 204
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 204/320
definitions
of
drawing
ability.
For
example,
carments
like
'the
V
ability
to
caranunicate
to
colleagues or clients',
'to
be
able
to
put
ji1
dawn
ideas
so
that
they
can
be
read
by
others
who
can't
visualise
themselves',
'to
get concepts
over', and
'shorthand
for
explaining
an
idea'
are
typical
examples
of
this
canbination
of
concept
and
ccmnunication.
Of
the
50
respondents,
only
3
gave
definitions that
specifically
described
drawing
ability
as
being
purely
manipulative.
These
were
'to
have
the
range of
skills
necessary',
'neatness
and
precision'
and
'drawing
should
be
as natural as
handwriting'.
Two
other
specific
sorts of ability
could
be
identified
in
the
definitions
given.
Thinking
by
means
of
drawing,
or
problem-solving,
was
specifically
mentioned
by
10
respondents;
for
example
'just
one of
the
ways
of
solving
visual problems' and
'discovery
on paper'.
'Visual
literacy'
was
also mentioned
by
9
designers
in
response
to
this
same
question.
Replies
like
'visualising
and
indicating
a range
of styles',
'the
ability
to
put
down
the
essence
of
form',
'the
knowledge
of
form is
vital'
and
'being
able
to
draw
without
reference'
are
interesting
descriptions
of
this
type
of
drawing
ability.
Therefore,
when attempting
to
define
basic
drawing
ability,
over
50
of
the
graphic
designers
said
that
the
capacity
to
cxrnunicate
was
very
important,
while
in
addition
the
ability
to
resolve
ideas
visually and
the
possession
of
visual
literacy
were,
for
some,
very
important
aspects
of
drawing
ability.
The
abilities
given above
are
those identified
from the
various
definitions
of
drawing
ability given.
In
contrast,
it
was
also
possible
to
identify
the
drawing
abilities
that
these
same
designers
regarded as
important
from
their
descriptions
of
the
use
of
drawing
in
the
conduct of
specific
tasks.
Here, it
became
clear
that
they
:f
accorded
more
importance
to
particular
manipulative
abilities
(abilities
like
drawing
quickly,
drawing
carefully
and
precisely
in
order
to
develop
and refine
visual
form,
and
imitating
or simulating
various
visual qualities)
than
was
apparent
fran
their
initial
definitions.
Table
12(b)
gives
the
number
of
times
that
various
types
of
drawing
ability
were mentioned
when
respondents
were
describing
-
191
-
Page 205
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 205/320
Page 206
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 206/320
Table
13:
Responses
to the
questi
en
Do
you
think
it
is
important
a
graphic
designer
has
the
following
drawing
abilities?
Question*
Yes
No
Not
a
drawing
ability
Appropriate
use
in
40
5
5
cultural/historical
context
Appropriate
use
37 5
8
of
style
Ability
to
adapt
32
5
13
found
imagery
Drawing from 36 9 5
observation
Drawing
for
45
1
4
analysis
Drawing
for
34 6
10
brainstorming
Drawing to
38
6
6
organise
ideas
Drawing to 45 4 1
visualise
ideas
Sensitivity
to
47
1
2
2
dimensional
organisation
Sensitivity
to 29
11
10
3
dimensional
organisation
Dexterity
and
46
3
1
manual
control
Drawing
for
43
3
4
presentation
Drawing
from
39
8
3
memory
Drawing
quickly
45
3
2
[Number
of respondents
=
50
*Abbreviated
questions:
See
Appendix
I(a)
for
the
questions
asked.
-
193
-
Page 207
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 207/320
t.
Table
14:
Responses
to the
question
Do
you
think
it
is
important
a
graphic
designer
has
the
following
drawing
skills?
.
Question*
Yes
No Not
a
drawing
skill
Handling
of a
36
10
4
range
of media
Creative
use
24
15
11
of collage
Calligraphic
17
25
8
skills
Handling
of a
26
15
9
range of specialist
materials
Handling
spirit
32
13
5
markers
Handling
drawing
30
16
4
instruments
Handling
air-
8
38
4
brush
techniques
Handling tracing 31 11 8
techniques
Cropping
of
25 6
19
imagery
[Number
of respondents
=
50]
*
For the
sake
of
brevity
in
the
table the
questions
have been
abbreviated.
See
Appendix
I(a)
for
the
full
questions.
The
data
presented
in
Table
13
supports
the
findings
generated
by
the
more
open-ended
question
asking
the designers
to
define drawing
ability,
and
furthermore,
it
also
provides
useful additional
information.
For
example,
45
respondents
thought that
it
was
important
designers
had
the
ability
to
visualise
ideas
and
45
thought
drawing
was
important
as
an
aid
to
analysis
but,
when specifically
asked,
about
the
same
number
of respondents
also
thought that
practical abilities
(for
example dexterity, the ability to present,
and sensitivity
to
2 dimensional
organisation)
were
important. Not
-
194
-
Page 208
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 208/320
ý.
j
surprisingly
45
respondents
thought
that
it
was
important
to
be
able
to
draw
quickly.
Again,
it is interesting
to
note
that
40
respondents
thought
that
appreciation of
the
appropriate use of
drawing
in
relation
to the
cultural
or
historical
contexts
of
particular
jobs
was
important
and
37
thought
appropriate
use
of style
important, thus
implying
a need
for
visual
literacy
to
inform
drawing
practice.
It
is
also
worth noting
the
fact
that
more
respondents
(39)
thought
it
important
to
be
able
to
draw
from
memory
than
those
(36)
who
thought
it important
to
be
able
draw
from
observation.
In
general
terms,
Table
14
may
be
said
to
show
that
some
respondents
thought
specific
techniques
or skills
less
important than
more
broad-
based
abilities.
Only
17
thought
calligraphic
skills
important
and
just
8
that
airbrush
techniques
were
important;
most
respondents
implying
that
such
skills can
be
'bought
in'.
However,
the
ability
to
handle
a
range
of
media,
specifically
spirit
markers,
tracing
techniques,
and
those
abilities
involved in
the
use
of
specialist
drawing
instruments
and materials
were
thought to
be important
by
over
50
of
the
respondents.
It
is
also
interesting
to
note
that
while
11
respondents
thought
that
the
creative
use
of collage
and
19
that
the
cropping
of
imagery
were not
drawing
abilities,
24
and
25
respectively
not only
thought
that they
were
drawing
abilities
but
also
that
they
were
important.
So,
it
may
be
said
that
when
the
use
of
drawing
is
closely
investigated,
the
pattern
of
drawing
abilities
required
is
found
to
be
highly
complex,
involving
the
interaction
of
knowledge,
understanding
and appreciation with
a
broad
range
of
executive
or
practical
abilities and,
to
sane
extent,
the
capacity
to
errploy
specific
skills
and
techniques.
By
considering
several
specific
uses
of
drawing
typical
of
different
tasks
and
procedures of
the
graphic
design
process, sanething
of
this
complexity
can
be illustrated.
For
example,
it has
been
found
that
in
order
to
use
drawing
effectively
to
record
the
combination
of
first ideas
and
design
decisions
that
occur
during
a
briefing,
this
recording
of
emergent
ideas
will require
the
recall
both
of
information
about
visual
form
-
195
-
Page 209
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 209/320
f
and of
the
means
of
depicting
stylistic
qualities.
The
drawings
will
need
to
be
produced
very
quickly,
before
another
idea
fozms,
or
before
further
carinunication
with
the
client
is
required.
However,
in that
the
drawing
will
be
used
for later
reference,
speed must
not
preclude
precision.
Again,
it has been found
that
when
a
design
idea is
being
resolved
a
greater
emphasis
is
put
on manipulative
skills.
Sax
tikes
drawn
elements are
produced
by
copying and
tracing
fron
reference
material
and
indications
are produced
to
represent
the
visual
qualities of
typographic
and pictorial
elements,
to
a sufficient
degree
of
finish
that the
potential of
a possible
design
solution may
be
evaluated.
Therefore, the
ability
to
control a
range
of media,
to
depict
a wide
range of visual qualities,
including
the
effects of
text
and
display
typography,
and
to
control
the two-dimensional
spatial
organisation
t
are
needed.
However, the
designer
also
needs
the
more
conceptual
ability
involved in
selecting
appropriate visual reference
material,
both
pictorial
and
typographic,
and
in
controlling
the
overall
visual
impression
in
accordance
with
the
specified
approach
to
the
design
job.
The
production of a
specification
involves
yet another
range
of
drawing
abilities, putting
little
emphasis
on
practical skill
beyond
control
of a
limited
range
of
media
and
the
capacity
to
work neatly,
but
requiring
the
ability
to
conceptualise
instructions
for
specific
production
facilities
such
that
they
can
be
set
out
in
a manner
that
carnunicates
to technicians
operating according
to
a range
of criteria
specific
to
a
particular
production
process.
The
production
of
artwork
has
been
observed
in
some
instances to
involve
only
drafting
skills
and
the
handling
of
specialist
equipment.
However,
in
some
cases,
a wide
range
of
drawing
abilities,
even
rivalling
those
of artists
or
specialist
illustrators,
has been found
to
be
required.
Therefore,
a canplex
inter-relationship
of
intellectual
and
practical
skills, experience of
the
graphic
design
process,
knowledge
of
-
196
-
Page 210
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 210/320
z ._
solution
types
and
the
understanding
of visual conventions
are
j
required
by
graphic
designers
if
they
are
to
use
drawing
effectively.
d
.
In
addition,
drawing
ability
has
also
been
found
to
be
closely
linked
to the
capacity
to
cannunicate
effectively with
both
colleagues
and
clients and
to
the
management
of
design
operations.
Although
it
could
be
argued
that,
in
the
conventional
sense,
not all
the
abilities
under
discussion
are strictly
drawing
abilities,
they
must
be
seen
as such
in
the
context
of
this
study,
in
that
they
are
abilities
that
graphic
designers
have
to
develop
in
order
to
use
drawing
appropriately
in
all
the
phases
of
the
graphic
design
process.
The
importance
of
this
holistic
approach
to the
consideration
of
drawing
ability
cannot
be
underestimated and
indeed
it
underpins
later discussion
on
the
development
of
drawing
ability
in
BA
level
graphic
design
education.
Based
on
the
findings
made
in
this
study,
it
has been
possible
to
make
a
useful
distinction between
different
types
of
drawing
ability and
thereby
identify,
in
broad
terms, those
drawing
abilities
required
by
a graphic
designer.
These
are
listed
in
table
15.
Table 15: The required drawing abilities of graphic designers
1.
Ability to
control
a range of specialist
equipnent
2.
Ability
to
control
a range
of media
3.
Ability
to
draw
accurately
4.
Ability
to
draw
quickly
5.
Ability
to
set out
or
lay
out
drawn
imagery
6.
Ability
to
bring
together
a
synthesis
of
imagery
7.
Ability
to
imitate
the
qualities
of
visual
imagery
8.
Ability to
understand
how
drawn
imagery
has
been
constructed
9.
Ability
to
observe
accurately
from
life
10.
Ability
to
assess
the
elements
of
visual
styles and
fashions
11.
Ability to
assess
the
elements
of
visual
imagery
on
a
cultural or historical basis
-
197
-
Page 211
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 211/320
Page 212
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 212/320
that
it
was useful.
It
is
also worth
noting
that
a
number
of
respondents
fron
both
this
structured
interview
programme
and
from
the
20
respondents
in
the
focused
programme
(described
in
Section
3.3)
said
that
they thought
it
was
possible
for
a
designer
to
cope
without
drawing
ability
as
there
were
'ways
round',
that
is,
ways
to
avoid
drawing.
However,
all
these
respondents,
and most notably
those
who
said
that
they themselves
had
limited
drawing
ability,
said
it
caused
severe
disadvantages.
'Difficulty
in
ccernnunicating
ideas
to
others'
was
the
most
typical
problem
that
respondents
volunteered
as
being
caused
by
a
lack
of
drawing
ability.
Table
16
indicates
responses
given
to
specific
questions
about problems
caused
by
a
lack
of
drawing
ability.
(The
full
questions
are given
in
Appendix I(a),
Section
III,
Item
6.
)
Table
16:
Prableins
caused
by
a
lack
of
drawing
ability
Generation
of
Causes
lack
Can
spoil
slows
Can
cause
ideas
limited
of confidence
presentation
progress
sloppy
artwork
29
22
20
97
[Number
of respondents
=
50;
several responding
in
more
than
one
category]
As
stated above, a
high
proportion
of
the
50
respondents
in
the
structured
interview
programme expressed a
belief
that
graphic
designers
should
have
a
broad
appreciation
of
drawing
(see
Table
12(a).
Again
a
high
proportion,
42,
thought
it
was essential
to
be
able
to
judge
the
drawing
ability of
specialist
image
makers and
8
thought
it
was
useful.
Many
of
the
respondents
said
that
these
abilities
were
inherently
linked
to
drawing
ability, and
all agreed
they
were
important
to the
use
of
drawing
during the
graphic
design
process.
33
thought
that it
was essential
for
a
designer
to
be
able
to
conceptualise a
visual
image
and
then
describe
it in
words, and
17
thought
that
this
ability was
useful.
23
thought
that this
ability
-
199
-
f
i
.ý
J4
(,.
,
ýý
i
ý_
Page 213
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 213/320
was
linked
to
drawing
ability.
Furthermore,
of
the
28
respondents
with
managerial
status,
27
described
the
use
of
drawing
ability as
being
important
to. the
performance
of
their
managerial
tasks.
It
may
therefore
be
concluded
that,
in
terms
of
drawing,
a
wide range
of abilities
are
demanded
of graphic
designers.
it
is
essential
that
not only
are practical
abilities
developed,
but
also
that
they
are
associated
with
intellectual
understanding.
Again,
it
is important
that
designers develop
a range
of
drawing
ability.
They
need
to
be
able
to
work
freely,
quickly
and
imaginatively
but,
when required,
they
need
to
be
able
to
produce
ccoplex,
detailed
and
carefully
resolved
drawings.
Farther
to this
development
of a
wide range of
drawing
abilities,
balancing
both
intellectual
and
manual
skills,
is
the
awareness and understanding
of
the
appropriate
use of
this
range
in
the
context of
the
design
process.
It
has
also
been
observed
that
many
designers
develop
their
drawing
ability
beyond
this
level
of
utility,
and
through
a strategic
canbination
of
different types
of
drawing,
and
drawing
activity,
support
either
managerial
tasks,
or
the
creative
and
individualistic
development
of
design
solutions.
5.3
Evaluative
criteria
During
the
research,
examples
of
the
application
of
evaluative
criteria
to
the
use
and
quality
of
drawings
were
both
described
and
observed.
As
previously
indicated,
some
respondents
thought
that
drawing
ability
was
not essential
to
graphic
designers
themselves
and
that those
without
well-developed
drawing
ability
could
cope
with
the
requirements of
their
profession,
albeit
with
difficulty.
However,
most of
the
respondents
thought
an appreciation
of
the
drawing
ability
of specialists
was
essential,
and
without
exception
they
indicated
an
admiration and
interest
in
the
production
of
able
draughtspersons.
It
can
therefore
be
said
that
almost
all
the
respondents
valued
what
they
understood
to
be
good
drawing.
But
what
are
the
criteria
used
to
judge
whether
drawing
is
good
or not?
Before
considering
these
in
some
detail,
it
is
worth
drawing
attention
to
other
findings
fran
the
research
which
also
reveal something
of
the
-
200
-
Page 214
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 214/320
evaluative
criteria
that
practising
designers
may
apply
to
drawing.
For
example,
when
score of
the
interviews
were
being
set
up,
the
potential
respondents
initially denied
either
drawing
or
knowing
much
about
it.
It
was
later
found
that this
was
due
to
the
fact
that
they
assumed
the
study was concerned
with
an academic
or artistic
approach
to
drawing.
However,
once
interviews
were
under
way,
without
exception
respondents were
found
not
only
to
have
valuable
information
to
contribute
about
the
graphic
designers
use
of
drawing,
but
also
to
use
drawing
themselves
in
the
performance
of
at
least
sane
of
the
designerly
tasks
in
which
they
were
engaged.
It
is
interesting
to
note
that
their
initial
reaction was
that
they
did
not
consider
the
drawing
activity
and
drawings
produced
during
the
graphic
design
process
to
be
real
drawing.
During
discussion
about
drawing
and
drawing
ability
with
more
junior
jF
designers,
who
had
only recently
joined
the
profession,
some
(11
out
of a sample
of
20)
were
also
found
to
assume an academic
or artistic
interest
on
the
part
of
the
researcher,
and
in
several
instances their
comments were very
illuminating.
They talked
about
drawing in
the
sort of
terms
that
had been
applied while
they
were at
college,
more
specifically
during
their
foundation
courses.
In
some
instances
they
indicated
a
feeling
that they
had
not
really
done
very
much
drawing
.
since
those times,
apart
fron
during
life
classes and
other
content-
specific
classes on
BA
courses
or
during
their
awn
time.
Two
groups of respondents,
namely
7
out
of
the
26
who
had
managerial
status,
and
8
of
those
respondents
who
had
been
working
in
the
profession over
20
years,
revealed
that it
was
because
of
what
they
described
as
their
natural
drawing
ability
and
interest
in
drawing,
that
they
had
initially become
involved
in
art
and
design
as
a subject
and, subsequently,
graphic
design
as
a
career.
Several
individuals
fron
these
two
groups
described
what
they
felt
was a change
in
recruits
to
the
profession
over
the
years,
with
drawing
ability
becoming
progressively
less
important
and
verbal
skills
taking
on
greater
significance.
However,
when
questioned
further,
these
same
respondents
stated
that
they
still
drew
as
part
of
their
everyday
working
practice and,
as
they
admitted, so
did
their
juniors.
-
201
-
Page 215
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 215/320
Nevertheless,
they
did
not
think
of
the
types
of
drawing
production
they
saw
around
them
as
being
real
drawings
in
the
sense
of
the type
of
drawings
they
had
themselves
been
taught
to
produce
at college.
Some
of
these
respondents
only
saw
the
drawings
of
illustrators
and
artists as
real
drawings.
The
canbination
of
these
findings
from
respondents
in
a
wide range
of
age groups,
and
with very
different
experience
profiles,
may
be
seen
as
indicative
of
a
rather
fundamental
confusion
or
double-think
found
to
influence
same
designers.
It
is
undeniable
that
drawing
plays
a
role
in
the
working
practice
of
these
designers,
but
the
kinds
of
drawings
that they
produce
may
not
be
seen
by
them
as
worthy
of
consideration
or
evaluation
in their
own
right.
However,
such
findings,
although
important
should
not obscure
the
equally
important fact
that
various
forms
of evaluative
criteria
for
drawing
activity
and
drawing
types
do
operate successfully
in
the
graphic
design
profession.
Criticism
was
found
to
be
an
important
part of
designerly
activity
and was
freely
given,
both
for design
solutions and
for
drawing
production
when
thought
appropriate
by
members of
the
design
team
and
by
members
of marketing staff.
In
sane
instances
the
criticism
given
by
clients
was also observed
to
be
not
just
relevant
but highly
instructive.
Drawing
activities
that
were
unnecessarily
time-consuming
were
criticised,
for
example when
designers
spent
time
rendering
details
of
design jobs
that
had
not
been
evaluated.
Also
various
degrees
of
finish
were
found
to
be
considered
appropriate
for
particular
procedures,
and
over
finish
or
lack
of
finish
was subject
to
criticism.
The
types
of
drawing
production
prepared
for
presentation,
especially
client
presentation ,
were
especially
subject
to
criticism.
For
example,
during
a
client
presentation meeting,
attended
by
the
author,
inappropriate
use
of
drawing
was
found
to
be
very confusing
to
the
client.
The
presentation
drawings
had been
produced
with
a
degree
of
finish
that
implied
that
all
aspects
of
the
design
had been
resolved,
whereas
in
fact
this
was
not
the
case.
The
designer
was put
in
the
position
of
having
to
tell the
clients
it
-
202
-
Page 216
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 216/320
won t actually
look like
that
because
they
had,
understandably,
assumed
from
the
nature of
the
drawings
presented
that
the
proportion
of
certain
elements
had
already
been
determined.
Subsequently,
all
the
members
of
the
design
team
acknowledged
that
a
inappropriate
use
of
drawing
had
caused
the
confusion.
It
was also
clear
that
errors
in
the
production
of specifications
and
artwork
can
have
particularly
serious consequences
for the
production
of
design
solutions, and so
these types
of
drawing
production
are
monitored
and
criticised
very
carefully
by
senior
members
of
the
design
team. Again,
it
was
found
that
designers
would
carefully
evaluate
the
work
from
caatmissioned
specialists.
When
a specific
type
of
image
had been
cannissioned,
art-work would
not
be
accepted
that
did
not meet
requirements.
It
was
noted
that the
use
of
drawing
in
managerial
tasks
was not
subject
to the
same
degree
of
open
criticism
as
that
produced
in
the
performance of
executive
tasks.
Nevertheless,
it
was clear,
that
when
the
design
team thought
an
inappropriate
use of
drawing
had
been
made,
for
example an over-prescriptive
form
being
used
when passing
on
a
briefing,
or
conversely a
confusing
roughly-scribbled
form
of
drawn
instruction,
dissent
was voiced.
Against
this
background,
several
specific
examples
of
the
ways
in
which a
drawing
can
be
judged
by
designers
were
described
by
respondents,
and
during
the
case
study
several
instances
when
drawings
were
being
judged
were
observed.
To
su:
anarise
the
findings
fran
the
data
thus
collected,
it
may
be
said
that,
a
drawing
can
be
judged
according
to the
following
criteria:
Does
it
contribute
to the
progress
of
the
job?
Does
it
play
its
part
in
the
overall
design
process?
Does
it
set
out
the
relevant
visual
information?
Does
it
aid analysis
of
the design
problem?
Can
it
be
read
by
others?
Has
it
been
sufficiently
econanical
to
produce?
-
203
-
Page 217
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 217/320
Does
it
serve
to
evaluate
an
idea?
Will
it
help
to
sell
an
idea?
Will
it
convince a client of
the
merits of a specific
design
solution?
Does
it
give
accurate
instructions?
Will
it
convey
the
necessary
information
to
a specialist
being
caraniss
ioned?
5.4
The
_t
of
a
taxamy
oa
the
use of
drawing
The
development
of a
taxonomy
based
on
the
findings
discussed
above
will
now
be described.
During
the
study,
it
has
been
shown
that
graphic
designers
use
drawing
in
a
variety
of
ways
to
help
than
perform
part of
the
range
of
tasks
which
form
the
graphic
design
process.
Not
every
detail
of
the
findings
on such
drawing
usage
has
been
included
in
the
taxonomy,
but
the
most carconly
described
practices
have
been
identified
in
order
to
provide a
classification
of
typical
usage.
The
taxonany
can
therefore
be
said
to
present
a
summary
or
overview of
the
findings,
indicating
not
only
the
car
lexity
of
drawing
usage
but
also
its
integration
within
the
design
process.
Table
17
set
out
this taxonomy
of
the
use
of
drawing in
the
graphic
design
process.
The table is
divided
into three
main
sections,
representing
Managerial
Tasks
(Section
1),
Executive
Tasks
(Section
2),
and
Self-Development Tasks
(Section
3).
on
the
left
of
the
table,
the
main
phases
of
the
design
process are
divided
into
procedures
and
then
,
in
turn,
into
tasks.
Movement
dawn
the
table
shows
the
broad
sequence
of events.
On the
right of
the
table,
the
use
made
of
drawing
in
each of
these
tasks
is
given,
together
with
details
of
the
types
of
drawing
produced
and
the
required
drawing
abilities
identified
in
this
study.
Details
of
the
construction
and
terminology
adopted
for
the taxonomy
are
given
below.
That
is
to
say,
in
the
following
subsections,
the
system
of
categorisation
adopted
for
the
taxonomy
is
described
in
more
detail.
Initially
the
reasons
for
-
204
-
Page 218
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 218/320
splitting
the table
into
three
are given
in
Section
5.4.1. In
Section
5.4.2,
the
problems encountered
in
identifying
individual
tasks
and
their
sequence
are explained.
In Section
5.4.3,
a
distinction
is
made
between
the
use of
drawing
and
the types
of
drawing
produced,
while
in
Section
5.4.4
the
system
of nomenclature
developed for
the
types
of
drawing
produced
is
considered.
In
Section
5.4.5, the
terminology
employed
for
the
required
drawing
abilities
is
discussed.
5.4.1
The three
secticns
of
the tax
mny
The
types
of
task
for
which
the
respondents
described
their
use
of
drawing
could
be divided
into
managerial
tasks,
executive
tasks
and
self-developnent
tasks
and
so similarly
the taxonomy
has
been divided
into
sections
to
represent
these
distinct
types
of
tasks. Thus,
the
findings
relating
the
use
of
drawing
in
the
performance
of such
managerial
tasks,
executive
tasks
and
self-developnent
tasks
are
presented
separately,
thereby
emphasising
the
importance
of
the
use of
drawing in
quite distinct
types
of
designerly
activity.
Although
some
designers
may not achieve much
seniority
in
their
profession,
or may
never
involve themselves
in
self-developmental
tasks,
it
was
nevertheless
found
that
a majority of
respondents
described
some sort
of
involvement
with
tasks
in
each
of
these
categories.
Highly
characteristic
uses
of
drawing
were
apparent
in
the
performance
of many
managerial
tasks.
Receiving
and
understanding
the
briefing
fron
the
client
were
aided
by
the
use
of
drawing.
Drawing
was
observed
to
be
used
in
the
planning
of
the
progress
of
jobs
through
the
design
studio, and
again
for
planning
the
overall
approach
to
design
solutions
which
was
generally
found
to
be
the
responsibility
of
senior
personnel.
Drawing
was seen
to
be
crucial
for
the
canrninication
of
ideas,
information
and
design
solutions
to the
design
team,
for
caranissioning
specialists
and
for
convincing
the
client.
These
duties
were
found
to be
generally,
although
not
exclusively,
managerial
ones
in
the
majority
of
design
organisations
researched.
-
205
-
Page 219
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 219/320
I
t
g
w
ri
(/1
GL
N
ýJ
N
NWH[4IIH U]
NýNýH
L]
N
h]
H
41
1-4
3,
ý
°9ö
4J 4t
w
.aWS.
w
44
4
4J
0
w
Ä
U)
>4
44
AA
Cý
rtiaý
o
aýa
N
Öi
-
206
-
Page 220
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 220/320
..
v
/ ý
i-1
(J1
.i
O
`ý-1
ý
ýý
k
Aý
ö
.ý
w
0
ai
x
u
Ü1
QW
a
Im
ýl
Ii
44
ä
(1)
fli
Uý
ýN
w
o
0
4
44
N
tIýý
9
m
.ý,
N
W
N
ý.
1
N
Q
r,
U
PH
§
--
207
-
Page 221
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 221/320
I
o
h
F
A
w
0
aý
9
N
W
O+
a&
fl
85
e
1110'
ID
II
U
hfl
'h
qq
&v
k
ýý
1iIL
I
pN
ý1
ro
R.
NHý
.F
.
Ur-1
4
-1
44
a
öý
º,
4
49
44
o
4J
Mý
i
(1)
gj II 0w
44.4
4j
1
41
Rö
-H
H
a
4
41
w>
cis
ö8H
Fi
w
ý,
awu
9
w
44
w
41
4§
v
cß
ä
aý
ý
ýýý
-
208
-
Page 222
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 222/320
..
II
Aý
Öý
w
0
Ö
Sm
0) H
M
41
,ý
ate;
ý
N
1 I
`
ý 1
41
41
.9
.59
0)
2s
f0 V0 I
0)
a)
9a6a99
gä as
gild
4
fi
U
i
44
aý
I
9
ý ro
a so
a
0ýýIn
14
a7
Amt
g
O
ro
ýi
Q1+
44
9
19
Ia
49
404
6
-
209
-
Page 223
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 223/320
I
ä
ý'
ýi
1.8
E
-,
1>4
I
I
144
41
4J
w
(V
p
16
'N
(1) M.
I
""
-''ý
41
W
N
UC
t+iT
O
41
44
wö
"-i
l
a)
04
CN
.
Oi
.i
U)
41
-
210
-
Page 224
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 224/320
A
range
of procedures
will
be
involved in
the
solution
of
most
design
problems
and
these
will require
the
designer
to
engage
in
a series of
executive
tasks.
All
the
respondents
described themselves
as
participating
in
these
executive
tasks to
a
greater
or
lesser
degree,
depending
on
their
level
of seniority and
the
particular
orientation
of
their
work.
These
executive
tasks
can
be
broadly
summarised as
follows:
responding
to the
briefing
as caranunicated
to the
design
team
by
the
designer
manager or marketing
personnel; assembling
appropriate
reference
material;
analysing
the
design
problem;
analysing
potential
design
solutions;
developing,
evaluating
and
resolving
design
solutions;
preparing
presentations; refining
chosen
design
solutions;
ccrmnissioning
specialists;
specifying
for
production;
and,
in
some
cases, producing
art-work.
All
these tasks
were
observed
to
depend
on
drawing
activity
for
their
perfonnance, albeit
to
different
extents.
Designer s
individual
efforts
to
improve
their
abilities
have
also
been
included
in
the
categorisation
of
tasks
because,
although
they
were
generally
conducted
in
respondent s
own
time,
they
were
nevertheless
considered
by
them to
be
an essential
part
of
professional
practice.
Such
self-developmental
tasks
were
found
to
be
performed
for
the
following
reasons:
to
assist
in
the
development
of
a
collection
of
reference
material;
to
develop
visual
language
and
sensitivity
to
visual
form;
to
aid
the
development
of
the
designer s
own style
or
ideas; to
improve
their
drawing
ability
in
specific
ways,
for
example
figure
drawing;
and
to
explore
media
and
specific
techniques,
for
example
calligraphy.
The
descriptions
provided
by
the
respondents
of
the
conduct
of such
tasks
revealed
that
they
involved
observation
of
solution
types through
visiting
appropriate venues,
for
example retail
outlets,
and
looking
at magazines,
books,
television
etc;
as
well
as
the
development
of
the
broader
aspects
of
visual
literacy
by
visiting
exhibitions,
museums
etc.
Although
the
relationship
to
the.
phases
and
procedures
of
the
graphic
-
211
-
Page 225
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 225/320
design
process
was relatively
clear
in
the
case
the
managerial
and
executive
tasks,
as
explained above
tasks
for
self-development
were
generally not
linked
to the
progress
of specific
jobs. However,
it
was apparent
that
self-developmental
tasks
were
often
conducted
to
develop
specific skills
and
abilities,
and
so
they
are
listed
in
the
table
against
those
phases
and
procedures
where such
skills and
abilities are of
particular
importance.
Inevitably,
complications arise
if
an
attempt
is
made
to
describe
all
the tasks
of a
designer
manager under
managerial
tasks.
This
is
due
to
the
fact
that
many
designers
have
a
dual
role,
being
responsible
for
both
designing
and
managing
design.
Therefore,
the
executive
tasks
that
designer
managers
were
found
to
perform
are
not repeated
in
the
managerial
task
category
(and
so
that
section
of
the taxonomy
should
not
be
taken
on
its
awn
to
represent
the
range
of
tasks
performed
by
senior
designers).
In the
case of
independent,
free-
lance
designers
and
those
working
in
very
small
organisations
or
design
teams,
both
managerial
and executive
tasks
were
found
to
be,
of
necessity,
performed
by
the
same person.
Conversely,
it
was also
found
that
in
many organisations
it
was
quite
usual
for
other
members
of
the
design
team to
accompany
a
designer
manager
on
a
briefing
or
presentation
session
but,
again
to
avoid
repetition,
the
managerial
tasks
specific
to the
these
procedures
are
not
included
in
the
executive
task
category.
5.4.2
I1
tasks
of
the
graphic
design
process
As
indicated
in
Chapter
1,
the
terns
task
is
used
here
to
denote
a
piece
of
work, a
specific
undertaking
to
be
carried out.
The
task
represents
the
level
of
operation
within
designerly
activity
that
has
been
the
main subject
of scrutiny
in
this
study.
Therefore,
the
use
of
drawing involved
in
the
performance
of
tasks
represents
the
core
of
the taxonany.
A
complication
in
the
development
of
a
systematic
categorisation
of
the
tasks
of
the
design
process
arises
fron
the
finding
that
such
tasks
are
not necessarily
conducted
sequentially,
but
will
frequently
-212-
Page 226
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 226/320
be
performed simultaneously
during
the
progression of
a procedure.
For
example,
during
a
briefing
session,
designers
will
be
querying
various
aspects of
the
job
while making
visual
notes of
the
information
received and
recording
the
first
ideas
pranpted
by
the
occasion
through
doodles
and
rapid scribbles.
They
may also
find
it
necessary
to
produce
basic
visual
or
schematic
descriptions
of
solution
types
to
check
for
understanding
with
the
client.
This
phenomenon
of
simultaneity
or parallel processing
has
been
found
to
be
very
influential
both
in
terms
of
the
designer s
use
of
drawing
and
in
the
development
of
the
drawing
abilities
that
graphic
designers
need.
It
has beccene
clear
that,
not only
is it
necessary
that
designers
are able
to
produce
a wide
range
of
drawing types, but
that
they
are
able
to
carbine
these
strategically
according
to
the
circumstances
of
the
particular
design
procedure
in
which
they
are
involved.
However,
the
limitations
of
the tabular
form
have
meant
that
it
has
not
been
possible
to
show
this
simultaneity.
Hence,
the
tasks
have been
presented
in
the
order most carmonly
described
by
respondents.
5.4.3
The
use of
drawing
aril
the
types
of
drawing
Pprodaced.
In
the
taxonomy,
it
has been
necessary
to
classify
separately
the
use
of
drawing
and
the types
of
drawing
produced.
This
is
because
not
only
can a given
use
of
drawing
involve
a number
of
types
of
drawing
production,
but
a
given
type
of
drawing
(here
meaning
the
product
of
a
drawing
activity)
can
be
put
to
different
uses.
For
example,
drawing
activity
can
be
used
as an
aid
to
the designer s thinking
processes
and
the
drawing
thereby
produced
may
then
be
used
to
as an
aid
to
communicating
the
idea
to
others.
(See
Section
4.3
for findings
on
the
re-use
of
drawings
.)
In
the
taxonany
a
dash
is
used
to
denote
a
re-use
of
drawing
in
the
Type
of
Drawing
Produced
column
in
the
table.
5.4.4
rksoesýclature
flayed
for
the types
of
drawing
Produced
While
brief descriptions
are
given
in
the
taxonany
to
describe
the
use
-
213
-
Page 227
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 227/320
Page 228
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 228/320
was
being
required
to
produce.
This
reference
to
neatness
did
not
just
refer
to
the
amount of care
she
was
expected
to take; it
was
not
just
about
neatness
in
the
conventional
sense,
but
also referred
to
the
purpose of
the
drawing.
For
example,
if
the
work
were
to
be
part
of
an
early
presentation
to
the
client
and
therefore
part
of an
evaluation
of a
number of
ideas
produced
by
several members
of
the
design
team,
it
was necessary
that
her
work
be
of an equivalent
degree
of
resolution, or
in
her
terms
neatness ,
to
the
others.
She
even
talked
about
agreeing
to
produce
neat
roughs ,
this
apparent
contradiction
not
only making
good
sense
to
herself but
also
to
the
senior
designer
who
briefed her.
When
questioned about
this
practice,
designers
indicated
that
not only
did
they
not
have different
terms
for
these
types
of
drawings
but
that
they
did
not
think
that
there
was
any
need
for
them
to
have
such
terms.
It
must,
therefore,
be
assumed
that
the term
rough
has
came
to
have
a generally agreed
broad-ranging,
if
rather
ill-defined,
meaning among
the
ccmnunity
of graphic
designers.
It
was
apparent
that
other
terms
in
cannon
usage
had
similarly
ill-
defined
meanings.
Confusion
was
found
with
the term
visualising .
Although
the
graphic
designers
all used
the
term to
mean
putting
down
one s
awn
idea ,
they
were
also
in
general
agreement
that
they
employed
the term to
describe
the
activities
of
a professional
visualiser,
that
is
a specialist
brought
in to
present
ideas
on
a
designer s
behalf.
A
broad-ranging
approach
was
adopted
in
order
to
arrive
finally
at
a
systematic
and
consistent
method
for
naming
drawing
types
which,
as
far
as
possible, reflected
the
terminology
used
in
the
profession,
but
at
the
same
time
allowed
for
a greater
differentiation
between
the
types.
Where
possible,
terms
were
identified fron
the
scripts of
the
interviews.
In
sane
instances,
when
designers
were
asked
to
think
more
carefully about
terminology,
many
of
them
were
able
to
contribute
terms
for
either
drawing
activities
or
for
drawing
types,
especially
when an actual
drawing
activity
or
type
could
be
used
as a
point
of
-
215
-
Page 229
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 229/320
reference.
Once
a
list
of
potential
names
had
been
established
for
all
the
distinct
types
of
drawing
identified
in
the
study
this
list
was
then
checked
with a number
of
designers
from
the
organisation
used
as
the
case study.
It
has
not
been
considered necessary
or
even
desirable
to try
to
name
every conceivable
type
of
drawing
produced as
this
could
lead
to
an over-canplex
classification
system.
However
it
was considered essential
in
the
context
of
the
study
to try to
identify
each
quite
distinct
type
of
drawing.
Table
18
gives a
list
of
the terms
used
in
the taxonomy
for
the
different
kinds
of
drawing
produced.
Also
given as
a
help
to
understanding
these
terms
is
the
drawing
activity
by
which
they
are
produced.
Table 18: Drawing activities and types of drawing prodLlced
DRAWING
CTIVITY TYPE OF
DRAWINGPRODUCED
To
note
information
Visual
note
To
pass on
information
Instruction
To
produce a schematic
representation
Schematic
To
express
three-dimensions
Projection
To
plan approach
or
production
Plan
To
plan
out
the
contents
of a magazine
or
book
Imposition
To
plan out
the
contents
of
time-based
media
Story
board
To draw from observation Sketch
To
copy
COPY
To
trace
Trace
To
doodle
Doodle
To
scribble
Scribble
To
visualise Visualisation
To indicate Indication
-
216
-
Page 230
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 230/320
To
lay
out
Layout
To
outline
the
content
Key-line
of photographic
material
[Outline]
To
render
Rendering
To
demonstrate
type
of
illustration
Trial
illustration
To
demonstrate
type
of
lettering
Trial
lettering
To
produce mock-up
of
relationship
of elements
Day
To
specify
Specification
To demonstrate for purposes
of camnissioning
Demonstration
To
draw
up artwork
Draft
To
refine
aspects
of
artwork
Refinement
To
produce artwork
creatively
Resolution
The term visual note is used to describe the drawings produced when
a
designer is
recording
information
about visual
aspects
usually
employed
during
a
briefing.
Fig.
2
shows
an example
of
this
type
of
drawing.
The
term
instruction
is
used
for
the
particular
type
of
canbined
drawing
and
oral
description
that
a senior
designer
uses when
passing
on a
briefing
to
a
junior designer.
Fig.
4
shows
an
example
of
this type.
The terns schematic is used for the diagrammatic type of drawing
that,
for
example, a
designer
produces
to
analyse
basic
solution
types
and
an example can
be
seen
in
Fig.
3.
Schematics
are
used
to
show
solution
types to
the
client
and
to
check
for
understanding
during
briefing.
They
are
also
used
in
consultancy
reports,
or
to
show
back
to
the
client
the
implications
of
the
job based
on
the
briefing.
The
ter
projection
describes
the
type
of
drawing
produced
when
the
expression
of
three-dimensions
are
involved.
Figs. 38(a)
and
38(b)
shows examples of projections .
-
217
-
Page 231
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 231/320
A
plan
describes
the
half-drawn,
half-written
listing
or
flow
chart
that
sane
designers
use
to
organise
their
work,
or
design
managers
use
to
plan
the
progress
of
a
job.
The
term
imposition
is
used
in
the
profession
to
describe
the
early plan
for
the
layout
of
a magazine,
it
is
a particular
type
of
drawing
plan,
as
is
a
storyboard .
Fig.
4
shows a roughly
drawn
imposition
or
plan.
The
drawings
used
to
record
visual
information
from
observation
are
referred
to
as
sketches .
The
types
of
drawing
referred
to
as
copy
and
trace
are
frequently
employed
for
tasks
related
to the
develognent
and
resolution
of
design
solutions,
but
their
use
is
also
very
important in the
collection
of visual
information
and
in the
development
of
visual
literacy.
Fig.
5
shows examples
of
sketches ,
Fig.
6
examples
of
copies
and
Fig.
7(b)
examples of
tracings .
As
has
already
been
indicated,
it is
most
difficult
to
separate
the
types
of
drawing
produced
when
developing
creative
ideas. However,
a
distinction
has been
made
between
the
free-ranging
and
playful
toying
around with
ideas
that
characterises
early
stages
of
an
analysis,
fron the
more
purposeful
and
deliberate
attempt
to tackle difficult
conceptual
problems.
Hence,
the
term
doodle
is
used
to
describe
the
type
of
very
free
or casual
drawing
that
a
designer
uses
when
first
thoughts
are
beginning
to form,
often
(according
to
designer s
descriptions)
during
the
briefing
or
when
a
designer
is
out of
the
design
studio.
In
accordance
with
the
popular
view,
such
doodles
can
even
be
found
on
the
backs
of envelopes
(Fig.
9(a)
shows
an example)
or as
one
designer described intermixed
with
shopping
lists .
The
term
scribble
is
used
to
show
the
free-ranging
activity
that
often
accompanies
the
sort
of
early
idea
stage,
when
many
ideas
and
adaptations
are
being
considered
by
the designer
and
the
hand
cannot
keep
up with
the
mind ,
so
lots
of small
drawings
have
to
be
produced
very quickly
in
an
attempt
to
record
this
rapid
conceptual activity.
Fig.
12
shows examples.
The
terns
visualisation
has
been
used
to
describe
the
more
concentrated
effort
to
put
down
ideas
or
give
form
to
an
idea .
It
-
218
-
Page 232
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 232/320
has been
found
that,
once
ideas
for
design
solutions
have
been
visualised
and
ca
nunicated
through
these
visualisations
to
other
members
of
the
design
team,
a
selection
is
made, either
by
the
individual designer,
or
by
a
designer
manager,
of promising
design
ideas
to
be developed
and resolved
in
more
detail
in
order
to
facilitate
further
evaluation.
Examples
of
visualisations
are
given
in
Figs.
24
and
29(a).
Once
a considered
attempt
to
express
specific,
stylistic qualities
and
detailed
canpositional
arrangements
is
made,
drawing
activity
generally
slows
down
and
becomes
more
painstaking.
The term
indication
is
used
to
describe
the
type
of
drawing
made
to
demonstrate the effects of specific visual
qualities
(see Figs. 19(a)
and
19(b)),
and
the
term
layout
to
describe
drawings
produced
with
the
more specific
intention
of resolving
spatial
organisation
and
the
integration
of
pictorial
and
typographic
elements,
as shown
in
Figs.
17(b)
and
17(c).
The term
keyline
or
outline
is
used
to
describe
the
sort of
drawings
that
designers
produce
as
part of a
layout,
generally
when
working
with
photographic
material,
and
that
are
particularly
found
in
editorial
design.
Fig.
16
shows
an example.
As
design
solutions
become
more
resolved
and presentations
are made,
more
careful
drawings
are
produced
where
the
details
of
imagery
and
typography
are
defined.
The
term
rendering
is
used
for
this
type
of
production
(see
Fig.
26).
In
some
instances trial
illustrations
are
produced
by designers
to
show
a
client
as clearly
as
possible
how
a
design
will
look,
and
the
term
trial
lettering
is
used
to
describe
the
resolution of
lettering
and
logos
that designers
produce
for
these
presentations , Figs. 30(a)
and
30(b),
and
Figs.
22(a)
and
22(b)
show
an
example of
these
types.
A
durrany
is
a
drawing,
or
series of
drawings,
showing
the
relationship
of
elements,
for
example
in
a
magazine or pack
design.
Figs.
23(a)
and
23(b)
show
drawings
produced
to
wrap
round
a
tin to
form
a
dumiy .
once
a
design
solution
has
been
agreed
in
detail
production
is
arranged.
The
term
demonstration
has
been
used
to
describe
the
type
of
drawing
a
designer
may
produce
when
cannissioning
a specialist
to
-
219
-
Page 233
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 233/320
ensure
that
particular qualities
are
contained
in
the
artmissioned
piece.
More
car¢nonly
drawings
produced
for
client
presentation
and
even
early
visualisations
are used
during
carmissioning
but
Fig.
35
shows
a
drawing
that
has
been
specially
produced
for this
purpose.
A
specification
is
a
type
of
drawing
produced
to
instruct
a
typesetter
or printer,
or other
technician
involved
in
production,
and
Fig.
36
shows an
example.
The
term
draft
is
used
to
describe
the
highly
controlled
form
of
drawing
(often
utilising
specialist
drawing
equipment)
employed
in
the
production of camera-ready
art-work.
As
indicated in
Section
4.4,
sane
designers
treat
the
production
of artwork
as a
creative
procedure
where they can work in detail on specific elements,
or
collage
and
edit elements
together
in
a controlled
way.
The tern
refinement
has
been
used
to
describe
this
type
of
drawing
production.
Fig.
37(d)
shows
a piece of art-work
that is
a
draft
that
has
been
subject
to
refinement .
The
term
resolution
has been
used
to
describe
those
instances
when
the
production
of
the
artwork
itself
is
conducted
in
a
very
creative
way
and
Fig. 37(b)
shows
an example
of
this
type
of
drawing.
5.4.5
¶I1
categorisation
of
the
required
drawing
abilities
Having
categorised
the
different
uses
of
drawing,
and
identified
the
different
types
of
drawing
produced,
the
final
stage
in
the
characterisation
of
the
role
of
drawing
in
the
graphic
design
process
is
to try to
describe
the
corresponding
drawing
abilities required.
Table 15 in Section 5.2
above
specifies
the
different
types
of
drawing
ability
identified
in
the
study.
In
order
to
employ
this
list
as
the
basis for describing
the
required
drawing
abilities
in the form
of
a
taxonomy,
it
was
first
necessary
to
select a succinct
term
representing
the
essence
of
the
ability
given
in
Table
15.
Table
19
sets
out
these
terms.
That
is
to
say,
for
the
sake
of
brevity
and
facilitating
a
tabular
format it
was necessary
to
use short,
succinct,
but
nevertheless
-
220
-
Page 234
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 234/320
explicit
terms.
For
example
the terns
precision
has
been
used
to
describe
the
ability
to
draw
accurately,
speed
has
been
used
to
describe
the
ability
to
draw
quickly
and
composition
has
been
used
for
the
ability
to
organise
and
lay
out
drawn
imagery.
Where
possible,
an abbreviation
of
the
original
description
has
been
retained.
For
example
the
terns
conventions
has
been
used
to
describe
the
ability
to
use
conventions
and
drawing
systems.
Also
recall
has been
used
for
the
ability
to
recall visual
material.
The
terms
are
intended
to
be
self-explanatory
but
where
necessary
reference
to the
original
description
is
possible
via
Table
19
and
Table
15.
Table
19:
Succinct
terms
cloyed
to describe
drawing
ability
in
the
taxoncmy
1. *
Technical
control
2.
Media
control
3.
Precision
4.
Speed
5.
Composition
6.
Synthesis
7.
Imitation
8.
De-construction
9.
Observation
10.
Flair
11.
Visual
literacy
12.
Judgement
13.
Spatial
14.
Planning
15.
Visualisation
16.
Instruction
17.
Camtunication
-
221
-
Page 235
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 235/320
18.
Commissioning
19.
Conventions
20.
Visual
memory
21. Recall
22.
Appropriate
use
23.
Strategic
use
*The
numbers
here
correspond
to
those
in
the
list
of
required
drawing
abilities
in
Table
15.
Appropriateness
and
Strategic
Use
have
been
included
at
the
end
of
each
of
the three
sections
in the taxonomy.
The
abilities
represented
by
these terms
were
found
to
be
important
for
the
entire
application
of
drawing
as a procedural
device
in
the
graphic
design
process,
but
they
are not as
specific
in
their
application
as
the
other
drawing
abilities and
it is
not
reasonable
to
try
to
allocate
a particular
position.
Rather they
apply
to
all
the
tasks involving
drawing.
Thus,
the
use of
drawing
has been
found
to
be
very
ccxnplex
and
affected
by
various
factors.
Nevertheless,
as
demonstrated
above,
in
general
terms, typical
practice
can
be
analysed
in
terms
of
the
tasks
involved
and
in
this
way
it has
been
possible
to
identify
the
abilities
required
both
for
the
types
of
drawing
usage
and
for
the
types
of
drawings
produced
in
the
performance
of
these
tasks.
Hence,
an
important
step
has
been
made
in
constructing
a
theoretical
framework
fully
characterising
the
use
of
drawing
and
the
required
drawing
abilities of graphic
designers.
-
222
-
Page 236
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 236/320
QIAP.
ER
6
The
Organi.
satirn
and
Content
of
Drawing
Ti
tim
in
BA
level (k
is
Design
Eclucatiai
6.1
Intnocýuctian
The
findings
on
the
use
of
drawing
by
graphic
designers
in
the
ccnunercial environment and
on
the
corresponding
drawing
abilities
required
have
been
given
in
chapters
4
and
5.
In
this
chapter,
results
obtained
in
an
investigation
of
the
acquisition
of
drawing
abilities
and
the
current provision
of
drawing
tuition
at
over
50
of
BA level
graphic
design
courses
in the
UK
are given.
Further,
the
range
of attitudes
expressed
in
relation
to
drawing
tuition
by
the
various respondent
groups
in
the
study
are
described
and
the
various
issues
raised are
discussed.
In Chapter
1,
Section
1.2,
the
motivation
and
background
to
the
study
were
discussed
and
the
relationship
between
this
secondary
part of
the
investigation,
which
is
concerned
with
educational
provision,
to the
primary
part,
concerned with
practice,
is described.
In
the
presentation
of
the
findings
below
the intention is
to
raise
issues
about
the
relationship
of
education
to
practice
in terms
of
the
development
of
drawing
ability
and
not
to
provide an
exhaustive
account
of
the
educational
system.
In Chapter
3,
Section
3.4,
the
rationale
and
methodology adopted
for
this
part of
the
study
were
given.
Recapping
briefly,
a number
of
methods
of
data
collection
were
employed.
A
section
containing
questions
eliciting views
about
drawing
tuition
was
included
in
the
script
for
the
structured
interviews
with
practising
graphic
designers
(see
Appendix
I(a),
Section
IV).
A
postal
questionnaire was
sent
to
BA
graphic
design
courses
(see
Appendix
1(b)),
and
questionnaires
were
conducted
with graphic
design
students
(see
Appendix
I(c)
and
(d) for
the
list
of questions used).
A
list
of
the
respondents
in
these
interviews
and of
those
completing
questionnaires
is
given
in
Appendix
II.
In
addition
to this
more
formal
system
of
data
collection,
a
-
223
-
Page 237
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 237/320
series of
focused interviews
was
conducted,
sane
in
considerable
depth,
with
individuals
involved
in
various
ways
either
with
design
education
or with
drawing
tuition.
Visits
were
made
to BA
centres
where
graphic
design
educators
were
interviewed,
(see
Appendix
IV
for
a
list
of
these
centres and
Appendix II
for
a
list
of
respondents).
Educators
fran
the
range
of
design
disciplines
in
the
Faculty
of
Art
and
Design,
Manchester
Polytechnic
were
also
interviewed,
as
were
a
number
of acknowledged
experts
in
related
areas,
(see
Appendix
III
for
a
list
of
these
respondents).
An
analysis
of prospectuses of
degree
level
graphic
design
courses
has
also
been
undertaken.
Designers
views
on
the
drawing
abilities
of graphic
design
students
and
of
new graduates
are
given
in
Section
6.2.
In
Section
6.3,
the
findings
made
in
relation
to the
provision
of
drawing
tuition
on
BA
graphic
design
courses are
given.
In
Section
6.4,
the
same
findings
are
discussed
in
relation
to
opinions
expressed
by
some of
the
individuals
interviewed
or consulted, and
the
issues
raised
during
this
secondary
part of
the
study are sunnarised.
6.2
The
drawing
abilities
of
graphic
design
students
arx1
graduates
When,
as
part
of
the
structured
interview
progranine, practising
graphic
designers
were
asked
if
they
thought
that
graphic
design
students
in
general
demonstrated
adequate
drawing
ability,
based
on
their
experience
fron
working
with
students
on
placement
or
with
newly
graduated
designers,
9
said
that
in
their
experience
they
did
and
32
said
they
did
not
(see
Table 20).
Various
reasons were
given
for
expressing
the
opinion
that
graphic
design
students
drawing
abilities
were
inadequate.
Score
respondents
felt
that
students
did
not
demonstrate
sufficient visual
literacy,
one
respondent saying
that
students
demonstrated
no
sense
of
history
in
their
drawings
and
another
that
they
were
too imitative
of
current
styles
and
fashions,
and
not
drawing
in
a way
appropriate
to
particular
jobs.
Other
respondents
specified
lack
of
skill
saying
that
students
and new
graduates
were
too
self-indulgent
and
not
practical
enough,
too
slow,
or
too
messy.
Some
thought
that
they
had
reasonable
illustrative
-
224
-
Page 238
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 238/320
skills,
but
that their
drawing
of
typefaces
was weak and
that
in
general
their
drawing
was neither
accurate
nor
controlled enough.
When,
as
shown
in
Table
20,
these
same
respondents were asked
whether
they
felt
graphic
design
students
demonstrated
an
adequate
awareness
of
the
appropriate
application
of
drawing
in
the
graphic
design
process,
5
said
that
in
their
opinion
they
did
and
34 they
did
not.
Again,
self-indulgence and
a
lack
of
control and precision
were
given
as
reasons why some
of
the
respondents
felt
that
students
use
of
drawing
was
inappropriate.
However, in
contrast,
others
felt
that
students
drew
in
too
tight
a way and
would
tend
to
get
hung
up
on an
inappropriate
style of
drawing,
using
drawing
in
a
way
that
did
not
help them in the various procedures
of
the
graphic
design
process.
In
general,
the
respondents
felt
this
inappropriate
use
of
drawing
was
because
graphic
design
students
had
not
developed
sufficient
foresight
to
be
able
to
use
drawing
in
an
appropriate
way
in
context.
They
would confuse
visualising
with
presentation
techniques,
and
were
generally
poor at ccmnunicating
their ideas through drawing.
Table
20:
The
drawing
ability
of
students
and
new
graduates
Do
students
demonstrate
adequate
drawing
ability?
Do
students
dEnonstrate
adequate awareness of
the
appropriate use
of
drawing?
Yes
95
No
32
34
Don t
know
9
11
[Number
of respondents
=
50]
Table
21
shows
the
responses
of
the
same
group
of
50
practising
graphic
designers
when
asked
what
particular
drawing
ability
they
themselves
had found
it
most
difficult
to
acquire.
It
is
particularly
interesting to
note
that
7
respondents
described
drawing
fron
memory
and
6 drawing figures from
memory
as
causing
therm
difficulty.
-
225
-
Page 239
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 239/320
Moreover,
when asked at what
stage
they
learned
the
visualising
and
presentation
techniques
they
now
employ,
33
said
that
it
was
through
working
in
practice
and
7
said
it
had
been
a continuous
development
through
school, college and work.
Only 3
specified
at
college .
Table
21:
The
drawing
ability
designers
found
most
difficult
tc)
acquire
Drawing
f
ran
memory
7
Technical drawing
7
Drawing
human
figures
from
memory 6
Handling
media
5
Presentation
techniques
5
Drawing
fron
reference
4
Drawing
from
observation
2
Drawing
for
artwork
2
Drawing
quickly
2
Nil
response
10
[Number
of respondents
=
50]
When
asked
if
students
should
be
encouraged
to
draw
fron
memory,
34
respondents
said
that
they
should.
This
finding
is
of
particular
importance
and
is in
agreement
with
the
views
of
a
number
of
key
educators
(discussed
in
Section 6.4
below)
that
the
development
of
visual
memory
should
be
considered
in
the
provision
for
drawing
tuition.
In
the
short
progranme
of
focused
interviews,
20
designers
were
asked
to
talk
about
their
views
on
the
importance
of
drawing,
the
way
they
used
drawing,
what
sort
of
drawing
abilities
they
required
and
how
and
when
they
had
learned
them.
10
of
these
designers had
been
in
the
profession
for
three
years
or
less.
-
226
-
Page 240
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 240/320
Most
of
these
respondents
thought that
drawing
ability
was
important,
but
a small number
said
that
it
was
possible
to
'get by
without
it',
albeit with
difficulty.
Again,
most
thought
that
the
use
of
drawing
was
important in
every stage
of
a
designer's
work, particularly
in
the
development
and
expression of
ideas.
Respondents
who
had
only
recently
joined
the
profession
described
difficulties in
acquiring
some
drawing
abilities.
Several described
a
fear
of appearing
unprofessional
in
front
of colleagues
and
clients
because
of
a
lack
of
drawing
ability
Furthermore,
a
lack
of ability
to
render
letter
forms,
to
represent
three dimensions,
to
use
appropriate
media and
to
work
quickly and
accurately
were
also
specifically mentioned
in
this
context.
6
respondents
said
that,
as students,
they
had
over-
estimated
the
importance
of
self-expression
and
4
said
that
initially
their
work
as
designers
was
hampered by
an
inhibition
caused
by
their
own
mistaken
need
to
produce
'good'
drawing
in
an academic
sense.
6.3
The
provision of
drawing
tuition
on
BA Graphic Design
Courses
Much
of
the
data
given
in
the
following
three
sub-sections
was
collected
through
a
postal
questionnaire sent
to
BA
level
Graphic
design
courses
in
the
U. K.
and,
therefore,
in
the
majority
of
cases,
the
findings
are
presented
in
the
order
in
which
the
questions
were
set
out.
A
full
list
of
these
questions
is
given
in
Appendix
I(b).
There
was
a
response
rate
of over
50
to
this
questionnaire
which was
addressed
to Heads
of
Department
with
a
request
that
it
be
c
mpleted
by
-a
member of academic
staff with
responsibility
for
either
the
planning
or
for
the
conduct
of
drawing
tuition. Of the
20
respondents,
5
were
Heads
of
Department,
6
were
Principal
Lecturers
or
Course
Leaders,
and
9
Senior
Lecturers
or
Lecturers.
2
of
the
respondents
were
fine
artists
with responsibility
for
teaching
drawing
to
graphic
designers,
3
were
illustration
staff and
the
others
were
graphic
design
staff.
Thus,
the
respondents
may
be
said
to
represent
a
true
cross-section of
staff
knowledgeable
about, and
interested in,
the
planning
and conduct
of
drawing
tuition.
However,
it
is
also
important
to
emphasise
that,
in
representing
this
interest,
they
do
-
227
-
Page 241
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 241/320
not
necessarily
represent
the
views
of other
members
of
graphic
design
staff.
Thus,
the
sample may
be
said
to
be
biased
towards
those
members of
academic
staff who
have
a
particular
concern
with
drawing
tuition.
In
addition
to
data
collected
in
the
postal
questionnaire,
findings
from
a questionnaire
of similar construction
administered
to
a group
of
first
year graphic
design
students
fron
Manchester Polytechnic
are
also
given.
This
enables
the
views
of educators
and
students
to
be
contrasted.
Further,
a short
section
eliciting
views
about
graphic
design
education
was
also
included
in
the
structured
interviews
with
practising
graphic
designers,
and
so
a
comparison may
be
made with
these
findings
too.
However,
although
in
many
respects
similar
questions
were
asked
of each of
these
respondent groups and
it is
useful
to
compare
the
results,
it is
important
to
realise
that
there
were essential
differences
in
the
form
and
content of
some
of
the
questions.
It
is
also particularly
important
to
bear
in
mind
the
different
procedures
adopted
in
the
selection
of
respondents
in
each
of
the
groups.
The
student
respondent
group canprised
a
first
year
cohort on
a
graphic
design
BA
level
course.
They
were
selected
because
access
was
available
so
a
questionnaire
could
be
administered
efficiently.
In
fact,
a
100
response was
achieved
fron
the
14
students
in
the
group.
The
questionnaire
was
administered
at
the
end of
the
students
first
year
when
they
were
sufficiently
experienced
to
understand
the
terminology
applied
and
the
topics
covered,
yet
had
only
limited
experience
of
both
graphic
design
education
and
the
design
profession,
thereby
forming
a
useful
contrast
to
the
other respondent
groups.
While
a
fairly
rigorous
selection
procedure was
adopted
for
the
respondent
group
of
50
graphic
design
practitioners
(as
described
in
detail
in
Section
3.3.2)
so
that
the
designers form
a
broadly
representative
sample
from
the
profession,
the
educators
do
not
in
a
strict
sense, as
we
have
said
above,
represent
a cross-section
of
opinion
but
rather
form
a
group
biased
towards
those'
concerned
with
drawing. The
student
group
form
a
numerically
limited
sample of
-
228
-
Page 242
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 242/320
Page 243
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 243/320
Typical
views
expressed
were
design
is
a
thinking
process and
drawing
is
the
visible
sign of
thought ,
drawing
is
an
aid
to
thinking
through
a
problem ,
it
is the
way
designers
carr=icate
their
thoughts
and
ideas,
in
short
it is
their
language ,
and
it
is
a
means
to
provide
a visual
indication
of an
idea
to
a
third
party .
Drawing
was
described
as
being
a
basic
skill
in
tears
of
the
professional
practice
of
graphic
designers, for
example
the
ability
to
draw
enables
the
designer
to
visualise
with
clarity,
draft
out
designs
successfully,
and gives
the
individual
a
freedcrn
of expression
and
the
opportunity
to
take
on
a
broad
approach.
Several
educators
stressed
the
importance
of
drawing
for
the
all
parts of
the
design
process,
fron
research
doodles
to
roughs
and
layouts,
to
visuals,
to
finished
client
presentations,
all
require
drawing
skills .
The
student
respondents
similarly stressed
the
importance
of
drawing
as a way
of
putting
down
and catmunicating
ideas.
When
asked
about
the importance
of
drawing
ability
in
students
selected
for
BA
graphic
design
courses,
13
of
the
educators
considered
it
was
essential
that they
had
already
developed
a
broad
range
of
drawing
ability,
whereas
7
felt
it
would
be
useful.
Several
respondents
expressed
the
view
that
students
caning
onto a course
with
limited
drawing
ability would
be
able,
with
staff
help,
to
develop
and
extend
their
drawing
ability.
However,
others
held
the
view
that it
was
a
matter
of
concern
if
students
did
not
already
have
an
established
drawing
ability,
since
the
pressure
fron
other aspects
of
the
course
made
it
very
difficult
in fact
for
them
to
improve.
9
of
the
students
considered
it
to
be
essential
for
students
to
have
drawing
ability
when
taken
onto
a
course
and
5 thought
it
was useful.
This
data is
set
out
in
Table
23.
As
shown
in
Table
24,
when
asked
if
graphic
design
students need
to
acquire
a
broader
range
of
drawing
abilities
than
other art
and
design
students,
12
educators
though
that they did,
whereas
5
thought
they
did
not.
Again,
11
of
the
students
thought
they
did
and
3
did
not.
However,
all
the
educators
thought
that
graphic
design
students
should
be
given a
broad
range
of
drawing
experience,
as
did
13
of
the
students.
When
questioned
on
the
importance
of
graphic
design
-
230
-
Page 244
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 244/320
students
developing
a
broad
appreciation
of
drawing,
that
is
the
ability
to
understand and
judge
the
purpose
and
quality
of
drawings,
all of
the
educators
and
11
of
the
students
thought this
to
be
important.
The
educators
felt
it
would
help
both in improving
students
own
drawing
capacity
through
the
understanding
of
procedures
for
encoding and
decoding
into
established
conventions
(as
one
respondent put
it),
and also
for
the
very
important
ability
to
caanission specialists and
experts.
The
ability
to
act as an art
director
was seen
by
these
respondents
as
essential
for
graphic
designers.
However,
further
findings
would
seem
to indicate
that
the
students
did
not
fully
appreciate
the
importance
of
this
aspect
of
developing
judgement.
Table
23:
Rat,
nlg
of
the iTrrýn*+anc
e of
drawing
ability
in
students selected
for
BA
graphic
design
courses
Essential
Useful
Irrelevant
Detrimental
Educators
13
7--
Students
95--
[Number
of
respondents:
Educators
=
20,
Students
=
14)
Table
24:
Yes
respmse
to
the
need
for breadth
in
aspects
of
drawing
ability
and
tuition for
students
Need
for
broad
range of
drawing
ability
Need
for
broad
range
of
drawing
experience
Need
for broad
range
of
appreciation
Educators
12
20
20
Students
11
13
11
[Number
of respondents:
Educators
=
20,
students
=
14]
When
asked
if
they
thought
that
graphic
design
students
should
have
specific drawing tuition for the drawing
skills
needed
for
-
231
-
Page 245
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 245/320
professional
practice
as
graphic
designers,
19
of
the
educators
thought
that
they
should.
They
linked
the
acquisition
of specific
skills
with
the
capacity
to
gain employment,
to
develop
designerly
capacities, and
to
support efficient working practices.
12
of
the
students also
thought
such
a provision
important.
Table
25:
Purpose
for drawing
tuition
ranked
first
Educators
Students Designers
Artistic
and
97
18
creative
Skills
needed
for
professional
practice
37
13
Appreciation
and
understanding
4-7
All
of equal
4-
12
importance
[Number
of
respondents:
Educators
=
20,
students
=
14,
designers
=
50]
In
spite
of
this
apparent
carinitment
to
developing
drawing
ability as
a
preparation
for
practice, as
indicated
in
Table
25
above, when
respondents
were asked
to
give
a
rank
ordering of
the
relative
importance
of
the
provision
of
drawing
tuition
for
artistic
and
creative
development,
for
development
of
the
skills needed
in
professional
practice and
for
the
development
of
the
appreciation and
understanding
of
drawing,
9
educators,
7
students
and
18
designers
cited
artistic
and creative
development
as
being
most
importance.
only
3
educators,
7
students
and
13
designers
thought
the
specific
needs
of professional
practice
were
the
most
important
requirements
for
the
development
of
drawing
ability.
In
spite
of
rating
the
importance
of a
broad
appreciation
of
drawing to
graphic
designers
more
highly
than
drawing
ability
itself (see
Table
12(a)),
only
7
designers
ranked
the
provision
of
drawing
tuition
to
develop
this
sort
of
appreciation
and
understanding
first.
It
is
also
interesting
to
note
that
none
of
the
students
thought
that
provision
to
develop
-
232
-
Page 246
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 246/320
appreciation
and
understanding
was
important.
4
educators
and
12
designers
made a
particular
point of
stating
that
they
felt
all
three
of
these
types
of
drawing
ability
were
of
equal
importance.
The
replies
given
when
the
respondents
were
asked
to
rank order
the
importance
of provision
for
specific
tuition
for
various
subjects,
including
drawing,
are
given
below
in
Table 26.
Although the
numbers
of
respondents are
small and
are not
representative
of graphic
design
educators
as a whole,
they do
indicate
a polarisation
of emphasis
in
respect
of
typography
on
the
one
hand
and
drawing
on
the
other,
(this
mirrors
same of
the
attitudes
expressed
during
the
visits
and
interviews
that
are
discussed
later
in
Section
6.4).
Table
26:
iticn
for
subject
ranked
most
important
Educators
Students
Typography 82
Photography
--
Technology 13
Business
-2
studies
Drawing
87
Nil
response
3-
[Number
of respondents:
Educators
=
20,
students
=
14]
6.3.2
Stint
views cn
their
vim
devejormmt
of
drawing
ah{1i
ý
The
student respondents were
asked
if
they
thought that
their
drawing
ability
had
improved
while
on
the
course
and
if their
present
level
of
drawing
ability was adequate.
The
replies,
which
are
set
out
in
Table
27,
show
that
less
than 50
thought
that
their
drawing
ability
had
improved
on
the
course and
over
50
though
that
their
present
level
of
ability
was inadequate.
-
233
-
Page 247
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 247/320
The
replies
in
Table
27
also
show
that
only
4
students
said
they
would
like
more
help
to
acquire
the
ability
to
appreciate and
judge
drawings,
7
thought
that they
were
already receiving sufficient
help.
However,
10
said
that
they
would
like
even
more
assistance
in
understanding
the
ways
drawing
is
used
in
the
graphic
design
process,
thereby
indicating that
their
project
work was not giving
than
sufficient
help in
this
respect.
3
did
not
want
additional
help.
Table
27:
Stunts
views
oa
the
level
t
of
their
drawing
ability
and
the
need
for
further
drawing
tuition
Ability
improved
on
course
Present level
of ability
adequate
Need help
to
appreciate
and
judge
drawings
Need help to
understand
use
for
designing
Yes
644
10
No
3873
Don t
5231
know
[Number
of
respondents =
14]
When
asked
to
go
through their folder
of
work
for
Final Assessment
and
describe
their
opinion of
their
use
of
drawing in
the
development
and
presentation
of
the
design,
a group of
7
third
year
graphic
design
students
fron
Manchester
Polytechnic described
themselves
as either
totally
satisfied
or
satisfied
with
their
use
of
drawing
in
between 5
and
7 pieces
out
of
9. The
reasons
they
gave
for being
satisfied
were generally
that
it
looks
the
way
imagined
or
it
represents
the
idea
well
and
the
reasons
for
being
dissatisfied
were
that
the
design
did
not
look
the
way
they
wanted
it
to,
or
a
lack
of
finish
or presentation
technique
had
let
the
idea
down .
These
findings
show
that
although
the
students
were
concerned
about
the
development
of
practical
drawing
abilities,
namely
about
their
ability
to use drawing in all the
stages
of
the design
process,
they
-
234
-
Page 248
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 248/320
were
not
so aware
of
the
importance
of
their
development
of
the
abilities
of
judgement
and understanding
of
drawing.
This
may
indicate
that
they
were
not
fully
aware
of
the
role
of
judgement
as
part
of a
designer s
capacity
to
catmission, expecting to
have
to
continue
to
rely
on
their
own
drawing
ability
for
presentation
and
production purposes
when
working
in
professional
practice.
6.3.3
The
o ni sation
and
c xcrhict
of
drawing
t
uitim
Here
findings
are given
on
the
way
drawing
tuition
is
organised
on
the
curriculum
of
those
courses
fron
which
questionnaires
were
returned.
Also
given are
findings
about
how
and
by
wham
drawing
tuition
is
conducted.
In
the
postal
questionnaire,
educators
were
asked
detailed
questions about
the
planning
of
drawing
tuition
that
were
not
included
in
either
the
questionnaire
for
the
students
or
the
interview
structure
for
the
designers.
Hence,
the findings
presented
in
this
sub-section are only
based
on
data
fron
the
postal
questionnaire.
All
20
educators
indicated
that
their
courses
made
specific
arrangements
for
the
planning
of
drawing
tuition
in
the
curriculum.
11
respondents
indicated
that different
arrangements were
made
for
illustration
students
than
for
graphic
design
students.
This
was
generally
found
to
mean
that
drawing
tuition
provision
in
the
early
stages
of
the
course,
particularly
in
the first
year,
and
sometimes
in
the
second year,
was
mandatory
for
both
illustration
and
design
students,
but
that
although
additional
drawing
tuition
was
organised
for illustrators in
the
second
and
the
third
year,
it
was
only
on
offer
to
graphic
design
students
if
they
themselves
thought
they
needed
it.
When
asked who was
responsible
for
the
planning
and
conduct
of
drawing
tuition
on
their
courses,
the
educators
gave a
wide
range
of
responses.
Table
28
indicates
the
frequency
with
which
specific
individuals
or groups were
identified
as
responsible
for
the
planning
of
drawing
tuition
and
for
the
conduct
of
drawing
tuition.
-
235
-
Page 249
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 249/320
Table
28:
Those
responsible
for
the
planning
and
conduct
of
drawirxg
tuition
Planning
Conducting
Head
of
Department 4
1
Course
Carirnittee
10
-
Head
of
School
3 1
or
Area
Year
Tutor
9
8
Specialist
Drawing
9
15
Tutor
Staff
from
other
3 4
Departments
[Number
of
respondents
=
20,
several
responding
in
more
than
one
category.
]
It
is
interesting
to
note
that
15
out of
20
respondents
indicated
that
a specialist
drawing
tutor
had
responsibility
for
conducting
drawing
tuition. In
addition
to the 4
educators
who
indicated that
staff
from
other
departments
had
this
responsibility,
8 indicated
that the
specialist
drawing
tutor
was
either
an
illustration
or
a
fine
art
tutor.
Therefore,
on over
50
of
courses
staff
who were
not
graphic
designers
had
some
of
the
responsibility
for
conducting
drawing
tuition.
A
number
of
respondents
indicated
that
although
certain
members
of
staff
had
particular
responsibility,
the
majority of
staff
took
a share
in
the
conduct
of
drawing
tuition
at
some point
during
the
course.
When
asked about
the
specific
arrangements
made
for
drawing
tuition
for
each
year
of
the
course,
all
20
respondents
indicated
that
mandatory
drawing
classes were
organised
for
first
year
design
students.
19
respondents stated
that
classes
were also
organised
for
second
year students,
although
in
many
of
these
cases
the
classes,
although
mandatory
for
illustration
students,
were optional
for design
students.
7
respondents
indicated
that
classes
were
organised
for
-
236
-
Page 250
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 250/320
third
year students
but in
all
cases
these
were
optional
for
design
students.
At
the
same
time,
most respondents
indicated
that
third
year
design
students
received
instruction
on
drawing
through
projects
and seminars.
It
was
found
that
first
year
student
drawing
tuition
was
time-tabled
for
periods
between 1
and
2
days
per
week and
for
second
year
students
the
time-tabled
hours
were slightly
less but
again
tended
to
be
somewhere
between 1
and
2 days. When
classes
were
scheduled
for
third
year
they
tended to
be for
either
a
half day
or a
full day
in
duration.
Table
29.
sets
out
these figures.
However,
as stated
above,
these
figures
represent arrangements made
for
courses,
the
attendance
of
design
students
being
optional
in
score
cases.
)
Table
29:
Sch
il
i
*g of
drawing
tuition in
1st, 2nd
and
3rd
Years
of courses
Courses
making
Less
than Two
days
specific
two
days
per
week
arrangements
per
week
or
more
1st Year 20 9 11
2nd Year
19
11
8
3rd Year
77-
Number
of respondents =
20]
6.3.4 Mettnds
of
teaching
drawing
and
the
content
of
drawing
class
opinions
on
various methods
of
conducting
drawing
tuition
were
elicited
fran
respondents
in
all
three
groups
and
the
findings
are
given
below,
together
with
the
views
expressed on
the
appropriate
content
of
drawing
classes.
13
of
the
educators
indicated
that
information
relating
to
drawing
was
conveyed
via
lecture
programmes,
although
in
the
majority
of
cases
12)
the
respondents
implied
that this
type
of
information
was
-
237
-
Page 251
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 251/320
actually
provided
by
History
of
Art
or
Critical
Studies
departments.
only
3
of
the
students
thought
that information
relating
to
drawing
should
be
given via
lectures,
12
of
the
respondents
in
this
group
expressing
the
view
that
they
generally
found
lectures
boring
or
preferred
other methods
of
teaching
which
involved
that
in
practical
work.
According to
19
of
the
educators,
critique
of
drawing
was
given
in
the
teaching
programme,
but
in fact
most
of
these
respondents
indicated
that
it
was at
times
of
assessment
and
during
the
evaluation
of
design
projects
when most
critique
of
student
drawings
took
place,
since
there
was
little
opportunity
for
such
teaching
at
other
times.
8
of
the
students
indicated
that
they
thought
that
critique
of
drawing
should
be
given
in
the
teaching
programme.
Table
30
sets
out
educators responses when
asked
about
the
methods
of
drawing
tuition
provided on
their
courses,
along
with
the
views
of students
and
designers
on which of
the
methods
should
be
provided.
Table
30:
Yes
response
given
when
questioned
on what
methods
of
teaching
and
learning
about
drawing
are
or should
be
used
Educators
Students
Designers
Information
in
lectures
13
3
NA*
Critique
of
student
drawing
19
8
NA
Encouragement
of
individual
drawing
style
10
4
15
Keeping
sketch
books
19
13
40
Copying
drawings
87
29
[Number
of respondents:
Educators
=
20,
students
=
14, designers
=
50]
*NA
denotes
data
was not
elicited on
this
topic
fran
the particular
respondent group.
-
238
-
Page 252
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 252/320
As
can
be
seen
from
Table
30,
opinion
was
divided
aircng educators
about
whether
students
should
be
encouraged
to
develop
an
individual
style
of
drawing,
whereas only
4
of
the
students and
15
of
the
designers
thought
that
they
should.
Almost
all
of
the
educators replied
that
their
students are encouraged
to
keep
sketch
books,
while
13
students
and
40
designers,
a
considerable
majority
in
both
cases,
indicated
that
they
thought
that
students
should
be
encouraged
to
keep
sketch
books,
although
in
fact
when
most
of
the
respondents
elaborated
on what
they
meant
by
keeping
sketch
books,
it
became
evident
that it
was
'notebooks'
rather
than
sketch
books
in
most
instances.
These
notebooks
were
described
as
being
'a
repository
of
ideas'
or
a
'collection
of
found
material',
invariably
containing
a
rather
small
amount of sketches
from
observation.
As
the
respondents
indicated,
design
students
frequently
prefer
to
collect
visual reference material
and
record
their
ideas
rather
than
make
sketches.
Sane
specific
ccmments
made
by
educators
in
this
context
were
that
students
are
'encouraged
to
keep
sketch
books
as a visual
diary',
sketch
books
are
'a
repository
of
the
individual's
thoughts
and
ideas'
and
sketch
books
'provide
notes and
inspiration
for
work
in
the
future'. Although
most
of
these
respondents
encourage
the
keeping
of
sketch
books,
very
few
indicated
that
they
were
included
in
assessment
or
that
any guidance
was
provided
on
how
they
should
be
kept.
Less
than
half
of
the
educators
thought
that
students
should
be
encouraged
to
copy
drawings
as
a way
of
learning
about
drawing,
whereas
50
or
more
of
students
and
designers
thought
they
should.
Indeed
several educators
expressed
considerable
antagonisn
to
the idea
of
copying.
As
one
respondent
canted
'I
believe
there
is
more
value
in
drawing
from
life,
more
spontaneity,
understanding
of
form,
etc.
To
work
from
someone else's
drawing
is
to
be
influenced
by
style
and
convention
and
may
lead
to
a
weak
interpretation
of
superficial
quality.
'
One
of
the
students
described
the
practice
as
likely
to
'breed
bad
habits'.
However,
several
other respondents
did
believe
-
239
-
Page 253
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 253/320
copying
was
'a
good
means
of
learning',
although
the
word
'emulating'
was
suggested
as
perhaps
a
better
word.
The
generally
prevailing
view
may
be
sunned
up
by
an answer
given
by
one educator,
'I
have
mixed
views
on
the
educational
benefits
of
this
as a
learning
strategy; at
present
I
prefer
to
use
the
limited
time
available
for
other
approaches
to
drawing.
'
3
of
the
students
stated
that
they
had
found
copying
a
useful way of
learning.
As
indicated
in
Table
31,
the
majority
of educators
confirmed
that
their
students
are
taught
to
understand
drawing
in
historical,
cultural
and
stylistic
contexts,
although
12
of
these
same
respondents
pointed
out
that,
to
a
large
extent, such
responsibilities
were
met
by
staff
in
either
the History
of
Art
or
Critical Studies
departh
nts
.
When
describing
the
methods
that
they themselves
used
when
endeavouring
to
develop
this
kind
of understanding
in
students,
they
emphasised
seminars
linked
to
particular
projects and
individual
tutorials.
It
was only
in
the
case
of understanding stylistic
contexts
that
over
50
of
the
students
thought
it
essential
they
were
given
help,
again
giving
scone
indication
of a
lack
of
realisation
of
the
importance
of a
broad
appreciation
and
understanding of
drawing.
Table
31:
'Yes',
response
to the
questim
is
or should
help
be
given
in
developing
U
erstancu.
ng
of
drawings
Educators
Students
In
historical
contexts
In cultural
contexts
In
stylistic
contexts
18
3
17
5
17
9
[Number
of respondents:
Educators
=
20,
students
=
14]
All
the
respondents
in
the
educator
and
student
groups
stated
that
they
thought
that
students should
be
encouraged
to
develop
the
ability
to
judge
the
appropriateness
of
drawing
for
a
particular
job (see
-
240
-
Page 254
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 254/320
Table
32).
All
the
educators and
13
of
the
students
thought
students
should
be
encouraged
to
acquire
the
ability
to judge
whether
drawings
were ccmunicating
the
necessary
information.
However,
whereas
19
educators
confinned
that
the
students were
encouraged
to
acquire
the
ability
to
judge
drawings
to
see
if
they
were
skilfully
produced,
only
9
of
the
students
felt
this
was
necessary.
Both
groups of
respondents
described
a
wide
range
of
suitable
teaching
methods
to
develop
such
understanding
(ie
the
ability
to
judge
drawings),
including
lectures,
seminars,
visits
to
exhibitions
and
the
evaluation
of
design
projects.
Table
32:
Yes
xespmse
given
when asked
the
questicn
are or should
students
be
encouraged
to
acquire
the
ability
to
judge
drawings
Educators
Students
Appropriateness
for
a
job 20 14
Camunicating
necessary
information
Skilfully
produced
20
13
19
9
[Number
of respondents:
Educators
=
20,
students
=
14]
Table
33
shows
the
frequency
of
a
yes
response when
educators,
students
and
designers
were
asked whether
(educators)
or
should
(students
and
designers)
drawing
tuition
be
given
to
develop
specific
skills
and abilities.
Included in
this list
are
certain
specific
types
of
drawing
ability
identified
as
important
in
the
investigation
of
the
use
of
drawing
in
the
graphic
design
process
(for
example
tracing
and
handling
spirit
markers )
that
several
educators
indicated
were not specifically
developed
through
tutorial
assistance.
Perhaps
not surprisingly,
a
majority
of
the
educators
indicated
that
students
were not
specifically
taught
to
use
an
air-brush
(this
is
a
highly
specialised
technique).
-
241
-
Page 255
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 255/320
Table
33:
Yes
response when
questicned
whether
{
tim
In
or
should
be
given
to
develop
specific
skills/ablities*
Educators Students Designers
Analytical
skills
20
8
45
Perceptual
skills
20
9
36
Visualising
skills
20
14
45
Presentation
skills
19
14
43
Manipulative
skills
19
10
46
Spatial
skills
-
2D 19
10
47
Spatial
skills
-
3D
16
8
29
Media
handling
skills
19
12
36
Skill
in
handling
19
14
26
specialist media
Skill
in
handling
12
11
32
spirit
markers
Skill
in handling
16
12
30
drawing
equipment
Skill
in
handling
8
13
8
airbrush
Skill
in
tracing
9
13
31
Calligraphic
skills
5
8
17
Creative
cropping
12
13
25
of
imagery
Creative
use
of
16
8
24
collage
[Number
of respondents:
Educators
=
20,
students
=
14,
and
designers
=
*Educators
responding
Yes
-
drawing
tuition
given
to
develop
these
skills
and
students
responding
Yes
-
drawing
tuition
should
be
given
to
develop
these
skills
and
abi
lities
and
designers
responding
Yes- important
a graphic
designer
has
these drawing skills and
abilities
-
242
-
Page 256
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 256/320
When
educators
were
asked
in
what
form drawing
provision was
arranged,
18 indicated
that
separate
content-specific
classes were
organised,
17
that individual tuition was arranged as necessary, and all 20
indicated
that
it
was
incorporated
into
relevant
design
projects.
Sane
of
these
respondents
also confirmed
that
lectures,
demonstrations
conducted
by
professionals
and
specialists, and seminars
linked
to the
themes
of
design
projects,
were
also
favoured
means
of
presenting
information
about
drawing
and
discussing
the
development
of
drawing
ability.
In
Table
34
This
data is
contrasted
with
the
students
responses
to
the
question
on
how
drawing
tuition
should
be
arranged.
Table
34:
Yes
response when
questioned
cn
how drawing
tuiti,
an
is
or
should
be
arranged
Educators
Students
Separate
content-
18
11
specific
classes
Individual
tuition
17
9
as necessary
Incorporation
into
design
projects
20
13
[Number
of
respondents:
Educators
=
20
and students
=
14,
some
responding
in
several
categories]
Table
35
shows
the
Yes
responses
given
by
educators
when
asked
if
they organised particular types of content-specific classes. This
data
is
contrasted
with
the
Yes
responses
given
by
the
students
and
designers
when
asked
whether
such
various
types
of content-specific
classes
should
be
organised.
it
is
particularly
interesting
to
note
the
difference
between
educators
and
designers
in
the
value
they
accorded
to
classes
about
media
handling,
perspective
and
brainstorming
techniques.
-
243
-
Page 257
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 257/320
Table
35:
'Yes'
response
when questioned
whether
specific
classes
are
or should
be
organised
Educators
Students
Designers
Life
classes
17
6
37
Drawing
from
natural
form 15
10 34
Sketching
visits
16
6 38
Exploration
of
media
12
9
44
Perspective
10 11 44
Handling
drawing
instnnents
9
13 36
Letterform
17
14
41
Indication
and
rendering
13
13 39
Brainstorming
and
idea
generation
techniques
79
45
[Number
of
respondents:
Educators
=
20,
students
=
14,
and
designers
=
50]
Life
classes
and
sketching
visits
were valued
by
approximately
75
of
the
educators
and
designers but
by less
than
50
of
the
students.
Educators
cited
'training
for
the
eye,
hand
skills
and
observation,
'
as part
of
the
rationale
for
teaching
drawing
from
observation.
Other
descriptions
given
include 'to
encourage
observation
and
under-
standing.
Detail
and
truth
are
found
in
drawing.
'
'Drawing
can
be
selective,
unlike
the
camera',
'the
study
of
the
human
form',
'looking
/thinking',
'practising
graphic
designers
should
be
visually
sensitive
people
and
drawing
is
a
sure way
to
developing
this
quality',
'drawing
represents
the
most
direct
visual
response
to
the
world
and
is
a
basis
for
any
means of
visual
thinking
or
expression',
'to
encourage
[students]
to
become
visually
aware
of
what
goes
on around
than'.
-
244
-
Page 258
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 258/320
Only
one educator
volunteered
the
use
of
drawing
fron
observation as
a
form
of
'memory
training',
saying
that
it
'helps
to develop
a
visual
repertoire'.
5
educators
provided
views
indicating
that
they
thought
the
understanding
of
drawing
systems was particularly
important
to
graphic
designers,
saying
that.
'design
students
should
be
given an
extra
diet
of geometric
construction
drawing', 'many
techniques....
can
be
taught
and
usually greatly
extend
students
natural
ability',
'perspective is
taught
but
not
as
a
pragmatic
set
of
principles',
'familiarity
with established
drawing
conventions
is
essential
-
orthographic,
isanetric,
etc',
'it
is important
to
help
students
to
develop the
ability
of encoding
and
decoding
from
and
into
established
conventions'.
Specific
drawing
systems used
for
animation
techniques
and
for
producing
story-boards
were
also
mentioned
by
3
educators.
10
of
the
educators
and
8
of
the
students
expressed
the
belief
that
the
new
and current
developments
in
technology
will
affect
the
required
drawing
abilities
of graphic
designers.
Although
many
educators
felt
that
computers,
for
example, were
only another
tool
and
that
drawing
ability
was
a very
fundamental
skill,
a
number
also
felt
that
specific
sorts of
manipulative
ability
needed
to
be
developed
to
handle
certain
types
of
technology, for
example
'computer
graphics
generation'.
When
asked
if they thought
that
there
will
have
to
be
provision
of
drawing
tuition
on
Graphic
Design
courses
to
accarmodate
the
effects
of
new
technology
14
educators,
8
students
and
23
designers
said
there
would.
Several
educators
particularly
stressed
that
it
was
important
to
provide
'hands
on'
experience
by building
such
activity
into
the
curriculum
in
order
to
prepare
students
for
professional
practice
in
the
future.
They
specified
that
students
needed
both
to
develop
their
own
manipulative
skills
and
to
]now
sufficient
about
the
technique
to
be
able
to
direct
specialists
in
these
production
methods.
-
245
-
Page 259
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 259/320
6.4
Discussion
of
issues
raised
i
A
series
of
focused
interviews
with
individuals
who
were
either
concerned
with, or
had
considerable
knowledge
of
design
education,
allowed
for
some
of
the
major
issues
raised
during
the
research
programme
to
be discussed in
more
depth.
These individuals
included
graphic
design
educators,
educators
from
other
design disciplines,
acknowledged
experts
in
drawing
and
design
studies
and a small
group
of
students.
These
respondents
are
listed
in
Appendix II
and
Appendix
III.
)
The
period
of
the
research,
which
extended
over
approximately
four
years,
was one of
flux
for
graphic
design
education.
Many
of
the
courses
that
were
described
by
the
educator
respondents
in
the
interviews
and postal questionnaire
were
found
to
be
undergoing
changes
or
revision
prompted
either
by
developments
within
the
particular
college or
by
external
pressures.
Courses
were
found
to
be
subject
to
various
pressures
fran
Goverment
and
CNAA
to
introduce
or
to
increase
emphasis
on particular
subjects,
for
example
information
technology, the
use
of computers, and
business
or
marketing
studies.
The time
allocated
to
drawing
studies
was
in
many
instances
under
threat
because
of
the
need
to
provide more
space
on
the
timetable
for
these
subjects,
and
5
of
the
members
of staff
interviewed,
who were responsible
for
the
conduct
of
drawing
tuition,
expressed
concern
that
it
was
being
squeezed
out
of
the
curriculum.
During
the
interviews
at
BA
graphic
design
courses,
9
out
of
16
educators
expressed
a
personal
view
that,
the
treatment
of
the
subject
of
drawing
was an area
of
conflict
amongst
staff,
and
that there
was
rarely
any
general agreement
about
how
it
should
be dealt
with
in
the
curriculum.
In
response
to
the
questionnaire,
educators
fran
four
courses
had
specifically
mentioned
that
a
revision
of
the
way
they
were
dealing
with
drawing
was
under
review
and
two
of
these
courses
were
visited.
Although
it
was
found
that
some
constructive
discussions
were
taking
place
on
these
particular
courses,
the
discussions
nevertheless
tended
to
be daninated
by
a polarisation
of
-
246
-
Page 260
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 260/320
established
attitudes.
There
appeared
to
be
no
ccrm=
agreement
on
the
purpose
of
drawing
tuition
on
which
to
base
proposals,
and rather
conflicting
views
about
the
importance
and
the
treatment
of
drawing
tuition
were
held.
In
general
terms,
different
opinions
were
found
to
be
held
by
the
graphic
design
staff,
on
the
one
hand,
and
by
the
illustration
and
fine
art staff
teaching
on
design
courses,
on
the
other.
Their
views
may
broadly be
said
to
polarise
between
the
claim
that
drawing
ability
should
be
developed
specifically
as
an
aid
to
professional
practice
and
the
claim
that
its development
is
primarily
important
as a means
of self-expression
for
students.
Saue
educators
voiced
an antipathy
towards fine
art,
while
sane
openly
described
their
course
as
being
fine
art orientated .
During
the
interviews,
several
of
the
respondents
said
that
they
themselves
had
received
what
they
termed
a
traditional
art
school
education ,
during
which
they
had
mainly
concentrated
on
the
practice
of
drawing
in
various ways.
They
described
a
belief
that
drawing
was
a good
basis
for design
education.
However,
there
were
3
notable
educators
who
expressed
considerable
antagonism
towards
drawing
tuition,
associating
it
with
fine
art
based
approaches
the
influence
of
which
they
said
they
had
resisted
when
establishing
graphic
design
courses
in
the
early
1960s.
Although
it
was
clear,
both
from
the
interviews
and
discussions
with
educators
and students,
and
from
the
observations
conducted
during
the
visits
to BA
courses,
that
drawing
tuition
was
conducted
with
enthusiasm
and
that
imaginative
approaches
were
pursued,
it
was
found
that
the
majority
of
time
given
to
content-specific
classes
was
devoted to
life
drawing.
The
development
of various
practical
and
manipulative abilities also
received
substantial
encouragement
on all
the
courses
visited,
both
during
design
projects
and
through
short
courses.
Although the
keeping
of sketch
books
and
notebooks
was
encouraged,
and
the
importance
of
this
method
of
developing
visual
literacy
was
generally acknowledged
by
the
educators
interviewed
(as
it
had
been
by
19
of
the
respondents to
the
postal questionnaire),
-
247
-
Page 261
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 261/320
there
was
no evidence
that
students were
given
tuition
to
help
that
develop
effective
methods of
keeping
sketch
books
and
notebooks, and
only
2
of
the
respondents
described
including
them in
assessment.
Students
were
encouraged
to
judge
the
quality
of
their
own
and
each
others
drawings,
generally
in
sessions
organised
for
the
critique
of
work
at
the
conclusion of
design
or
drawing
projects.
Hd6mver,
there
was
little
evidence of systematic
methods
being
applied
whereby
the
broader
abilities
of
the
appreciation
of
drawn
imagery
and
its
appropriate
use
in
context
would
be
developed.
In
short,
the
provision
was
found
to
be
vigorous,
but
biased
towards
the
development
of
practical
and observational
abilities,
with
little
specific
regard
given
to
the
development
of cognitive
drawing
abilities.
A
preference
towards
a systematic
approach
to the
planning
of
drawing
tuition
and
the
development
of
drawing
abilities
was
expressed
by
several
of
those
interviewed
who
were
not
directly
concerned with
graphic
design
education.
The
provision
of
tuition
for
the
teaching
of specific
skills and
drawing
conventions
was
considered
to
be
important
by
9
out of
11
of
these
respondents,
learning
the
scales
as
3
respondents
described it.
But,
equally,
the
importance
of giving
students clear instruction on the role that drawing can play in a
designer s
work
was also
emphasised.
Drawing
should
be
taught by
explaining
not only
how but
also
why as
one
respondent
said.
It
was
interesting
to
note
that
these
11
respondents
who,
while
not
directly
involved in
teaching
on
graphic
design
courses,
were
aware
of
the
problems
involved in
planning
and
conducting
drawing
tuition
at
BA
level,
favoured
approaches
that
were
in
score
respects
different
than
those that most of the educator respondents described
as
being
currently
in
operation.
Drawing fran
observation,
particularly
in
formal
content-specific
life
classes,
was
not
accorded
the
same
importance
by
these
respondents
as
it
apparently
is
on
BA
courses
(see
Table
35).
They
all
indicated
that
other
forms
of
tuition
were
equally,
if
not
more
important.
It
was
found
that
5
of
the
graphic
design
educators
interviewed
during
visits
to
colleges
taught
life
drawing
as
part
of
their
responsibilities.
When
asked
to
give
their
views on the relevance of the study
of
life drawing to
graphic
248
Page 262
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 262/320
designers,
they
made
a strong
case
for
its benefits
as
a
disciplined
way
of
training
observation and
hand-eye
co-ordination.
However,
the
specialist
life
drawing
tutor included
in
the interview
programme,
expressed concern
about
the
level
of
achievement
that
graphic
design
students
generally reach
in life
drawing,
saying
that,
in his
experience,
the
activity
was
so very
different
from
their
normal
working practice, with
the
emphasis
on
observation,
the
change
in
scale of working,
even
the
change
in
position
of
working
(standing
at
an
easel),
being
very
difficult
for
them to
adjust
to.
All
of
these
respondents
stressed
the
importance
of
helping
students
to
develop
visual
literacy
and
the
ability
to
understand
drawings
in
context and in particular, 8 of them
put
great
emphasis
on
the
training
of visual memory,
5
specifically
associating
this
development
and
training
with
the
use
of
copying
as
a
learning
method.
The
findings
about
this
aspect
of
provision
on
the
courses
visited
has
been
described
above,
and while
it is
clear
that
the
educator
respondents
to
the
questionnaire
acknowledged
the
importance
of
the
development
of
various
types
of visual
literacy
(see
Table
31),
they
gave
no clear
indication
of consistent
approaches
to
the
development
of these abilities in ways that were thoroughly integrated
with
design
tuition.
The
ways
in
which
courses
represent
their
approach
to
drawing
tuition
in
their
prospectuses
was
also
analysed.
At the
time
of
analysis,
15
prospectuses
out of
the
20
respondent
courses
were
available.
Only
9
courses
mentioned
drawing
in
the
prospectus,
although
in
sane
instances
other
terms,
for
example
manipulative
skills
or
craft
skills ,
were clearly intended to
represent
drawing
skills.
When
drawing
tuition
for design
students
was
mentioned,
it
was
invariably
in
association
with
the
early
introductory
stages
of
the
course
and
was only
specifically
mentioned
in
association
with
illustration
for
later
stages.
Only
in
one
prospectus
was
a
picture
of
a
drawing
class
produced
and
this
was of
a
traditional
life
class.
Finally,
during
the
interviews,
one of
the issues
central
to
the
formulation
of
this
research
progranwe
was
highlighted
by
student
-
249
-
Page 263
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 263/320
responses
indicating
that
the
acquisition
of
drawing
ability
was
an
area
of concern
for
them.
Over
half
of
the
students
interviewed
in-
depth
and many of
those
with
whom
brief
discussions
were
possible
during
visits
to
courses
indicated
that
on
occasions
their
limitations as draughtsmen and carmen not only restricted what they
could
achieve
in
terms
of
design
solutions
but
also restricted
what
they
tried to
achieve.
Similarly
several
educators
described
the
effects
that
inadequate
drawing
ability could
be
seen
to
have
on
students.
In
addition
to
the
problems
associated with
the
developnent
and presentation of
design
solutions
that
students
with
limited
drawing
ability
were
found
to
suffer
inhibition
and a
general
lack
of
confidence
when
exploring
ideas
were
also
described.
-
250
-
Page 264
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 264/320
Chapter
7
Disc
ussixon,
Dociclusions
and
Suggesticns
for
FU
uze
Work
7.1
Introduction
In Chapter
2
it
was
pointed
out
that,
prior
to
this
study,
very
little
systematic
evaluation of
the
use
of
drawing
in
the
graphic
design
process
has been
conducted.
Similarly,
the
basis
on
which
the
provision
of
drawing
tuition
has
been
determined
in higher
education
has
never
been
systematically
defined
with
specific
regard
to
the
needs of graphic
designers.
The
detailed findings
made
in
this
present
study are
given
in
Chapters
4,5
and
6
above and,
in
broad
terms,
they fully
confinn
both
the
importance
of
the
use
of
drawing
in
the
conduct
of
the
graphic
design
process
and
the
importance
to
graphic
designers
of
the
develognent
of
appropriate
drawing
abilities.
Additionally,
attention
has been
given
to
various
aspects
of
the
current
provision
of
drawing
tuition
on
graphic design courses.
In
this
chapter,
the
implications
of
the
research
findings
are
discussed
in
more
detail
and
the
effectiveness
of
the
research
methods
adopted
are considered.
The
nature
of
the
graphic
design
process
is
re-examined
and
a
theoretical
model
based
on
the
findings
is
discussed.
Some
important
conclusions
on
the
use
of
drawing
in
this
process
are
then
presented.
Various issues
concerning
the
current
provision
of
drawing
tuition
on
BA Graphic
Design
courses
are
also
discussed
in
relation
to the
conclusions
drawn
on
the
the
required
drawing
abilities of graphic
designers,
based
on
the
overall
conclusions
reached some
recommendations
for
improvements
in
curriculum
development
are
made.
Finally,
some
ideas for
future
work
on
the
broad
range
of
topics
covered
by
this
study
are
given.
7.2 : nature of the graphic design process
As
stated
earlier,
the
major
emphasis
of
the
numerous
investigations
-
251
-
Page 265
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 265/320
into
the
nature of
the
design
process
has
tended
to
be
concentrated
on
disciplines
other
than
graphic
design.
By
focusing
on
an
exploration
of
the
role
of
drawing in
the
work of
the
graphic
designer,
it
has
been possible not only to examine the role of drawing as an intrinsic
element
in
the
development
of
the
creative
process,
but
also
to
gain
insight
into
the
nature of
that
process
itself.
In
Chapter
2,
various
theoretical
models
for
design
processes were
discussed.
Although the
current
study
has
shown
that
the
graphic
design
process
contains procedures of
analysis,
synthesis
and
evaluation,
these
do
not
in
themselves
represent
discrete
stages
as
implied by
sane
of
the
aforementioned
theoretical
models.
Indeed,
it
was
clear
that
it is
often
difficult
to
separate
the
perfoanance
of
individual
procedures.
For
example,
when
evaluation
was
observed,
it
was
invariably
accanpanied
by
revision .
It
was
also
found
that
these
procedures
were repeated
throughout the
graphic
design
process.
For
example,
evaluation
was
demonstrably
taking
place
fran
the
earliest
stages
of
the
develognent
of
a
design
solution.
Nevertheless,
it
may
be
said
that
there is
a
broadly
predictable
pattern
of
predominating
procedures.
For
example,
it has
been
found
that
synthesis/development
generally
occurs
before
evaluation/
revision .
It
is
also
very
clear
that
a
designers
attention
tends
to
concentrate
on a particular
range
of
procedures
at any given
time.
It
may,
therefore,
be
said
that
rather
than
stages
there
are phases
in
the
graphic
design
process reflecting
the
conduct
of
a range
of
associated procedures.
Moreover,
when analytical
procedures
specifically
were
investigated,
the
analysis/synthesis/evaluation
model
was
found
to
be
unsatisfactory
as
an
overall
representation
of
the
graphic
design
process.
The
analysis
of a
design
problem
can
be
seen
to
begin
at
the
briefing.
(Detailed
descriptions
of
briefing
procedures
have been
given
in
Chapter
4,
Section
4.2.1.
)
During
the
briefing
sessions
designers
were sometimes observed to conduct an irrrr diate analysis of the design
problem.
They
asked
questions;
they
made
notes,
both
in
words
and
images,
for
both
immediate
and
later
reference;
and
they
sketched
-
252
-
Page 266
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 266/320
examples
of
possible solutions,
or
'solution
types'
(Hillier
et
al,
1972),
based
on
their
experience.
These
sketches
were
produced,
albeit
schematically,
both
for
their
own use
and,
in
score
instances,
to
check
the
client's
meaning
and
intention,
ie
Do
you
mean
like
that?
In
two
ways
these
observations
may
be
said
to favour
the
application
of
the
'conjecture-analysis'
model
proposed
by
Hillier
et al
(1972).
They
indicate that
designing
begins
before
any
systematic
analysis
can
have
taken
place and
they
show
that
some
designers
develop
their
understanding
of
the
problem
by
analysing
and
evaluating
solution
types.
These
findings
have
important
implications
for
the
development
of
a
representative
theoretical
model
of
the
graphic
design
process.
Although
it
was observed
that
the
majority of
creative
design
activity
takes
place
in
the
studio, after
the
individual
or
design
team
have
received
the
brief,
the
fact
that
designerly
activity
can
be
seen
to
occur
before
this
point means
that
the
briefing
and
any
other
preparatory procedures must be included in the model. Moreover, in
sage
instances,
designers
make
innovative
developnents
during
procedures
carried out
specifically
to
control
production.
Production
procedures
should,
therefore,
also
be
included.
Thus,
the
teens
'Preparation'
and
'Production'
have
been
adopted
to
describe
the
phases
during
which
these
particular
activities
occur and
the
teen
'Main
Creative
Phase'
has been
adopted
to
describe
the
phase
when
the
majority
of
creative activity occurs.
Therefore,
the
graphic
design
process
can
be
said
to
be
made
up
of
a
series
of
phases,
in
each of which
certain
procedures
predominate
and
by
means
of which
the
designer
makes
progressively
more
clearly
defined
conjectures about
appropriate
solution
types,
while
rejecting
inappropriate
ones.
Findings
also
indicate
that
designers
appear
to
be
stimulated
fran
an
early
stage
into
a
particular approach
to
the
solution of
a
graphic
design
problem.
Darke's
(1979)
description
of
design
as
a
process
of
-
253
-
Page 267
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 267/320
variety
reduction , with
potential
solutions
being
reduced
by
external constraints and
the
designer s
own cognitive
structures,
is
expanded upon
by her
proposition
that
a
primary
generator ,
ie
an
idea
or
even
a
group of
related
concepts , will
form
a starting point
for
the
designer,
a
way
into
the
problem ,
and a
means
of
beginning
the
process of variety reduction.
Hence,
this
elaboration
of
Hillier s
model
to
one
of generator-conjecture-analysis
would
appear
to
be
appropriate
to the
graphic
design
process.
The
proposed
model
of
the
graphic
design
process
as
a
series
of
procedures
broadly, but
not
exclusively,
occurring
within
specific
phases, provides a basis for a system of categorisation of the
observed
designerly
tasks
and attendant
drawing
activity.
That
is
to
say,
it
was
found
that
within
each
phase
designerly
tasks
are
perfonr
d
to
carry out
those
attendant
procedures,
and
many
of
these
tasks
are
conducted
through the
use
of
drawing.
Each
such
task
has
its
purpose
and so
there
may
be
said
to
be
a
range
of
tasks,
with
certain
tasks
predominating
during
any particular
procedure
and phase.
The
relationship
of phases, procedures
and
tasks
may
be
represented
by
the following schema.
Task
Procedure
Task
Phase
Task
Procedure
Task
Thus,
the
method adopted of
asking
graphic
designers
to
describe
their
use
of
drawing
during
the
conduct
of various
tasks,
and
of
observing
and
analysing
such
drawing,
has
proved
effective
for
the
elicitation
of
information that
both
represents
designerly
activity
naturalistically
and,
at
the
sane
time,
permits
the
systematic
presentation
of
findings.
The
system
of categorisation
outlined
above
has been the
basis
of
the
Taxonomy described
in
Chapter
5
and
set
out
in
Table
17.
-
254
-
Page 268
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 268/320
7.3
¶I1
role of
drawing in
the
graphic
design
process
By
investigating
the
role of
drawing
in
the
working
practices
of
graphic
designers
this
study
has
clearly
demonstrated
that
drawing
is
an
intrinsic
procedural
device
assisting
the designer
to
conduct
many
of
the tasks
they
regularly perform.
Moreover it
is
also
clear
that
its
use
is
highly
complex and requires
the
development
of
both
intellectual
and
manipulative
skills
in
order
to
maximise
its
effectiveness.
The
cognitive
abilities
required
for
the
understanding
and
appreciation
of
drawn
imagery
and
for
performing
and
directing
drawing
activity
in
ways
most
appropriate
to
specific
circumstances
have been shaven to be equally important if not more important than
the
practical abilities
required
in
the
actual
production
of
drawings.
In
addition
it
has
been
found
that the importance
of
drawing is
not
just in
the
performance of
designerly
activities
but
in
the types
of
caranunication
that
can
be
conducted
thereby
and
in
the
development
and expression
of
the
visual
literacy
that
it
supports.
It
has
also
been
shown
that
it is important
to
apply
evaluative
criteria
for
designerly drawings that take account of this particular range of
uses.
By
observing
drawing
activity
and
discussing
with
designers
their
drawing
experiences
it has been
possible
to
confirm
both
the
essential
and
specific
nature
of
the
role
of
drawing
in
many
aspects
of
the
development
of
solutions
for
graphic
design
problems
and
the
essential
support
it
gives
to
many
designers
in
the
performance
of
their
complex
duties.
Graphic
designers
have been
found
to
use
drawing
strategically
adapting
the
way
they
draw
to
meet
the
requirements
of
the
particular
working
context.
Indeed
it
has
been found
that
designers
in
all
the
major
orientations
of
the
graphic
design
profession
make
use
of
drawing
albeit
to
different
extents
depending
on
the
particular
nature
of
the
type
of
job
on which
they
are
engaged
on
the type
of
organisation
for
which
they
work
on
their
role
in the
design
team
and
on their individual predilections and ability. Although not all the
designers
in
the
study
found drawing
essential
in
every
aspect
of
their
work
all
found
it
at
least
useful
in
sane
aspects
and
most
-
255
-
Page 269
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 269/320
respondents
described
it
as essential
for
several
key
procedures.
(Figure
42
shows
the
preponderance
of
use
that
designers
described.
)
Therefore,
the
study
has demonstrated
the
importance
of
the
use
of
drawing
to the
graphic
design
profession
over
the
broad
range
of
activities
perfonned and
within
the
particularities
of
these
activities.
As
stated
in
Chapter
2
(Section
2.2),
the
responsibilities
of some
senior
graphic
designers
can
include
the
management
of
design
projects
and
involve the
direction
of other
members
of
the
design
team.
It
has
been
found
that
the
use
of
drawing
is
important
in
the
conduct
of
these
responsibilities
in
ways not
hitherto
clearly
defined.
Black
(1983) has described
the
need
for
designers
to
establish
a
basis
for
understanding
and co-operation
so
that designerly
thinking
can
permeate
business.
It
has
been
observed
that
graphic
designers
use
drawing
to
communicate
in
this
essentially
designerly
way with
clients,
marketing
personnel
and
account
executives,
other
members
of
the
design
team
and specialists responsible
for
aspects
of production.
Drawing can, in fact be seen as part of the language through which
designers
conduct
various
aspects
of
business,
over and
above
its
use
in
purely
creative
terms.
That
is to
say,
respondents
have
described
themselves
as
interacting
with
the
client,
through
the
use
of
drawing,
to
query
information
given
during
briefing
sessions,
to
demonstrate
both
the
advantages
or
the
disadvantages
of proposed
solutions,
to
convince, even
to
educate
the client so as to enable them to see the
advantages
of proposed
solutions
and,
when necessary,
to
use
drawing
to
such
an
effect
that
a
client
can
be
persuaded
to
accept
the
designer s
preferred
approach.
-
256
-
Page 270
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 270/320
OOM
(n
N0-0h0
vi
Imt
cV
Cr7
W
cd
0
I
rAd
Cd
U
A
I)
aä
c
ý
lit
*q
MMNN
V-4
-
eo
W
A
1V3
a
Üý
c
0
a
a
Sý
ýW
u
10
h
.ýý
euo
h
M
dä
ß
eo
ý
eo
ý
g
-
257
-
Page 271
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 271/320
Similarly,
drawing
has been found
to
be
an
essential
form
of
communication
between
members
of
the
design
team.
Senior
designers
draw
as part of
the
process of passing
to
junior designers
both
the
form
of
design
solutions
in
various
stages
of
development
and
instructions
for further
development.
Again, drawing
is
an
essential
car
onent
for
directing
and
instructing
members
of
what
may
be
tensed
the
extended
design
team .
As
explained
in
Chapter 2
(Section
2.2),
the
use of certain
types
of
drawings,
namely
specifications ,
etc,
has
already
been
well
documented
but
this
study
has
provided
additional
data
on
the
ways
drawing
is
used
to
communicate
in
a
flexible
and
interactive
way
when
a
designer
is
controlling
production
procedures
through
commissioning
or passing on
instructions
to
specialists.
In
terms
of managerial
practice,
it
has been
found
that
the
proper
use
of
drawing
can
determine
not only
the
quality
of
the
design
solutions
produced
by
the
design
team
but
the
efficiency
and cost-effectiveness
of
their
production.
By
using
drawing
in
appropriate
ways,
the
design
team
can
control
the
organisation
and
timing
of a
job
and
avoid
ineffective and therefore time-wasting approaches to design solutions.
In
other
words, solutions
can
be
evaluated
by
means of
drawings before
wasteful
investment
has been
made
in
time-consuming
production
procedures.
However,
it
is
not only
in
the
conduct
of
managerial
tasks
that
the
importance
of
the
use
of
drawing has been
demonstrated.
Its
use
in
the
support
of creative
effort
has
also
been
fully
confirmed.
It
has
been
found to be
essential
to the
way
in
which
both
the design
team
and
individual
designers
stimulate
and
develop
creative
responses
and
to
the
development
of
empathy
between
members
of
the
design
team.
Drawing
has
been
observed
to
be
a
vehicle
for
creative
interchange
in
group
sessions,
a means
whereby
the
members
of
the
design
team
both
share
and
stimulate
ideas.
Moreover,
the
one
to
one
interchange
of
ideas
by
designers
regularly
observed
during
the
study
is
frequently
accompanied
by
the
use
of
drawing
and,
again,
the
majority
of
respondents
in
the
study
described
drawing
as
essential
in
their
own
-
258
-
Page 272
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 272/320
individual
exploration
of
ideas.
In
fact,
the
importance
of
the
use of
drawing
in fostering
creative
thinking
is
clearly
demonstrated
by
the
findings
of
the
study.
For
example,
respondents
have
described
employing
drawing
as a
type
of
brainstorming
technique,
whereby
they
can
list
ideas
visually,
or
through
a
canbination
of written
notes
and
drawn
images,
maintaining
a
degree
of critical
evaluation alongside
spontaneous
ideation.
Again,
drawing
is
used
for
the
rapid
firing
of
ideas
and
for
the
essential
evaluation
of
ideas
initially
produced
in
a way
that is
wild
and
free
as
proposed
by
Broadbent
(1973).
The importance
of
the
activity
of
drawing in
developing
stored
analogy
(op.
cit.
)
or visual
memory,
has
also
been
confirmed.
It
was
also
found
that
graphic
designers
exhibited
a reluctance
to impose
any sort
of
judgmental
criteria
on
their
initial
uses of
drawing
in
a
job,
thereby
implicitly
fostering
a
non-judgmental
climate
to
support
creative
thinking.
Designers
have
been found
to
use
drawing
in
ways
which
range
fran
that
described
by
Kirby Lockhard
(1982)
and
Lloyd
Jones
(1984)
as
an
essentially modelling medium, right through to a use which is highly
representational
of proposed
design
solutions.
Drawing
is
the
chosen
problem-solving
language for
a great
many
varied
tasks for
graphic
designers.
Not
only
is it
the
language
of modelling
(Cross [N]
1982),
it
is
also
in
many respects
the
chosen
foam
of
canmnication
about
the
visual
nature
of
design
solutions.
However,
although
the
importance
of
the
use
of
drawing
to
graphic
designers has been
clearly
demonstrated by this
study,
there
were
at
the
same
time
many
indications
that
this
use
of
drawing
has
not
been
subject
to
any real
analysis
by
members
of
the
profession.
For
example,
it is
clear
that
graphic
designers
have
not
developed
systematic
terminology
to
describe
their
drawing
practices,
or
to
describe
the types
of
drawing
they
produce
for
many
of
the
procedures
of
the
graphic
design
process,
particularly
for
those
when
the
majority
of creative
thinking
occurs.
The
terns
rough
is
generally
applied
to
describe
a wide
range
of
types
of
drawing
without
differentiation. Moreover,
a
large
proportion
of
respondents
stated
-
259
-
Page 273
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 273/320
they
had
a rather
confused
attitude as
to
what
constituted
real
drawing,
indicating that
they
had
not,
in
their
own
minds,
clarified
the
particular characteristics
of
designerly
drawing
usage.
It
was
found that, to
some
extent,
unexplored
assumptions
that drawing,
or at
least
real
drawing,
can only
be
the
result
of
artistic
production,
influenced
the
attitudes
of
same members
of
all
three
of
the
main
respondent
groups
in
the
study
(ie
designers,
educators
and
students).
7.4
¶I1
range
and
develppment
of
the
requited
drawing
abilities
As
stated
above,
the
wide range
of
use
that
graphic
designers
make
of
drawing
requires
them
to
develop
a correspondingly
broad
range of
drawing
abilities.
These
abilities will
extend
from
very
specific
technical
canpetencies
to
broadly-based
intellectual
skills.
Not
only
was
the
importance
of
practical
abilities
confirmed
in
this
study
but,
in
addition,
it
was
found
that
a
high
proportion
of
designers
thought
that
developing
the
cognitive
abilities
of
judgement
and understanding
of
the
effectiveness
of
drawings
was of
considerable
importance.
Again
the
importance
of
developing
visual
literacy,
and
of
visual
manory linked to the capacity to use drawing effectively, was also
described
by
many
designers.
It
was
clear
fron
the
findings
presented
in
Chapter 5
that, in
most
cases,
graphic
designers
develop
many
of
these
essential
drawing
abilities
after
leaving
college.
It
was
also
apparent
that
graphic
design
students
do
not consistently
demonstrate
sufficient
caitrol
over
the
use of
drawing in
the
graphic
design
process and
that
they
are
not
properly
prepared
for
practice
in terms
of
the
develognent
of
the
required
drawing
abilities.
Considerable
differences
of
opinion
were
expressed
by
educators
about
the
relative
values
of professionally
and
artistically
biased
approaches
to
the
development
of
drawing
abilities,
and
similarly
evaluative
criteria appropriate
to designerly
drawing
usage
had
not
been
consistently
established.
It
was
found
that
the
nature of
drawing
tuition
was a
source of
contention
or
confusion
on
acme
courses.
Although
it
is
clear
that
in
recent
years staff
teams
have
-
260
-
Page 274
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 274/320
revised
their
provision
of several
key
subjects,
for
example
business
studies,
the
influence
of
rather
inflexible
attitudes
to
the
nature
of
drawing tuition
was still
often apparent.
In
addition,
evidence
of
a
lack
of
integration
of
drawing
tuition
with
the
main
design
curriculum was revealed
by
the
study.
In
some
courses,
tuition
for
the
development
of
various
aspects
of visual
literacy,
especially
in
historical
and cultural
aspects,
was
to
a
large
extent
conducted
by
staff
fron
other
departments,
for
example
the
Art
History
or
Critical Studies
Departments.
Again, in
some
courses,
responsibility
for
conducting
content-specific
drawing
classes was
delegated
to
non
design
staff,
for
example an
illustration
tutor,
or
a
tutor
fran
the Fine Art
Department.
It
would
appear,
therefore,
that
in
some
instances,
the
fostering
of
the
intellectual
underpinning
of
draughtsmanship
and
the
development
of
practical
abilities
has
been
split
from
the
main provision
of
design
tuition.
There
was
also
very
little
evidence
of
planning
for
the
continuous
development
of
drawing
abilities
for
student
designers
over
the
three
years
of
a
degree
course,
such
that
these
abilities
may
keep
pace
with
developing designerly ability, although most courses made special
provision
in
this
respect
for
illustration
students.
Although many
respondents
frcen
the
educational
sector
expressed
an
understanding
and appreciation
of
the importance
of
drawing
to
graphic
designers,
there
were
found
to
be
few,
if
any,
established
teaching
methods
specifically
formulated
for
the
systematic
development
of
the
drawing
abilities
required
for
professional
practice.
The
view
held
by
many
educators
was
that
students
will
develop these
abilities
through
working
on
design
projects,
reflecting
to
some
extent
the
apprentice-like
system
described by
Cross
[N]
1982),
and while
it
was
clear
that
many
of
the
specific
drawing
abilities
mentioned
above
are
indeed
learned
fran
design
projects,
it is
also
clear
that
because
many
other
issues
also
need consideration
by
students
during
these
projects
the
development
of
drawing
abilities
inevitably
takes
second
place.
Since
the
required
drawing
abilities
are
so
varied
in
nature,
if
-
261
-
Page 275
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 275/320
students
are
to
acquire
a
broadly-based
ccupetency,
developing
both
practical
and cognitive
abilities,
they
need
opportunity
to
concentrate
on
learning
how
to
use
drawing
in
a
flexible
and
adaptable
way,
and
time to
develop
the
associated
practical
or
put
dawn
skills.
Sane
respondents
mentioned
more
systematic
approaches
to
teaching
various conventions,
etc,
but
the
study
found
no
evidence
of
a
generalised,
systematic
range
of established
techniques
for
teaching
designerly
drawing
abilities
to
graphic
designers
to
carpare
with
those
established
for
other
design
disciplines.
Therefore,
there
would appear
to
be
three
major
factors
adversely
affecting
the
appropriate
development
of
drawing
tuition
for
graphic
design
students:
1) The
lack
of
a clear
philosophical
basis
from
which
the
general
principles
and
broad
aims of
the
planning
and
conduct
of
drawing
tuition
on
courses
can
be
planned
and
the development
of student
drawing
abilities
be
evaluated.
2) The failure of courses to develop appropriate teaching
strategies
for
maintaining
a
fully
integrated
provision,
so
that
the
development
of
intellectual
or cognitive
drawing
abilities,
practical
drawing
abilities,
and
designerly
abilities
are
developed
holistically
over
the
three
years
of a course.
3)
The
lack
of a
systematic
formulation
of
methods within
graphic
design
education
for
teaching
the
specific
range
of
drawing
abilities
that
graphic
designers
require.
Thus,
paradoxically,
although
there
was
general
agreement
and
a
high
level
of
understanding
about
the importance
of
drawing
in
the
work
of
graphic
designers,
the
development
of
specifically
designerly
drawing
abilities
was
not consistently considered
when
planning
the
content
and conduct
of
drawing
tuition.
Although
the
importance
of
drawing
ability
to
graphic
designers
was
generally
acknowledged,
the
provision
for
its
development
was
found
to
be
piecemeal
and
partial.
-
262
-
Page 276
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 276/320
The
effects of
this
may
well
be
to
inhibit
the
students
capacity
to
appreciate
the
car
lex
nature of
designerly
drawing
activity.
Part
of
the
reason
for
this
would seem
to
be
that,
prior
to this
study,
the
use of
drawing by
graphic
designers
has
never
been
systematically
analysed
and
characterised as a
basis
for
the
development
of
drawing
provision.
Hitherto, the
importance
of
both
developing
a wide range
of specific abilities,
while,
at
the
same
time,
maintaining
a clear
sense of
the
association of
the
intellectual
and manipulative
aspects
of
drawing
usage
may
not
have been fully
appreciated.
The
findings
of
this
study,
therefore,
can
form
a
basis
for
the
development
of
a
more
systematic
provision.
7.5
Reocýmoesýdatiýans
or
airriailim planning
with
regard
to
drawing
tuition
It
would
be
inappropriate to
make
very
specific
reccanendations
about
drawing
tuition,
methodology or
the
content of
drawing
classes
on
BA
graphic
design
courses.
Indeed,
it
has
never
been
the
intention
of
this
study
to
proscribe,
but
rather
to
provide
a
basis for
the
re-
evaluation of the provision of drawing tuition in degree level graphic
design
education.
In Section
7.4,
three
major
factors
were
identified
as adversely
affecting
the
appropriate
provision
of
drawing
tuition
for
graphic
design
students.
While
it
cannot
be
claimed
that
these
factors
affect all
BA
graphic
design
courses
equally,
it
would
appear
that
their
influence
is
sufficiently
widespread
to
make
them
a
necessary
subject of
careful
consideration.
Therefore,
in
this
section,
recommendations
are
made
for
improvements in
curriculum
planning
taking
into
account
both
these factors
and
the
general
findings
of
the
study.
The
research
has
shown
that
graphic
designers
are required
to
develop
specific,
but
nonetheless very
wide-ranging
cognitive and practical
drawing
abilities.
Given
that
the
provision of
drawing
tuition has
the
general aim of
enabling
students
to
use
drawing
effectively,
if
the full range of these required drawing abilities is to be developed
consistently,
fundamental
revision
will
need
to
take
place.
-
263
-
Page 277
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 277/320
Firstly, the
confusion
caused
by
the
contradictory
attitudes
currently
influencing
some educators
must
be
resolved.
The
study
has,
in
fact,
confirmed
both
the
importance
of a
pragmatic
approach
to
drawing
tuition,
linking its
provision
closely
to
the
needs
of
working
designers,
and
the
importance
of encouraging
students
to
develop
an
individualistic,
even
personal
approach
to the
use
of
drawing.
However,
what
is
of
particular
significance,
is
that
it
has
shown
that
neither
of
these
approaches
is
sufficient
alone.
It
has
been
demonstrated
that
graphic
designers
must
develop
the
specific abilities
needed
for
the
performance of
particular
tasks,
for
example, the production of drawings for client presentation or
for
commissioning
a specialist.
However,
the
capacity
to
use
drawing
in
a
flexible,
adaptable
way,
has
been
shown
to
require
the
developnent
of
an
individualistic
approach
that
is
responsive
to
circumstances.
If
students
are
to
learn
to
use
drawing
not only
appropriately
but
also
strategically,
it
must
become
for
them
a
problem-solving
language
in
which
they
are
fully
articulate
and
that they
can
use with
confidence
and
fluidity.
Drawing
tuition,
therefore,
needs
to
encorrass
both
the
pragmatism of appropriateness to specific aspects of professional work
and
the
development
of
adaptability
in
use, such
that
students can
express
themselves
effectively
according
to
the
requirements
of
particular
circumstances.
It
is important that
evaluative
criteria are
established
that
take
designerly
practice
into
account, such
that
both the
appropriate
and
the
strategic
use of
drawing
are acknowledged
and
encouraged.
It
is
also
important that
a
distinction
is
made
between
the
type
of
individualism that
is
appropriate
for
a
graphic
designer
and
the
type
that
is
appropriate
for
a
fine
artist.
The
establishment of
these
criteria
would provide
a
basis
for
staff
teams
to
agree appropriate
levels
of
drawing
ability
in
students selected
onto courses and
for
remedial
tuition
when required.
Therefore, in tezms of the development of a relevant philosophical
basis fron
which
the
general
and
specific aims
of
drawing
tuition
may
be
developed, it
is
recam
ended
that
the two
aspects
that
make
up
-
264
-
Page 278
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 278/320
designerly drawing
ability,
namely pragmatism
and
individualism,
are
fully
recognised
by
all
the
educators
involved,
and
that
they
are
given equal
encouragement.
The
need
to
get all educators
involved in
decisions
about
establishing
aims
in
this
way
leads
naturally
to
the
next reca
-endation.
As
stated above, graphic
designers
are required
to
develop
both
practical
and cognitive
drawing
abilities.
Moreover,
their
use of
drawing
requires
the
cwbination
of
intellectual
and manipulative
abilities.
Therefore,
the
study
of
drawing
needs
to
be
holistic
and
to
be
planned
taking
into
account
both
its
intellectual
and
practical
aspects. In order to achieve this unity, all educators on the
teaching
team
need
to
be
aware
of
the
contribution
that their
individual
input
can
make
to
the
general
development
of
student
drawing
ability.
Further,
it is
reconnended
that
on all graphic
design
courses,
especially
those
where
the teaching team
includes
staff
from
disciplines
other
than
graphic
design,
special efforts
need
to
be
made
to ensure that not only is a balanced and holistic provision
maintained,
giving
emphasis
to
the
development
of
both
cognitive and
manipulative
abilities,
but
also
that
special efforts
need
to
be
made
to
ensure
that
students
became fully
aware
of
the
relationship
between
intellectual
and manipulative abilities.
While
the
academics
from
disciplines
outside
graphic
design
may well
be
sufficiently
adaptable
to
integrate
designerly
thinking
into
their
teaching
methods,
the
philosophical
basis
for
such an
integration
needs
to
be defined
in
considerable
detail by
design
staff
if
a
fully
integrated
curriculum
is
to
be developed.
This
recamiendation
of a
holistic
provision
would
seem
to
lend
support
to
the
established practice of
developing
drawing
abilities
during
the
operation
of
design
projects.
Indeed,
it
must
be
said
that
this
practice
provides a useful
way
of
helping
students
to
gain experience
of the use of drawing in the graphic design process. However, the
limitations
must also
be
acknowledged.
Drawing
abilities are
far
too
complex
to
be
taught through
this
method
alone,
and
moreover,
because
-
265
-
Page 279
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 279/320
of
the
use of
this
apprentice-like
system
there
has been
a
failure
to
develop
more systematic
methods
of
drawing
tuition.
As Cross
[N]
(1982)
suggests,
it
is
not sufficient
for
educators
to
simply
emulate
designerly practice. It is necessary for them to analyse this
practice, characterise
its
requirements
in
terms
of
the
development
of
general
and
specific
abilities,
and
then
develop
systematic
methods
of
fostering
those
abilities.
There
would
appear
to
be
a strong
case
for
the
introduction
of methods
of
teaching
many of
the
practical
aspects of
drawing
ability,
for
example media
handling
techniques,
in
ways
that
are
less
ad
hoc
than
those currently adopted, thereby ensuring that all graphic design
students are given
the
opportunity
of acquiring
these
practical
abilities.
Moreover,
it
is
recommended
that
the
potential
for
teaching
cognitive
abilities
through
systematic,
generalised
methods
should also
be
explored.
For
example
the
ability
to
memorise and
the
ability
to
recall
visual
imagery
form
an
essential
part
of
the
cognitive skills of a
graphic
designer,
and
yet
it
has
been
found
that
very
little
specific
attention
is
given
to the
development
of
these
abilities
on
the
majority
of courses
investigated
in
the
study.
The
development
of
a
theoretical
framework
linking
drawing
usage with
required
drawing
abilities,
such
as
is
given
in the
taxonomy
in
Table
17,
provides a
basis
from
which
these
methods
of
tuition
may
be
planned.
The
present
study
has
confirmed
the
fundamental
importance
of
the
use
of
drawing in
the
work of graphic
designers
and,
thereby,
the
importance
of
fostering the
development
of
the
required
drawing
abilities on
BA
level
graphic
design
courses.
Drawing
ability
in its
various
forms
has
been
found
to
assist
designers
not only
in
their
executive
tasks,
but
also
in
organisational
and
managerial
tasks,
and
to
play
a
part
in
the
development
of other
designerly
abilities
like
the
control of
ccuputer-generated
imagery. Therefore,
a
final
important
recxaanendation
is
that
the
place
of
drawing
tuition
is
secured on the curriculum of graphic design courses and that the
introduction
or extension
of
provision
for
other subjects
is
not
allowed
to
obscure
its
significance.
-
266
-
Page 280
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 280/320
7.6
i
am
for
future
wank
The
methods
of research
adopted
have
proved effective
in
meeting
the
original objectives
of
the
study.
The
canbination
of eliciting
information
and
opinions
about
designerly
practice
from
a
broadly
representative
sample
of working
designers,
and
validating
and
extending
the
findings
thus
provided
by
a sustained study
of
designerly
practice
in
one
design
consultancy,
has
allowed
drawing
usage
to
be
characterised
in
considerable
detail.
The
canbination
of
a postal
questionnaire
and
a series of visits
to BA Graphic
Design
courses
has
also
allowed
a
sufficiently
representative
view
of
the
provision of
drawing
tuition
on
these
courses
to
be
achieved
to
allow
the
findings
about
practice
to
be discussed
in
relation
to
educational
provision.
However,
the
scope
of
the
study
has
been
very
broad
and
while achieving
its
initial
aims,
it
has
posed many questions
and
has
identified
several
key
topics
worthy
of
further
study.
It
would
now
be
of considerable
value
to
explore sane of
the
more
important
findings
of
the
study
in
a way
that
allowed
a
more
quantitative evaluation. For example, the majority of respondents
oatments
about
their
use of
drawing in the
individual
development
of
their
own
drawing
abilities,
and
in their
development
of
visual
literacy
and
visual memory
were
volunteered responses.
These,
and
other such
responses
fran
the
study, could
provide
a series
of
checklists
in
a
subsequent
quantitative study
of a
statistically
significant
group
of such
respondents.
Conversely, the study has also identified several topics for research
that
would
benefit from
a
more
open-ended
and
heuristic
approach.
For
example,
an attempt
to
probe
the
various unexplored assumptions
about
the
relationship
of
drawing
to Fine
Art
that
have
been found
to
influence
the
evaluative
criteria applied
by
respondents,
both to
their
awn
drawing
activity
and
to
that
of
others,
would
benefit
fran
such
an
approach.
Similarly,
a
study
of
the
residual
influence
of
the
Basic
Design
movements
of
the
1960s,
and of
the
Sumnerson
and
Coldstream Reports
(as
discussed
in chapter
2,
Section
2.6)
on
the
-
267
-
Page 281
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 281/320
planning
of
drawing
tuition
for designers
would
require a
flexible
and
reactive
methodology.
Indeed,
as
the
study progressed
it
has bec
ar
e
clear
that, to
score
extent,
it
has
been
about
the
interactions
of
canplex caranunities, with drawing acting as part of the carmunication
system
and
thereby
facilitating
these
interactions.
It
would
be
very
interesting
to
extend
this
anthropological
approach and
focus
attention
on
the
design
ccrrrr nities
themselves.
The
lack
of systematic
methods
for
developing
designerly
drawing
abilities
has been identified.
A
study
of
the
development
of
such
methods
would prove an
interesting
avenue
of
research.
Sane
of
the
work already done on re-evaluating historical approaches to this
problem
has been
discussed in
Chapter
2,
and a
study of
the
potential
re-introduction of
score of
these
methods
in
a
way
that
is
acceptable
to
contemporary
graphic
design
students
may also prove
interesting.
Indeed,
sane
research
evaluating
the
methods currently
being borrowed
from
other
disciplines
and eventually
leading
to
the
design
of
custanised
methods
for
graphic
designers,
will
inevitably
be
required
if
courses
are
to
establish
a
designerly
approach
to
drawing
studies.
As
a
post-script,
it is
worth noting
that,
in
the
opinion
of many
designers,
the
use of canputers
and other
technical
drawing
devices
is
not
likely
to
supplant
the
use of
drawing
or
the
need
for
the
developtent
of
drawing
ability
in
general.
Moreover,
respondents
indicated that the
need
to
be
able
to
draw
was still
itrortant
in
order to use equipment creatively and effectively. The ways
in
which
the
role of
drawing
and
the
development
of
drawing
skills
can
keep
pace
with
rapid
technological
change
would
also
be
a subject worthy
of
detailed
investigation.
Similarly,
the
importance
of
the
use
of
drawing in
the
performance
of
managerial responsibilities
has
also
been
high-lighted by
the
current
study.
Further
research could
lead
to
a
more
detailed
analysis
of
this
use
and
to the
integration
of
relevant
drawing
tuition
into
the
design
management
elements
of
degree
courses.
The
study
of
drawing
activity
has
proved
an
effective
vehicle
for
-
268
-
Page 282
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 282/320
gaining
insights into two
distinct
but
related
environments,
namely
the
commercial and
the
educational
sectors.
It
has
been
possible
to
study aspects of
design
procedure
ranging
from
the
introspective
concerns of individual designers to the responsibilities of designer
managers
in
their
direction
of
the team
and
control of
production.
Similarly,
in
the
educational
environment,
respondents
comments on
the
organisation
and
conduct of
drawing
tuition
on
BA Graphic
Design
courses
have
provided
important
data
in
that
it
appears
that the
drawing
abilities
required
in
the
commercial sector
are not
being
fully
met
by
current
educational
provision.
-
269
-
Page 283
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 283/320
ADAMS,
J.
L.
(1980).
Conceptual
Blockbusting (2nd
Edit).
New
York
and
London: W.W. Norton
Co.
ALLISON,
B.
(1982).
Identifying
the
Core
in
Art
and
Design
J.
A. D. E.
(Journal
of
Art
and
Design
Education) 1,1,59-66
ARCHER,
B.
(1979).
Design
as a
Discipline Design Studies
1,
July,
17-20
ARCHER,
B.
(1980).
The Mind's Eye
Designer
Jan
8-9
ARNHEIM,
R.
(1970).
Visual
Thinking London: Faber Faber
ASHWIN,
C.
(1975).
Art Education
Documents
Policies
1768-1975
London:
Society
for
Research
into
Higher Education
ASHWIN,
C.
(1979).
The Ingredients
of
Style
in
Contemporary
Illustration. Information
Design
Journal,
1,51-67
ASHWIN,
C.
(1981)
[a].
Drawing
and
Education
in
German-Speakin
Europe:
1800-1900 U
,
1I Research
Press. Michigan:
Ann Arbour
ASHWIN,
C.
(1981)
[b].
Pestalozzi
and
the
Origin
of
Pedagogical
Drawing. British Journal of Educational Studies 29,2, June,
138-151
ASHWIN,
C.
(1982).
Encyclopaedia
of
Drawing.
London:
Batsford
ASHWIN,
C.
(1983).
History
of
Graphic
Design
and
Can
nication
London: Pembridge Press
ASBWIN,
C.
(1984).
The Concept
of
Design
Education Young Blood,
Britain's Design
Schools
Today
and
Tomorrow
Ed.
K. Baynes.
London:
into
Industry
Ltd
Association
with
Lund
Humphries. 82-89
ATrFIELD,
J.
(1984).
Design
for
Learning
Times
Higher
Educational
Supplement
10.8.84.,
13
BAILEY, G. H.
(1982).
Drawing
and
the Drawing Activity:
A
Phencmological
Investigation
Unpub
Diss.,
Inst.
o
Ed. Univ.
o
London
BALLINGER,
R.
A.
(1956).
Layout
and
Graphic
Design New
York:
Van
Nostrand
Reinhold
BARKER, S. (1959). Advertising Layout and Art Direction New York,
Toronto,
London
:
McGraw-Hill
-
270
-
Page 284
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 284/320
BAYNES,
K.
and
PUGH,
F.
(1981).
The
Art
of
the
Engineer
Guildford:
Letterworth Press
BAYNES,
K.
(1984)
[a].
Encyclopedia.
Unpublished
article.
RCA
BAYNES,
K.
(1984)
[b].
A Draft
Education Policy
Designer.
Dec,
17-19
BEITI'EL,
K. R.
(1970).
Sketches
towards
a
Psychology
of
Learning
in
Art. G.
Pappas
(Ed. )
Concepts
in
Art Education. London:
The
Maanillan
Company.
1
156
BEITiI
L, K. R.
(1972).
Mind
and
Context
in the
Art
of
Drawing
New
York: Holt Rinehart
Winston
Inc.
BELL,
Q.
(1963).
The Schools
of
Design,
London: Routledge
Kegan
Paul
BERGER,
J.
(1979)
(Reissue
of
work
published
by
Methusen
1960)
Pernanent
Red
London:
Writers
and
Readers Publishing
Cooperative
BLACK,
M.
(1983)
(Ed.
A.
Blake)
The
Black
Papers
on
Design.
oxford:
Pergamon
Press
BLAKE,
V.
(1951)
The Art
and
Craft
of
Drawing.
New
York: Dover
Publications
Inc.
(unabridged
reissue
of-at
Edit,
pub
Oxford
University Press
1926)
BOOKER,
P.
J.
(1979)
A
History
of
Engineerin
Drawin
Lorndon:
Northgate
Publishing
(amended
reprint
1979)
BOUCHTOND.
(1986)
Visual Literacy:
Implications
for
Cultural
Understanding
Throughout Education
J. A.
D.
E.
5,125-142
BRAIDWOOD,S.
(1987)
A Slogan
in
Search
of
a
Meaning Design July
463,44
BRIDGEWATER, P.
(1987)
An
Introduction
to
Graphic
Design,
Hertfordshire: Apple Press
BRO, L.
(1978)
Drawing:
A
Studio
Guide. New
York:
W.W. Norton
Co
BROADBENT,G.
(1973)
Design
in
Architecture.
London, New
York,
Sydney, Toronto:
John
Wi
ey
Sons
BROWN,
B.
(1979)
The
Graphics Triangle
Infoznation
Design
Journal
1,123-134
CABIBI, J. F. J.
(1973)
copy
Preparation
for Printing
New York:
McGraw
Hill
CAMP, J.
(1981)
Draw:
Haw
to
Master the
Art.
London:
Andre
Deutsch
CARLINE,
R.
(1975)
Draw
they
must.
London:
Edward
Arnold
-
271
-
Page 285
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 285/320
CATIERSON-SMITH,
R.
(1922)
Drawing
from
Memory
and
Mind
Picturing
London:
Pitman
and
Sons
CHING, F. D. K.
(1979)
Architecture Form, Space and
Order,
New
York: Van
Nostrand
Reinhold
COHEN,
L.
and
MANICN,
L.
(1985) (2nd
Edit.
)
Research
Methods
in
Education.
London:
Croan
Helm
COLDS
EAM,
W.
(1960)
First
Report
of
the National
Advisory
Council
on
Art
EducationWilliam
Co
ýCbaixman)
COLLINS,
T.
(1987).
Before
the
vanishing
point:
Sane
perspectives
on
teaching
art
history
to
studio practitioners
J. A.
D.
E.
6,1
67-83
CNAA/Dept
Trade
Industry/Design
Council
(1984).
Managing
Design
CRAIG,
J.
(1974)
Production
for
the Graphic
Design
er
London:
Pitman
CROSS,
A.
(1983)
The
Educational
Background
to
the
Bauhaus
Design
Studies
4,1
Jan,
43-52
CROSS,
A.
(1984)
Towards
and
Understanding
of
the
Intrinsic
Values
of
Design
Education
Design Studies
5,1
Jan,
31-39
CROSS,
A.
(1986)
Design
Intelligence:
The Use
of
Codes
and
Language
Systems
in
Design
Design
Studies
7,1
Jan,
14-19
CROSS,
N.
(1982)
Designerly
Ways
of
Knowing,
Design
Studies
3,4
Oct,
221-227
CROSS,
N.
(1984)
(Ed.
)
Develo
ments
in Design
Methodology.
Chichester,
New
York:
Jo Wiley
and
Sons
CRCME,
N.,
LASEAU,
P.
(1984)
Visual
Notes
for
Architects
and
Designers
New
York:
Van
NostýRein
Id
(ROY,
P.
(1972)
2nd
Ed.
(1st
1968)
.
Grp
hic
Design
Reproduction
Techniques.
London, New York:
Focal
Press
DAILEY,
T.
(1980) (Ed.
)
Illustration
and
Design.
Oxford:
Phaidon
DARKS,
J.
(1979)
The
Primary
Generator
and
the Design
Process
Design
Studies
1,1,36-44
DAVIS R.
R. J.
TALBOT
(1987)
Experiencing
Ideas:
Identity,
Insight
and
the
Image
Design
Studies
8.1
Jan,
17-25
De
BONO,
E.
(1973)
Lateral
Thinking
New
York:
Harper Colophon
De
SAUSMAREZ,
M.
(1964)
Basic
Design:
The
Dynamics
of
Visual Fönn.
London: Studio
Vista
-
272
-
Page 286
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 286/320
t
DOMAHNE,
B.
(1978)
The Language
of
Layout New Jersey:
Prentice-
Hall
DOMDIS, D. A. (1973) A Primer of Visual Liters
.
Massachusetts and
London: The
MIT Press
DREW
&
HARRISON
(1988)
Past
and
Present
London:
South
Bank Centre
EDWARDS. B.
(1982)
Drawing
on
the
Right
Side
of
the
Brain
London: Souvenir
Press
FARR, M.
(1966)
Design Management. London:
Hodder
&
Stoughton
FINK, F.
(1973)
The
Zen
of
Seeing:
Seeing/Drawing
as
Meditation
London
&
New
York
:
Wi1ýewood.
House
GAMES,A.
(1960)
Over My
Shoulder.
London:
Studio Books
GARDNER,
H.
(1985)
Frames
of
Mind.
London:
Paladin
GARLAND,K.
(1966)
Graphics
Handbook London:
Studio
Vista
GARLAND, K.
(1979)
Some
general characteristics
present
in
diagrams denoting
activity,
event and relationship
InfoYmation
Design Journal
1,1
15-22
GErxINGS, F. (1969) Techniques of Drawing London: Studio Vista
GOLDSMITH,
E.
(1980)
Car
rehensibility
of
Illustration
-
an
analytical
model
Information
Design
Journal
1,204-213
GOLDSTEIN,
N.
(1977)
The Art
of
Responsive Drawing. New
York:
Practice-Hall
GOODMAN,
.
(1976)
Languages
of
Art
-
An
Symbols Indianapo-
is:
Hac
ett
-PEbII
flach
to
a
pof
GORE, P.
(1986)
The
business
of
design
management
Design Studies
7,2 April 106-110
GOSLETr, D.
(1978)
(2nd
revised ed.
)
The Professional
Practice
of
Design. London: Batsford
C IWANS,
A.
(1971)
The
Unchanging
Arts.
Philadelphia
&
New
York:
J. B. Lippincott
GRAY, D. W.
S.
(1973)
Between
Structure
and
Content
and
Beyond
Readings
in
Art
&
Design
Education
:2
(Ed.
D.
Warren Piper)
London: Davis-Poynter
108-116
GUYATr, R.
(1977)
Head,
Heart
and
Hand
RCA
Papers
No.
2
2-5
HMAERSLEY,
M.
&
ATKINSON,
P.
(1983)
Ethnography:
Principles
in
Practice London:
Tavistock
Publicatiin-s
273
Page 287
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 287/320
f
z'
HILLIER,
B.,
MUSGROVE,
.
O'SULLIVAN,
P
(1972)
Devel
it
in
Design Methods
(Ed.
Nigel
Cross)
Chichester New
York:
Join
Wiley
5-2 44-
IJFMAN, A. (1973) (3rd Ed. ) Graphic Design Manual: Principles in
Practice
London:
Academy E
ditr
ions
HOGARTH,P.
(1974)
Creative
Ink
Drawing
London: Pitman,
New York:
Watson Guptil
HUDSON, T.
(1987)
Current
issues
in
art
and
design
education:
art,
science
and
technology;
some
initiatives
for
change
J.
A. D. E.
6,3 281-283
HUGHES,
D.
(1989)
Opinion
Creative Review April,
4
I
PIER,
H.
(1968)
Drawing:
History
Technique London:
Thames
and
Hudson
JANKEL, A.
MORTON,
R.
(1984)
Creative
Caruter Graphics
Cambridge:
Cambridge
University
Press
JONES,
J. C.
(1977)
How
my
thoughts
about
design
methods
have
changed
during
the
years
Develognents
in
Design
Methodol
(Ed.
N. Cross)
Chichester
New
York: John
Wiley. 330-335
JONES,
J. C.
(1979)
Designing
Designing
Design
Studies
1,1
July
'JONES,
J. C.
(1980)
Design
Methods
New York:
John Wiley
KE4NITZER,
R.
B.
(1983)
Rendering
with markers
New York:
Watson-
Guptill
Publications
KENNAWAY,A.
Designer Trouble
(1988)
Times
Higher
Educational
Supplement
8.1.88.
KIRBY-LOCKARD,
W.
(1982)
Design
Drawing
(Rev.
Ed.
)
New York:
Van
Nostrand Reinhold
KNELT_ER,
G.
F.
(1965)
The Art
Science
of
Creativity
USA:
Hold,
Reinhart Winston
Imo,
S.
(1984)
Drawing: Technique
and
Purpose.
Lo-dm:
Trefoil
Books
LA
SEAU, P.
(1975)
Graphic Problem
Solving
for
Architects
and
Builders.
New YorPuublishing
LASEAU,
P.
(1980)
Graphic
Thinking
for
Architects
and
Designers.
New
York
:
Van
Nostrand
Rein
iolct
LAWSQN,B.
R.
(1979)
Cognitive
Strategies
in Architectural
Design.
In Cross, N.
(Ed.
) (1984)
Develo_Fmnýts
in
Design Methodology.
Chichester, New
York:
John
Wiley
sons,
ý92O
Page 288
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 288/320
U
LAWSON,
B. R.
(1983)
Haw
Designers
Think. London
:
The
Architectural
Press
LEWIS,
J.
(1978)
Typography
Design
and
Practice. London:
Barrie
Jenkins
LLOYD-JONES,
P.
(1984)
Drawing
for
Designing.
Leonardo
17,4
268-
276
NACDONALD,
S.
(1970)
The History
and
Philosophy
of
Art
Education.
London:
University
Press
NACDJNALD,
S.
(1973)
(Ed. )
David
Warren Piper.
Articidal
Tendencies
Readings
in
Art
Design Education:
2.
After
Coldstream.
London:
Davis-Poynter
-99
MACDONALD,
S.
(1984)
NSAE
Design,
and
Art
and
Design Education.
J.
A. D.
E.
3.3,357-360
MCKIM, R.
(1980)
Experiences
in
Visual
Thinkin
Monterey, California:
Brooks-Cole
Publishing
Co.
MAGEE, K.
(1987)
The
Elicitation
of
Knowledge
from
Designers
Design Studies
8,2
April,
62-69
MAIER, M.
(1977)
Basic
Principles
of
Design
Vol
1
and
11.
New
York: Van
Nostrand-Reinh
Sch
MATTHIAS, F.
OGNJENOVIC,
D.
Power
Play
Creative
Review
May,
51-53
MEGERT, P.
(1984)
Graphic
Design
Education
at
Ohio
State
University. IDEA
(Pub.
Japan)
5th
May,
96-115
MENDEICWITZ, D.
M.
(1967)
Drawing
New
York: Holt, Rinehart
Winston
NORGAN,J. WELTON,
P.
(1987)
See
What
I
Mean:
An
Introduction to
Visual Ccrrnunication. London: Arno
MULtERN, J.
(1988)
Presentation Techniques
for
the
Graphic Artist.
Oxford:
Phaidon
MULVEY, F.
(1969)
Graphic
Perception
of
Space. London:
Studio
Vista
NIOOLAIDES, K.
(1972)
The Natural
Way
to
Draw
Iondon:
Andre Deutsch
OLINS,
W.
(1985)
Design
and
the Organisation
Designer
February
15-19
OLIVER,
R.
S.
(1979)
The
Sketch
New York:
Van
Nostrand Reinhold
OSBORN,
A.
(1963)
Applied
imagination
Rev.
Ed. New
York:
Charles
Scribner Sons
Page 289
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 289/320
T
PEAR,
G.
(1984)
Courses
in
Art
and
Design Young
Blood
Britain's
Design
Schools
Today
and
Tcmorraw Ed K.
Baynes
London: Design into Industry Lt In Association with Lund
Humphries.
30-38
PORTER, T., GOOtf
N, S.
(1982)
Manual
of
Graphic
Techniques
London:
The
Architectural
Press
PROBYN,
P.
(1970)
The Complete
Drawing
Book. London: Studio
Vista
PROCTOR, N.
(1984)
Art
as
Graphicacy
in
the
Carron
Curriculum
J.
A. D. E.
3,1
RAND,
P.
(1985)
A Designer's
Art Newhaven,
London:
Yale
University Press
RAWLINSON, J. G.
(1981)
Creative Thinking
Brainstorming.
Westmead: Gower
Publishing
RAWSON,
P.
(1969)
Drawing.
New York:
Oxford
Univ. Press
RAWSON,
P.
(1983)
The Art
of
Drawing.
London, Signey:
Macdonald
RAWSON..
P.
(1987)
Creative
Design
-A
New Look
at
Design
Principles. London: Macdonald
RAYNES,
J.
(1982)
Step-by-Step
Guide
to
Drawing
London:
Hamlyn
Publishing Group
RICKARDS,
T.
(1980)
Designing
for
Creativity:
a state
of
the
art
review
Design Studies
1,5
July,
262-271
RICKARDS, T.
(1985)
Stimulating
Innovation London: Frances Printer
ROGERS, C. R.
(1970)
Towards
a
Theory
of
Creativity Creativity
(Ed. )
Vernon,
P. E. Harxrndsworth:
Penguin
Books.
137-151
SAMUELS, M. N (1975) Seeing with the mind's ew New York,
Toronto: Randan
House
SAXION,
C.
(1982)
(Ed. )
Art
School
London:
QED
Publishing:
Maanillan
SIIPSON,
I.
(1987)
Drawing:
Seeing
and
Observation. London:
A B
Black
SLESS,
D.
(1979)
Image
design
and
modification:
an experimental
project
in
transforming
Information
Design
Journal
1,2 74-80
SMITH,
B.
(1979)
Design
history
and
the
visual
language
of
design.
Information
Design
Journal
1,23-32
STEERS,
J.
(1987)
Resistance
and
Freedom
to
Fly Journal
of
Art
and
Design
Education 6,2
13-26
Page 290
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 290/320
STEVENSON,M.
(1983)
Problems
of
Assessment
and
Examination
in
Art
Education J. A.
D. E.
2,3,297-317
STRAND, R.
(1984)
The Art Schools'
Progress Young Blood,
Britain's
Design Schools Today and Tomorrow Ed K. Baynes. Loondon:
De
is
intIndustry
Ltd
in
Association
with
Lund
Hlrrhries.
72-79
STRAND,
R.
(1987)
A Good Deal
of
Freedom.
London:
CNAA
STRAUSS, W.
FIIJiER, T.
(1987)
(Ed. )
Drawings
Defined New York:
Abarin Books
SUN
RSON,
J.
(1964)
First
Report
of
the National Council
for
Diplomas
in
Art
and
-Des
gn
J-
n
Sif
erson
(Chairman)
SWIFT, J. (1983) The Role of Drawing and Memory Drawing in English
Art Education
Unpu
.
Diss.
Birmingham Polytechnic
SWIFT,
J.
(1988)
Birmingham
and
its
Art School:
Changing
views
1800-1921
J.
A. D. E.
7,1,5-29
TAYLOR,
B.
(1987)
Art
history in
the
classroan:
a
plan
for
realism
J. A.
D. E.
6,2,189-202
THISTLEWOOD,D.
(1982)
Process-daninance: Development
Drawing in
Adolescent
Creativity
J. A. D.
E.
1,2,251-268
ZCMCIK,
A.
M.
(1982)
Design
and
the
University:
the
pragmatic
and
the
pure
Information
Design Journal
3,1 59-66
MPALIAN,
A.
(1980)
The
Management
of
Design
Projects.
Imo:
Associated
Business
Press
`
TOPALIAN, A.
(1984)
Developing
2,
_
Corporate
ýpproach
to
Design
Management
.
Paper
present
to
the
is
vettF
Demos
gn
Management
Symposium,
Munich,
June
1984
TOVEY, M.
(1989)
Drawing
and
CAD
in
Industrial
Design
Design
Studies 10,1 Jan, 24-39
TUCKMAN,
B. W.
(1972)
Conducting Educational
Research
New
York:
Harcourt
Brace Jovanovi
Inc.
TWYFORD,
.
(1981)
Graphic
Camnication
London:
Batsfozxi
VAN
SC[RS,
P.
(1984)
Drawing
and
Cognition.
Cambridge:
Cambridge University
Press
VEL
RDE, G.
(1983)
Should
Design Cut
Loose?
Designer
Oct.
5-9
WATROUS,
J.
(1975)
The
Craft
of
Old
Master
Drawings London:
The
University
of
Wisconsin
ress
-
277
-
Page 291
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 291/320
WASHBURN, D. K.
(1983)
Structure
and
Cognition
in
Art
(Ed).
Cambridge,
New York:
Cambridge
University
Press
WIRTH, K.
(1976)
Drawing:
A
Creative Process
Zurich: ABC
Verlag
WRIGHT,
L.
(1983)
Perspective
in
Perspective.
London: Routledge
Kegan
Paul
YECMANS, M. R.
(1984)
Art
Design:
Interdependent
Interrelated
J. A. D.
E.
3,3
Paper
as
Presidential
Address
NSAE.
361-366
-
278
-
Page 292
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 292/320
APPENDIX
I a)
Interview
Structure
for
Use
with
Practising
Graphic
Designers
Name: Date:
Current
post:
No.
of
years
in
Graphics Industry:
Previous experience:
Training:
Nature
of contact
with
Graphic Design
students:
Section
1
Drawing
Ability)
1.
The
questions
in
this
section are
about
the
importance
of
drawing
ability
to
graphic
designers
2. How
do
you
rate
the
importance
of
drawing
ability
to
practising
graphic
designers?
Essential
Useful Irrelevant
Detrimental
3.
Please
say
why
4.
How
do
you
define
drawing
ability?
5.
How
important
is it for
a
graphic
designers to
have
a
broad
appreciation of
drawing
in
general?
Essential
Useful
Irrelevant
Detrimental
-1-
Page 293
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 293/320
Section II
(Use
of
drawing
in
all stages
of
design
process)
1.
The
questions
in
this
section
are about
the
use
of
drawing in
the
graphic
design
process
Briefing
2.
Do
you use
drawing
during
a
briefing
with
a client or
an
art
director?
Yes
[]
No
[]
Don t
)mow
[]
Please
explain:
3. Do you use drawing in the collection of reference material?
Yes
[]No[]
Don t
knc
[]
Design Process
4.
Do
you use
drawing in
the
analysis stages of a
design
problem?
Yes
[]
No
[]
Don t
}mow
[]
5.
Do
you use
drawing
in
the
synthesis of
ideas?
Yes
[]
No
[]
Don t
know []
6.
Do
you
use
drawing
in
the
appraisal and
testing
of solutions?
Yes
[]
No
[]
Don t
}mow []
Presentati
m
7.
Do
you use
drawing
to
present
idea
stages
to
others?
Yes
[]
No
[]
Don t
know []
8. Do
you use
drawing
to
present
finished
solutions
to
others?
Yes
[]
No
[]
Don t
know
[]
9.
Do
you
use
drawing
to
progress
solutions
to
print?
Yes
[]
No
[]
Don t
know []
-2-
Page 294
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 294/320
Elements
of
design
10.
Do
you use
drawing
when
planning grid
structures
and
layout?
Yes []
No
[]
Don
t
know []
11.
Do
you use
drawing
when
designing
the typographic
aspects
of
a
design?
Yes
[]
No
[]
Don t
}avow
[]
12.
Do
you use
drawing
when
designing
letterforms
and
logos?
Yes
[]
No
[]
Don t
know
[]
13.
Do
you use
drawing
when
designing
3d
structures,
e.
g.
packs?
Yes
[]
No
[]
Don t
know
[]
14.
Is
there
any
other
use of
drawing
you
would
like
to
describe?
15.
How
important
is it
to
be
able
to judge
the
drawing
ability
of
specialist
image
makers?
Essential
Useful
Irrelevant
Detrimental
16.
Do
you use
drawing
to
brief
specialists?
Yes
[]No[]
Don t
knc
[]
Please
explain
-3-
Page 295
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 295/320
Section
III
(Required
Drawing
Abilities)
1.
The
questions
in
this
section
are
about
the
drawing
ability
that
graphic
designers
require
2.
How
important
is
it
that
a
graphic
designer has
the
ability
to
conceptualise
a visual
image,
and
then
conmunicate
an
accurate
description
of
that
image
through
the
use
of
words?
Essential
Useful
Irrelevant
Detrimental
3.
Would
you
consider
that
a
drawing
ability?
Yes
[]
NO [] Don t }avow []
4.
Do
you
think
it important
a graphic
designer has
the
following
drawing
abilities:
-
(Please
say
if
you
think
any
of
them
are not
drawing
abilities
-
N. A.
)
a)
Theoretical
appreciation of
appropriate
use
of
drawing
in
cultural/historical
context
.............
Yes
[]
No
[]N.
A.
[]
b)
Appropriate
use of style
................
Yes
[]
No
[
]
N.
A.
[]
c)
Ability
to
adapt
found imagery
..........
Yes
[ ]
No
[ ]
N.
A.
[]
d)
The
ability
to
draw
appropriately
from
observation
.............................
Yes
[
]
No
[ ]
N.
A.
[]
e)
The
ability
to
draw
appropriately
for
analysis
................................
Yes
[
]
No
[ ]
N.
A.
[]
f)
The
ability
to
draw
appropriately
for
brainstorming
(to
promote
ideas)
........
Yes
[ ]
No
[ ]
N.
A.
[]
g)
The
ability
to
draw
appropriately
to
organise
ideas
..........................
Yes
[ ]
No
[
]
N.
A.
[]
h)
The
ability
to
draw
appropriately
to
visualise
ideas
.........................
Yes
[]
No
[]N.
A.
[]
i)
Sensitivity
to
2D
spatial
organisation
..
Yes
[]
No
[]N.
A.
[]
j)
Sensitivity
to
3D
spatial
organisation
..
Yes
[]
No
[]N.
A.
[]
k)
Dexterity
and manual control
............
Yes
[]
No
[]N.
A.
[]
1)
Ability
to
draw
appropriately
to
present work
............................
Yes
[]
No
[]N.
A.
[]
-4-
Page 296
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 296/320
m)
Ability
to
draw
from
memory
.............
Yes
[ ]
No
[]N.
A.
[]
n)
Ability
to
draw
quickly
.... .............
Yes
[ ]
No
[]N.
A.
[]
5.
Do
you
think
it important
that
a
graphic
designer
has
the
following drawing
skills
Please
say
if
you
think
any
are
not
drawing
skills
-
N. A.
)
a)
Skill
in
handling
a range
of media
......
Yes
[]
No
[]
N.
A.
[ ]
b)
Creative
use of collage
.................
Yes
[]
No
[]
N.
A.
[
]
c)
Calligraphic
skills
.....................
Yes
[]
No
[]
N. A.
[
]
d)
Skill
in
handling
specialist
graphics
materials
...............................
Yes
[]
No
[]
N. A.
[
]
e)
Skill
in
handling
spirit
markers
........
Yes
[]
No
[]
N.
A.
[
]
f)
Skill
in
handling
professional
drawing
aids/equipment
..........................
Yes
[]
No
[]
N.
A.
[
]
g)
Skill
in
airbrush
techniques
............
Yes
[]
No
[]
N. A.
[ ]
h)
Skill
in
handling drawing
instruments
...
Yes
[]
No
[]
N.
A.
[
]
i)
Skill
in
tracing
........................
Yes
[]
No
[]
N.
A.
[ ]
j)
Creative
cropping
of
imagery
............
Yes
[]
No
[]
N.
A.
[
]
6.
In
what
ways
does
a
lack
of
drawing
ability
disadvantage
a
graphic
designer?
Lack
of
confidence
[]
Limits
ideas
[]
Makes
working
slow
[]
Makes
presentation
inadequate
[]
Produces
sloppy
art work
[]
7.
What
criteria
do
you use
in
assessing
drawing
ability?
-5-
Page 297
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 297/320
Ttf
1.
Haw
should
drawing
be
taught
to
B.
A. Graphic
Design
students?
2.
Do
you
think that
Graphic
Design
students
generally
demonstrate
adequate
drawing
ability?
Yes
[]
No
[]
Don t Know
[]
3.
Do
you
think that
Graphic
Design
students
demonstrate
adequate
awareness of
the
appropriate
application
of
drawing in
the
design
process?
Yes
[]
No
[]
Don t Know
[]
4.
What
drawing
abilities
have
you
found
it
most
difficult
to
acquire?
5.
How
did
you
learn
the
visualising
and presentation
techniques
that
you
employ?
(teach)
6.
Should
students
be
encouraged
to
draw
from
memory?
Yes
[]No[]
Don t
Kn
z[]
7.
Should
students
be
encouraged
to
develop
an
individual
style
of
drawing?
Yes
[]
No
[]
Don t
Know
[]
B.
Should
students
be
encouraged
to
keep
sketch
books?
Yes [] No [) Don t Know []
9.
Should
students
be
encouraged
to
copy
drawings
as
a way
of
learning
about
drawing?
Yes
[]
No
[]
Don t Know
[]
10.
Do
you
think
there
will
have
to
be
provision
of
dsrawing
tuition
on
Graphic Design
courses
to
accommodate
the
effects of
new
developments
in technology?
Yes
[]
No
[]
Don t Know
[]
-6-
Page 298
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 298/320
11.
Please
rate
in
order
of
importance
the
provision
of specific
tuition
for
the
following:
-
(Number
1-3,
with
most
important
marked
1)
a) Drawing for broad artistic and creative developnent
......
[ J
b)
Drawing
skills needed
for
professional
practice
..........
[
c)
A
broad
appreciation
and
understanding
of
drawing
........
[
12.
Should
regular
content-specific
drawing
classes
be
organised
as
indicated:
a)
Life
classes
.................................
Yes
[]
No
[
]
b)
Drawing
from
natural
f
on n
....................
Yes
[]
No
[ ]
c)
Sketching
visits
.........
....................
Yes
[
]
No
[
]
d)
Exploration
of
media
..... ....................
Yes
[
]
No
[
]
e)
Perspective
..............
....................
Yes
[ ]
No
[
]
f)
Handling technical
drawing
instruments
.......
Yes
[ ]
No
[ ]
g) Letterforxn ................................... Yes
[ ]
No
[
]
h)
Indication
(Rendering
of
type,
photography etc.
)
............................
Yes
[]
No
[]
i)
Doodling / Brainstorming
(Free
play
in drawing
to
pranpt
ideas)
.......
Yes
[]
No
[]
J)
Any
other
...................................................
.0.0.. 0.. 4.0.....................
0..... 0... 0...
0.... 000.0...
0
-7-
Page 299
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 299/320
APPENDIX1(b)
Quest.
ionnnire
into
t:
)tf
attitude,
to
:
sr.
l
I
he prciviclon
of
drýzwln
tititjon
on
Grnplilc
m
rinin
coursca
Pamela
H. Schenk-
Senior
Lecturer
Department
of
Communication Arts
and
Design
Manchester Polytechnic
Please
provide
brief background details:
-
I
Number
of
years
in
teaching:
Number
of years
full
time
in Graphics
Industry:
Number
of years
freelance
work while
teaching
Name:
College:
Date:
Yost
held:
Section
I
1)
How do
you rate
the
importance
of
drawing
ability*
to
practising;
graphic
designers.
(*I
an using
the
term
drawing
ability
to
mean
any,. and every
drawing
skill,
both
in
practice and
in
appreciation and
understanding)
Please
ring
appropriate
word
Essential
Useful
Irrelevant
Detrimental
Please
briefly
say
why:
2)
How
do
you
rate
the
importance
of
drawing
ability
in
the
students
you
select
for
the
course?
Essential
Useful
Please
briefly
say
why:
Irrelevant
Detrimental
-8-
Page 300
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 300/320
3)
Do
you
think
that
Graphic
Design
students
need
to
acquire a
broader
range of
drawing
abilities
than
other
art
and
design
students?
Please
tick
appropriate
box:
Yes
()
No
()
Please
briefly
say
why:
4)
Do
you
think
that
Graphic
Design
students
should
be
given
a
broad
range
of
drawing
experience?
Please
briefly
say
why:
Yes(
I
No(
5)
Do
you
think
that
Graphic
Design
students should
have
specific
drawing
tuition
for
the
drawing
skills
needed
for
professional
practice
as
graphic
designers?
Yes
()
No
(I
Please
briefly
say
why:
6)
Do
you
think
it
is
important
that
Graphic
Design
students
develop
a
broad
appreciation *
of
drawing?
(*By
appreciation
I
mean
the
ability
to
understand
and
judge
the
purpose and
quality
of
drawings)
Yes
(j
No
(I
Please
briefly
say
why:
7)
Please
rate
in
order
of
importance
the
provision
of
specific
tuition
for
the
following:
-
(Number
1-3,
with
most
important
marked
1)
a)
Drawing
for broad
artistic
and
creative
development..........
(
I
b)
Drawing
skills
needed
for
professional
practice..
............
(
c)
A
broad
appreciation
and
understanding
of
drawing............
(
I
Page 301
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 301/320
8)
Please
rank
in
order
of
importance
the
provision
of
Specific
tuition
for
the
fo1loving:
-
(Number
1-5,
with
most
important
marked
1)
a)
Typography
............................................
......
(
I
b) Photography
..................................................
( J
c)
Technology
related
to
the
Graphics Industry
..................
(
J
..............................
(
)
Business
studies
...............
e)
Drawing
................
.......
..........
... (
J
Section
II
9)
Do
you
make
specific
arrangements
for drawing
tuition
in
curriculum
planning?
Yes
(]
No
(]
10) Do
you
make
a
separate
arrangement
for
drawing
tuition
for
specialist
graphic
design
students
from
that
made
for
specialist
illustration
students?
Yes II No (I
11) Which
member
of
staff
is
responsible
for
the
planning
of
the
provision
of
drawing
tuition
to
Graphic
Design
students.
(If
more
than
one
person please
indicate)
Head
of
Dept
(j
Course
Committee
()
Course Leader
(j
Headof School or Area () Year Tutor () Specialist Drawing Tutor ()
Other
[)
(please
give
details)
.............................
None
12) Which
members of
staff are responsible
for
conducting
drawing
tuition
to
Graphic
Design
students?
Head
of
Dept.
(j
Course Leader
(j
Head
of
School
or
Area
()
Year Tutor
(j
Specialist
Drawing
Tutor
IJ
Staff
from
other
Dept.
[
j
(please
give
details
......................
(
Other
(j
(please
give
details)
..............................
None
(I
Page 302
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 302/320
13)
Do
you
make
specific
arrangements
for
drawing
tuition
for:
1st
year
Yes
()
No
[
2nd
year
Yes
(j
No
(j
3rd
year
Yes
[]
No
(j
If
'Yes'
to
any please
give
brief details
,
is
ty
ear.........
.
..
....
. .. ...
. .
2nd
year
...........................................
..
. .
.......
......................:.........................
rd
year
...........
14) If
yes
to
any
in
'13)'
what
amount
devoted
to
drawing
tuition?
(Please
indic
is
most
appropriate
to
your
timetable)
1st
year per
week
(hrs)
[j
or
2nd year per week (hrs) [) or
3rd
year per week
(hrs)
[)
or
of
time
(approximately)
is
,
ate
by 'week'
or
by
'term'
as
per
term
(days)
per term (days) (j
per
term
(days)
(I
Section III
15)
Do
you
give
information
relating
to
drawing
by
means
of
a
lecture
programme?
Yes
()
No
()
16)
Do
you
include
critique
of
drawings
in
the teaching
programme?
Yes
()
No
(l
Page 303
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 303/320
17)
Is
help
given
to
students
to
enable
them
to
understand
drawing
in
the
following
contexts:
-
Historically Yes
(j
No
Culturally
Yes
(I
No
(j
Stylistically
Yes
(j
No
(j
If
Yes
to
any please
say
what
teaching
methods you
use:
18) Are
students
encouraged
to
acquire
the
abilities
to
judge drawings
to
see
if
they
are: -
Appropriate
for
a particular
job
Yes
(j
No
(I
Communicating
the
necessary
information
Yes
(j
No
(j
Skillfully
produced
Yes
(j
No
(j
If
Yes
to
any please
say what
teaching
methods
you
use:
19)
Are
students
encouraged
to
develop
an
individual
style
of
drawing?
Yes
()
No
(j
Please
briefly
say
why:
20) Are students encouraged to keep sketch books?
Yes
(j
No()
Please
briefly
say
why:
21)
Are
students encouraged
to
copy
drawings
as
a way of
learning
about
drawing?
Yes
(j
No
(J
Please
briefly
say why:
12
Page 304
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 304/320
22)
Is
drawing
tuition
given
to
aid
the
dcvelopmennt
of
any
of
thcsc
specific skills:
-
a)
Analytical
skills
.........................
Yes
j
No
j
b)
Perceptual
skills
.........................
Yes
)
No
)
c)
Visualising
skills
........................
Yes
)
No
)
d)
Presentation
skills
.......................
Yes
)
No
)
e)
Manipulative
skills
.......................
Yes
[)
No
)
f)
Skills
in
spatial organisation,
2D........
Yes
)
No
[)
g)
Skills
in
spatial organisation,
3D........
Yes
[)
No
[j
h)
Skill
in
handling
a range of media.......
Yes
)
No
j
i)
Skill
in
handling
specialist
graphics
materials
.................................
Yes
)
No
[j
j)
Skill
in
handling
spirit
markers
..........
Yes No
k)
Skill
in
handling
profesional
drawing
aids/equipment
....................
Yes
j
No
j
1)
Skill
in
airbrush
techniques
..............
Yes
j
No
[)
m)
Skill
in handling drawing instruments..... Yes ) No [)
n)
Skill
in
tracing
..........................
Yes
j
No
)
o)
Calligraphic
skills
.......................
Yes
[j
No
)
p)
Creative
cropping
of
imagery
..............
Yes
tj
No
[)
q)
Creative
use
of collage
...................
Yes
[j
No
[)
r)
Any
others
.......................................
.........
...
..................................................
.........
..................... .......................
.................
0
23)
How
do
you generally arrange
the
provision
of
tuition
for
specific
drawing
skills?
a)
Separate
content-specific
classes
..............
Yes
j
No
j
b) Individual student tuition as necessary ........ Yes No
c)
Incorporation into
relevant
design
projects....
Yes
)
No
d)
Any
other
Please
give
brief
details)..
*......................
-
13
-
Page 305
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 305/320
24)
Do
you organise
rrLttlar
content-specific
drawing
CIaSSCC
ns
indicated:
a)
Life
classes
............................
Yes
(j
No
(j
b)
Drawing
from
natural
form................
Yes
No
c)
Sketching
visits
..........................
Yes
()
No
(j
d)
Exploration
of
media
......................
Yes
(J
No
e)
Perspective
...............................
Yes
()
No
(j
f)
Handling
technical
drawing
instruments
....
Yes
No
g)
Letterform
................................
Yes
()
No
(j
h)
Indication
(Rendering
of
type,
photography etc. )
.........................
Yes () No (j
i)
Doodling / Brainstorming
(Free
play
in
drawing
to
prompt
ideas)....
Yes
(j
No
J)
Any
other
.....................................................
............
000..
000..
.. 0.........
........ 0000.....
0.0.0.....
0
Section IV
25)
Do
you
think the
current
developments
in
technology
will
affect
the
drawing
abilities
required
of graphic
designers?
Yes
(j
No
t
Please
briefly
say
why:
11
0
26)
Do
you
think
there
will
have
to
be
changes
in
the
current
provision
of
drawing
tuition
on
Graphic
Design
courses
to
accommodate
the
effects of
new
developments in
technology?
Yes
(j
too(j
Please
briefly
say why:
Please
use
the
back
of
this
sheet
to
include
any
additional
information
that
you
feel is
relevant
to
any portion
of
the
Questionnaire
and
has been
overlooked
by
the writer.
Page 306
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 306/320
APPENDIX
(c)
Ouc::
tionnaire
for
C:
;
iphic
Ueniy;
n
Stuclciitr.
nbouut
the
proviUioil
of
drawing
tuition
on
Graphic
benign
courscu
Plcase
provide
brief
background
deLails:
-
Name:
Date:
College:
Year:
Previous
Art
Education
............................................
Work in
Graphics
Industry
..........................................
Please
answer
the
following
questions
without
discussing
them
with
other
students.
(I
am
interested
in
your
own opinions)
Section I
1)
How
do
you
rate
the
importance
of
drawing
ability*
to
practising
graphic
designers.
(*I
am
using
the
term
drawing
ability
to
mean
any,
and
every
drawing
skill,
both
in
practice
and
in
appreciation
and
understanding)
Please
ring
appropriate
word
Essential Useful
Irrelevant
Detrimental
Please
briefly
say
why:
2)
How do
you
rate
the
importance
of
drawing
ability
in
students
taken
on
to
a
Graphic
Design
course?
Essential
Useful
Please
briefly
say
why:
Irrelevant
Detrimental
Page 307
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 307/320
3)
Do
you
think that
Graphic
Ucsig;
n rtudcnts
need
to
ncquirc a
broader
range
of
drawing
abilities
than
other
art
and
design
students?
Please
tick
appropriate
box:
Please
briefly
say why:
Yes
I)
No
(
4)
Do
you
think
that
Graphic
Design
students
should
be
given
a
broad
range of
drawing
experience?
Yes
(J
No
Please
briefly
say why:
5)
Do
you
think
that
Graphic
Design
students
should
have
specific
drawing
tuition
for
the
drawing
skills
needed
for
professional
practice
as
graphic
designers?
Yes
()
No
Please
briefly
say
why:
6)
Do
you
think
it is
important
that
Graphic
Design
students
develop
a
broad
appreciation *
of
drawing?
(*By
appreciation
I
mean
the
ability
to
understand
and
judge
the
purpose
and
quality of
drawings)
Yes
(I
No
(
Please
briefly
say
why:
7)
Please
rate
in
order
of
importance
the
provision
of specific
tuition
for
the
following:
-
(Number
1-3,
with
most
important
marked
1)
a.
Drawing for broad
artistic
and creative
developdent..........
()
b)
Drawing
skills
needed
for
professional
practice
..............
(
)
c)
A
broad
appreciation and
understanding
of
drawing............
( I
Page 308
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 308/320
8)
Please
rank
in
order
of
importance
the
provision
of specific
tuition
for
the
following:
-
(Number
1-S,
with
most
important
marked
I)
a)
Typography
...................................................
t
i
b)
Photography
..................................................
I
c)
Technology
related
to
the
Graphics
Industry
..................
f )
d)
Business
studies
.............................................
f
e)
Drawing
............
.
ý
,
Section II
9)
Do
you
think
information
relating
to
drawing
should
be
given
by
means of
a
lecture
programme?
Yes(] No(I
Please
briefly
say
why:
10)
Do
you
think
critique
of
drawings
should
be
given
in
the
teaching
programme?
Yes
(j
No
()
Please
briefly
say why:
11)
Do
you
think
help
should
be
given
to
students to
enable
them to
understand
drawing
in
the
following
contexts:
-
Historically
Culturally
Stylistically
Yes
(j
No
(j
Yes(I
No(J
Yes
(1
No(
I
If
'Yes'
to
any
please
say
what
teaching
methods
you
think
should
be
used:
Page 309
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 309/320
12)
Should
students
be
encouraged
to
acquire
the
abilities
to
jud
C
drawings
to
see
if
they are:
-
Appropriate
for
a particular
job
Yes
No
Communicating
the
necessary
information
Yes
(j
No
(j
Skillfully
produced
Yes No
If
Yes
to
any please
say what
teaching
methods
you
think
should
be
used:
13)
Do
you
think
students
should
be
encouraged
to
develop
an
individual
style
of
drawing?
Yes
(j
No
(J
Please
briefly
say
why:
0
14)
Do
you
think
students
should
be
encouraged
to
keep
sketch
books?
Yes
(J
No
(j
Please
briefly
say
why:
15)
Do
you
think
students should
be
encouraged
to
copy
drawings
as
a way
of
learning
about
drawing?
Yes
II
No
II
Please
briefly
say
why:
16)
how do
you
think
the
provision
of
tuition
for
specific
drawing
skills
should
be
arranged?
a)
Separate
content-specific
classes
..............
Yes
()
No
b)
Individual
student
tuition
as
necessary........
Yes
()
No
c)
Incorporation
into
relevant
design
projects....
Yes
(j
No
d)
Any
other
(Please
give
brief
details)
.........................
Page 310
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 310/320
17)
Do
you
think that tuition
should
he
};
i
vrn
10
dcvc
]op
the
fol
lov
in};
aspects of
drawing
ability?
a)
Theoretical
appreciation
of
appropriate
eise
of
drawing
in
cul
tural/historical
context
.....................
Yes
No
D.
F;.
(
b) Appropriate use of style ................... Yes (J No (jD. K. (
c)
Ability
to
adapt
found
imagery
creatively..
Yes
(j
No
(JD.
K.
(
d)
Using
drawing
well
in
observation
..........
Yes
(j
No
(JD.
K.
(
e)
Using
drawing
well
in
analysis
.............
Yes
(j
No
(JD.
K.
(
f)
Using
drawing
well
for brainstorming
.......
Yes
()
No
(jD.
K.
(
(to
prompt
ideas)
g)
Using
drawing
well
to
organi_e
ideas.......
Yes
(j
No
(jD.
K.
(
)
h) Using drawing
well
to
visualise
ideas......
Yes
(J
No
(JD.
K.
(
J
i)
Sensitivity
to
2D
spatial organisation.....
Yes
()
No
(ID.
K.
(
j)
Sensitivity
to
3D
spatial organisation.....
Yes
(J
No
(jD.
K.
(
j
k)
Dexterity
and manual
control
...............
Yes
(j
No
(
J
D. K.
(
j
1)
Ability
to
present
work appropriately......
Yes
(j
No
(
j
D. K.
(
j
M)
Any
others
.....................................
...............
18)
Do
you
think that tuition
should
be
given
to
develop
the
following
specific
drawing
skills?
a)
Skill
in
handling
a
range of
media.......
Yes
( J
No
(J
D. K.
(
J
b)
Creative
use of collage
...................
Yes
(
J
No
(j
D. K.
(
c)
Calligraphic
skills
.......................
Yes
( I
No
(J
D. K.
(
j
d) Skill in handling specialist graphics
materials
.................................
Yes
No
(J
D.
K.
(
)
e)
Skill in handling
spirit
markers..........
Yes
( J
No
(J
D.
K.
( )
f)
Skill
in
handling
profesional
drawing
aids/equipment
....................
Yes
(
j
No
(j
D. K.
(
j
g)
Skill in
airbrush techniques
..............
Yes
(
j
No
(j
D.
K.
( I
h)
Skill in
handling
drawing
instruements.....
Yes
(
j
No
()
D.
K (
j
i) Skill in tracing
..........................
Yes
( j
No
(j
D.
K. ( j
j)
Creative
cropping
of
imagery
..............
Yes
(
j
No
D.
K.
( j
k)
Any
others
......................................
.........
Page 311
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 311/320
19)
Do
you
think
regular
content-specific
drawing
classes
should
be
organised as
indicated:
a)
Life
classes
... . .....
..
..
.. . .
.....
Yes
(]
.
No
(I
b) Drawing from
natural
form
................
Yes (] No (j
c)
Sketching
visits
..........................
Yes
(]
No
(j
d)
Exploration
of media
......................
Ycs
(j
No
(]
c)
Perspective
...............................
Yes
(]
No
(]
f)
Handling
technical
drawing
instruments....
Yes
(j
No
(]
g)
Letterform
................................
Yes
(]
No
(]
h)
Indication
(Rendering
of
type,
photography
etc.
)
.........................
Yes
(j
No
(]
i)
'Doodling'/'Brainstorming'
(Free
play
in
drawing
to
prompt
ideas)
....
Yes
No
J)
Any
other
.................................
....................
0.0.00.0000040..
00009.000...
000000.0 .SIS0.000000000.0.0000000.
Section
III
20)
Do
you
think
the
current
developments
in
technology
will
affect
the
drawing
abilities
required
of graphic
designers?
Please
briefly
say
why:
Yes
()
No
21)
Do
you
think
there
will
have
to
be
changes
in
the
current
provision of
drawing
tuition
on
Graphic
Design
courses
to
accommodate
the
effects
of
new
developments
in
technology?
Please briefly
say
why:
Yes
()
No
()
Page 312
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 312/320
Section
IV
22) Do
you
think
your
drawing
ability
has
improved
while
you
have
been
on
the
course?
Yes
j
No
)
Dont
know
j
Please
briefly
say
why:
23)
Do
you
think
your present
level
of
drawing
ability
is
adequate?
Yes
[)
No
)
Dont know
)
Please
briefly
say why:
24)
Would
you
have
liked
more
help
more
help
to
acquire
the
ability
to
generally
appreciate
and
judge
drawings?
Yes
[j
No
j
Dont
know
j
Please
briefly
say
why:
25)
Would
you
have liked
more
help
to
understand
the
ways
drawing
is
used
in
all
the
stages
of
the
design
process
from briefing
to
artwork?
Yes
I
No
[I
Dont
know
I
Please
briefly
say
why:
ý.
Please
use
the
back
of
this
sheet
to
include
any
additional
information
that
you
feel
is
relevant
to
any
portion of
the
Questionnaire
and
has
been
overlooked
by
the
writer.
Please return completed forms to: -
Pamela M.
Schenk
-
Senior
Lecturer
Department
of
Communication
Arts
and
Design
Manchester
Polytechnic
-
21
-
Page 313
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 313/320
APPENDIX
I d)
Questionnaire for
Graphic
Design students
to
be
conducted
with
Final
Version
of
Fo
er
Name:
Year:
Date:
How do you feel about your use of drawing in each job as we go
through
the
folder?
Name
job
and ring
appropriate
words)
Job
1
............................................................
Totally
Satisfied
Dissatisfied
Totally
satisfied
dissatisfied
job
2
..... ...................
...................... ..............
Totally
Satisfied
Dissatisfied
Totally
satisfied
dissatisfied
Job
3
..... ...................
......................
..............
Totally Satisfied
Dissatisfied
Totally
satisfied
dissatisfied
job
4
..... ...................
......................
..............
Totally
Satisfied Dissatisfied
Totally
satisfied
dissatisfied
Job
5
........................
......................
..............
Totally
Satisfied Dissatisfied
Totally
satisfied
dissatisfied
Job
6
...... ..................
......................
..............
Totally Satisfied
Dissatisfied
Totally
satisfied
dissatisfied
Job
7
........................ ...................... ..............
Totally
Satisfied
Dissatisfied
Totally
satisfied
dissatisfied
Job
8
........................
......................
..............
Totally
Satisfied
Dissatisfied
Totally
satisfied
dissatisfied
Job
9
......
..................
......................
..............
Totally Satisfied Dissatisfied Totally
satisfied
dissatisfied
-
22
-
Page 314
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 314/320
APPENDIX
II:
Main
Respondent
Groups
a)
Practising
Graphic
Designers
50
repondents
for
the
structured
interview
Design
Respondents
Post
Held
Design
Organisation
Periodr l
Valerie
Allan
Creative
Director
Wolfe
Olins
Neville
Brody
Art
Editor/Designer
The
Face/City
Limits
Jacquie
Calvert
Design
Co-ordinator
W.
H. Smiths
David
Case
Art
Editor
Which
Ben Casey
Creative
Director
The
Chase
Jerry
Cinamon
Art
Editor
Penguin
Books
Tony
Cobb
Group
Art
Director
Mitchell
Beazley
Ruth
Coney
Studio
Manager
Royds
Advertising
Agency
Richard
Cottingham Graphics
Officer
V A
Museum
Clive
Crook Creative
Director
Elle
Glenn Ford Publicity Officer CHIC
Nancy
Fowler
Partner/Designer
Shirtsleeves
Ken
Garland
Designer
Ken
Garland
Associates
Malcolm
Garrett
Design
Director Assorted
Images
David
Gentleman
Designer/Illustrator
Freelance
James Gracie
Partner/Designer
Da
Gama
Ian Grindle
Creative
Director
Minale
Tattersfield
Robin
Hall
Senior
Designer
CYB
Roger
Harris
Senior
Designer
CYB
Dorothy
Harrison
Assistant
Designer
Vogue
Peter
Heatherington
Design
Co-ordinator
Open
University
F.
H. K.
Henrion
Design Director
Henrion Design
David
Hillman
Art
Editor/Partner
Pentagram
Stuart
Hodges
Design
Director
Allied
International
Nonnan
Jones Creative
Services
Manager
Readers
Digest
Andrew
Kay Art
Editor
Collins
Stephen
Kent Art
Editor
Penguin
Books
Roger
Lewis
Designer
Imagine
John
Lloyd
Design
Director
Lloyd
Northover
Graham
McCullen Designer
BBC
TV
London
Lynn
McPeake Partner
Buxton,
Wall
McPeake
Michael
Martin
Graphics
Officer
V A Museum
Vernon
Oakley
Design
Director
Vernon
Oakley
Associates
Ian Pape Senior Designer ThumbDesign Partnership
Stephen
Raw Designer
Letterforms
Carolyn
Reed Senior
Designer
Smith
and
Milton
Angela
Reeves Design
Co-ordinator
The
Post Office
Peter
Saville
Designer
Peter
Saville
Associates
Simon Scott-Taylor Designer
Fitch
Terry Speake
Senior
Graphic
Designer
BBC
TV Manchester
Helen
Stringer Senior
Designer
Allied
International
David
Stuart
Partner
The
Partners
Brian
Thanas
Art
Editor
The
Radio
Times
Richard
Tilley
Design
Director
CYB
Glenn Tutssel Creative Director Michael Peters
Giles
Velarde
Exhibitions
Officer
Geological
Museum
-
23
-
Page 315
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 315/320
Richard
Ward
Senior
Designer
CYB
Brian
Webb
Design
Director
Trickett
Webb
Richard
Williams
Group
Head
-
Packaging
Allied
International
Geoffrey
Winston
Senior
Designer
Thumb
Design
Partnership
20
Respondents
for
the
focused
interview
progranne
Jan Adams
Steven
Appleby
Steve
Bateman
John
Brown
Heike
Dahne
Carole
Davids
Steve
Davies
David
Elan
Graham
Elliot
Alan
Jenkinson
Mick
Matenczuk
David
Mathews
Sandie Palmer
Bill
Petite
Kevin
Preston
Geoff
Snell
Liz
Stonehewer
Mitch
Walker
Damien
Wayling
Elizabeth
Wheeldon
Designer
Designer
Visualiser
Designer
Junior
Designer
Junior
Designer
Designer
Art
Director
Designer
Typographer
Junior
Designer
Visualiser
Designer
Art Director
Art Director
Junior
Designer
Visualiser
Art Director
Designer
Junior
Designer
CYB
Assorted
Images
Royds
CYB
CYB
Royds
CYB
Floyds
Freelance
Royds
CYB
Royds
CYB
Royds
Royds
CYB
Royds
Royrls
Assorted
Images
Allied
International
b)
Graphic Design
Educators
20
respondents
to the
postal
questionnaire
Educator
Post
Held
college
Laszlo
Acs Senior
Lecturer
Exeter College
of
Art
Terry
Aston Lecturer
University
of
Ulster
Bill
Barr
Head
of
Department
Duncan
of
Jordanstone
Stuart
Barrie Senior
Lecturer
Edinburgh
College
of
Art
Peter
Bailey
Senior
Lecturer
Liverpool
Polytechnic
David
Buss
Course
Director
Birmingham
Polytechnic
Derek
Cousins Head
of
Department
Middlesex
Polytechnic
Terry
Dowling
Prinicpal
Lecturer Newcastle
upon
Tyne Poly
John
Hartshorn
Senior
Lecturer
North
Staffordshire
Poly
Michael
Healey
Head
of
Department
Glasgow
School
of
Art
John
Hodkinson
Senior
Lecturer
Lancashire
Polytechnic
Terry
Ilott
Senior
Lecturer Gwent
College
of
H. E
Peter
Lipscanbe
Course
Director
Harrow
College
of
HE
John
Longworth
Senior
Lecturer Hurnberside
College
of
H.
E
John Lord
Course
Leader Brighton
Polytechnic
Geoff Oakley
Senior
Lecturer
Wolverhampton
Polytechnic
A. F. Richards
Principal
Lecturer
Leicester
Polytechnic
Cal
Swann
Head
of
Department St.
Martin's
School
of
Art
Andy Vargo Head
of
Department Norwich School of Art
Andrew
Wright
Principal
Lecturer
Manchester
Polytechnic
-
24
-
Page 316
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 316/320
16
Respondents
Interviewed
at
BA Centres
Peter
Atherton
Director
of
Phase
Exeter
College
of
A D
one
Studies
Nick
Biddulph
Senior
Lecturer
Central
School
of
A D
Tony
Clayden
Head
of
Department
Exeter
College
of
A D
Derek Cousins
Head
of
Department
Middlesex
Polytechnic
George
Hollingworth
Course
Leader
Lancashire
Polytechnic
Sebastion
Knight
Senior
Lecturer
Exeter
College
of
A D
Photography
John
Laing
Head
of
Department
Central
School
of
A D
Alan Livingstone Head
of
Department Lancashire Polytechnic
Anne
Magill
Visiting
Lecturer
St.
Martin's
School
of
Art
Bob
Rankin
Senior
Lecturer
3D
Graphics
Middlesex
Polytechnic
Muriel
Sharp
Lecturer
Lancashire
Polytechnic
Edith Southwell Lecturer in Exeter College of A D
Illustration
Cal
Swann
Head
of
Department
St.
Martin's School
of
Art
John
Vince
Principal Lecturer
Canputer
Studies
Middlesex
Polytechnic
George
Webb
Senior Lecturer
Exeter
College
of
A D
in
Typography
Andrew
Wittle
Senior Lecturer
St.
Martin's
School
of
Art
-
25
-
Page 317
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 317/320
c
Graphic
Design
Students
14
Respondents
to
the
Administered
Questionnaire
about
the
Provision
of
Drawing
Tuition
Ian Chatterton
Sarah
Jackson
Sarah
Godwin
Deborah
Pike
Carole
Goldstone
Roy
Prescott
Philip
Ellis
Tracey
Smith
Christopher
Hester
Anna
Sutton
Kate
Holliday
Ian
Swift
Satish
Ladd
Mark
Zimnerli
7 Respondents
to
the Questionnaire
about
the
Final
Version
of
their
Folder
Sally
Marshal
Rachel
Quesnel
James
Westwater
Elizabeth Wheeldon
Amanda
Davies
Louise
Shaw
Philip
Keane
5
Respondents for
the
Programme
of
Focused
Interviews
Graham
Elliot
David
Craw
Paul
Kearton
Jackie
Martin
Janette
Ralph
-
26
-
Page 318
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 318/320
APPENDIX
III:
Individuals
Interviewed
or
Consulted
Name
Post
Held
Dr
Clive
Ashwin
Assistant
Dean
Faculty
of
Art
and
Design
Frank
De
Bose
Head
of
Visual
Carniunications
John
Eggleston
Professor
Dept.
of
Education
Jon Frisker
marketing
Director
Fiona
Gilmore
Marketing
Director
Dr
D
Jeremiah
Head
of
Department
Dept.
of
History
of
Art
and
Design
Establish
nt
Middlesex
Polytechnic
Art
Institute
of
Chicago
University
of
Warwick
CYB
Design
Consultancy
Michael
Peters PLC
Manchester
Polytechnic
Susan
Lambert
Assistant
Keeper
Victoria
of
drawings
and
Albert
Museum
Michael
I
an
Professor
University
Dept.
of
Typography
of
Reading
and
Graphic
Communication
Liz
Wrenn
Account
Director
CYB
Design
Consultancy
Design
Educators, Faculty
of
Art
and
Design,
Manchester
Polytechnic
Name Post
Held Department
Nigel
Barron
Head
of
Department
Camrounication
Arts
and
Design
John
Doyle
Senior Lecturer
Three
DiiTensional
Design
Roger
Godfrey
Senior
Lecturer
Visual
Studies
Cameron Maclean
Course
Leader
Visual
Studies
Roy
Roache
Senior
Lecturer
Graphics
Technology
Derek
Schofield
Senior
Lecturer
ammication
Arts
and Design
Graham
Worth
Lecturer
Textiles
Fashion
-
27
-
Page 319
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 319/320
Individuals
Consulted
on
the Conduct
of
the Study
Dr
Clive
Ashwin
Tony
Clayden
Tony
Connolly
Prof.
J.
Eggleston
Ken
Pearson
Dr Mantz
York
Assistant
Dean
Faculty
of
A D
Head
of
Department
Chairman
of
the
Graphic Design
Panel
Department
of
Education
Senior Lecturer
Assistant
Rector
Middlesex
Polytechnic
Exeter College of A D
CNAA
University
of
Warwick
Dept.
of
Graphics
Technology
Manchester
Polytechnic
Liverpool
Polytechnic
_28_
Page 320
7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 320/320